<PAGE>
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
SCHEDULE 13D
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(Amendment No. 1)*
Hvide Marine Incorporated
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Name of Issuer)
Common Stock, $.01 par value, and Warrants exercisable for Common Stock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Title of Class of Securities)
44851M109 (Common Stock)
44851M117 (WARRANTS)
(CUSIP Numbers)
Sandra P. Tichenor, Esq. COPY TO: Christopher A. Klem, Esq.
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. Ropes & Gray
One Financial Center One International Place
Boston, MA 02111 Boston, MA 02110
(617) 482-2450 (617) 951-7410
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized
to Receive Notices and Communications)
DECEMBER 15, 1999
(Date of Event which Requires Filing of this Statement)
If the filing person has previously filed a statement on Schedule 13G to report
the acquisition which is the subject of this Schedule 13D, and is filing this
schedule because of Rule 13d-1(b)(3) or (4), check the following box .
NOTE: Six copies of this statement, including all exhibits, should be filed with
the Commission. See Rule 13d-7 for other parties to whom copies are to be sent.
*The remainder of this cover page shall be filled out for a reporting person's
initial filing on this form with respect to the subject class of securities, and
for any subsequent amendment containing information which would alter
disclosures provided in a prior cover page.
The information required on the remainder of this cover page shall not be deemed
to be "filed" for the purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 ("Act") or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section of the Act
but shall be subject to all other provisions of the Act (however, see the
Notes).
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 13D
CUSIP Nos. Page 2 of 10 Pages
44851M109 (COMMON STOCK)
44851M117 (WARRANTS)
NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
1. S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.
Employer ID No. 04-3200030
(a)
2. CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP*
(b)
3. SEC USE ONLY
4. SOURCE OF FUNDS*
OO
5. CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS
REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
6. CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
Delaware
7. SOLE VOTING POWER
NUMBER OF 5,827,542
SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH
REPORTING
PERSON
WITH
8. SHARED VOTING POWER
396,679
9. SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
6,501,359
10. SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
none
AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING
11. PERSON
6,501,359
12. CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES
CERTAIN SHARES*
13. PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
63.7%
<PAGE>
14. TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON*
IA
*SEE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE FILLING OUT!
-3-
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 13D
CUSIP Nos. Page 4 of 10 Pages
44851M109 (COMMON STOCK)
44851M117 (WARRANTS)
NAME OF REPORTING PERSON
1. S.S. OR I.R.S. IDENTIFICATION NO. OF ABOVE PERSON
Loomis, Sayles & Company, Inc.
Employer ID No. 04-3200391
(a)
2. CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX IF A MEMBER OF A GROUP*
(b)
3. SEC USE ONLY
4. SOURCE OF FUNDS*
OO
5. CHECK BOX IF DISCLOSURE OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IS
REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ITEMS 2(d) OR 2(e)
6. CITIZENSHIP OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION
Massachusetts
7. SOLE VOTING POWER
NUMBER OF 5,827,542
SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY
EACH
REPORTING
PERSON
WITH
8. SHARED VOTING POWER
396,679
9. SOLE DISPOSITIVE POWER
6,501,359
10. SHARED DISPOSITIVE POWER
none
AGGREGATE AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH REPORTING
11. PERSON
6,501,359
12. CHECK BOX IF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT IN ROW (11) EXCLUDES
CERTAIN SHARES*
13. PERCENT OF CLASS REPRESENTED BY AMOUNT IN ROW (11)
63.7%
<PAGE>
14. TYPE OF REPORTING PERSON*
CO
*SEE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE FILLING OUT!
-5-
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 13D
Hvide Marine Incorporated
ITEM 1. SECURITY AND ISSUER.
This Schedule 13D pertains to shares of Common Stock, par value $.01
("Common Stock") and Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
("Warrants") of Hvide Marine Incorporated (the "Issuer").
The Issuer's address is 2200 Eller Drive, P.O. Box 13038, Ft.
Lauderdale, FL 33316.
ITEM 2. IDENTITY AND BACKGROUND.
This Schedule 13D is being filed by Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership ("Loomis"), and its general partner, Loomis, Sayles
& Company, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation ("LS Inc." and, together with
Loomis, the "Loomis Entities").
The address of the principal executive offices and the principal
business of the Loomis Entities is One Financial Center, Boston, Massachusetts
02111.
Loomis is an investment adviser registered under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
LS Inc. is a single purpose entity that acts as the general partner of
Loomis.
ITEM 3. SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS OR OTHER CONSIDERATION.
Loomis acts as investment adviser to certain managed accounts (the
"Managed Accounts"), which are expected to receive the Common Stock and the
Warrants (the Common Stock and the Warrants together being referred to as the
"Account Shares"). Pursuant to a plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (the "Plan"), the Managed Accounts are expected to receive the
Account Shares in exchange for (i) certain securities of the Issuer previously
held by the Managed Accounts and (ii) additional consideration paid by Loomis
for certain debt securities of the Issuer and Warrants exercisable for 156,777
shares of Common
-6-
<PAGE>
Stock. The effective date of the Plan (the "Effective Date") was December 15,
1999.1
ITEM 4. PURPOSE OF THE TRANSACTION.
As described in Item 3, the Managed Accounts are expected to receive
the Account Shares in exchange for certain securities of the Issuer pursuant to
the Plan. The Account Shares and the securities of the Issuer that the Managed
Accounts previously held are being acquired or were acquired, as the case may
be, for investment purposes and not with the purpose of changing or influencing
control of the issuer. Although the bankruptcy trustee appointed a Loomis
official to the creditors' committee that represented certain creditors of the
Issuer in conjunction with the development of the Plan, Loomis disclaims any
present intent to change or influence control of the management of the issuer.
The Loomis Entities have no present plan or proposal to acquire
additional shares of Common Stock, whether on behalf of the Managed Accounts or
otherwise. In the ordinary course of business, however, the Loomis Entities may
purchase or acquire additional shares of Common Stock (or warrants or other
securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock) or sell, transfer,
or otherwise dispose of Common Stock currently held in the Managed Accounts or
Common Stock (or warrants or securities exercisable for or convertible into
Common Stock) subsequently acquired by the Loomis Entities, whether on behalf of
the Managed Accounts or otherwise.
ITEM 5. INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE ISSUER.
The Account Shares are expected to consist of 6,287,517 shares of
Common Stock and 213,842 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants. The Account Shares are expected to comprise 63.7% of the issued and
outstanding Common Stock.2
The Account Shares are expected to have the following characteristics:
Sole voting power: 5,827,542 shares
Shared voting power: 396,679 shares
- --------------
(1)While the Effective Date was December 15, 1999, final settlement and
distribution of the Account Shares has not yet occurred as of the date of this
filing, so the figures presented in this Schedule 13D are estimates of the
number of Account Shares that the Managed Accounts expect to receive.
(2)As noted in Footnote 1, the figures presented throughout this
Schedule 13D are estimates of the number of Account Shares that the Managed
Accounts expect to receive, since final settlement and distribution of the
Account Shares has not yet occurred.
-7-
<PAGE>
Sole dispositive power: 6,501,359 shares
Shared dispositive power: none
Each of the Managed Accounts will have the sole right to receive and
direct the receipt of dividends in respect of, and to receive proceeds from the
sale of, the Account Shares owned by such Managed Accounts. Loomis will hold the
Account Shares on behalf of a number of Managed Accounts, two of which will have
a pecuniary interest in more than 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock
as of the date of this filing. Owners of the Managed Accounts have given Loomis
full discretion to manage the Managed Accounts through advisory agreements.
ITEM 6. CONTRACTS, ARRANGEMENTS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR RELATIONSHIPS WITH RESPECT
TO SECURITIES OF ISSUER.
Loomis manages the Managed Accounts under advisory agreements that
provide clients with the right to terminate their investment advisory
relationship with Loomis upon written notice. Termination may take effect
immediately, upon receipt of the notice, or at a future date as specified in the
notice to Loomis, depending upon the terms of the particular advisory agreement.
The owners of the Managed Accounts will have the right to receive all dividends,
profits, distributions, and economic benefits in respect of the Common Stock
held in the Managed Accounts.
On the Effective Date, Loomis and the Issuer entered into a
registration rights agreement that provides the following, among other things:
(i) the Issuer will, if eligible, file a shelf registration statement (the
"SRS") with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of allowing
the unrestricted resale of the Common Stock; (ii) the Issuer will file the SRS
within 60 days after the Effective Date and obtain the effectiveness of the SRS
within 120 days after the Effective Date; (iii) to the extent that the SRS is
ineffective, Loomis shall have the right to demand registration at such time(s);
(iv) Loomis will have piggyback rights to participate in capital market
transactions initiated by or on behalf of the Issuer; and (v) the Issuer will
use its reasonable best efforts to list the Common Stock on a national exchange
or for quotation on NASDAQ and will in any event obtain and maintain a trading
symbol for the Common Stock.
The disclosure in this Item regarding the provisions of certain
agreements is a summary only and does not purport to be complete. The agreements
should be reviewed for a complete recitation of their respective terms and
provisions.
-8-
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS.
Exhibit No. Description
- ----------- -----------
Exhibit No. 1 First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization
Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
dated as of November 1, 1999.
Exhibit No. 2 Order Confirming First Amended Joint Plan
of Reorganization.
Exhibit No. 3 First Amended Disclosure Statement pursuant
to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code
dated as of November 1, 1999.
Exhibit No. 4 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
December 15, 1999 between Loomis and the
Issuer.
-9-
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
After reasonable inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I
certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete, and
correct.
Dated: December 28, 1999
LOOMIS, SAYLES & COMPANY, L.P.
By: JEFFREY L. MEADE
-------------------------------------
Name: Jeffrey L. Meade
Title: Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
LOOMIS, SAYLES & COMPANY, INC.
By: JEFFREY L. MEADE
-------------------------------------
Name: Jeffrey L. Meade
Title: Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
<PAGE>
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- -----------------------------------x
In re: : Chapter 11
Case No. 99-3024 (PJW)
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, :
ET AL., (Jointly Administered)
Debtors. :
- -----------------------------------x
DEBTORS' FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
- and -
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
November 1, 1999
<PAGE>
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- ----------------------------------x
In re: : Chapter 11
Case No. 99-3024 (PJW)
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, :
ET AL., (Jointly Administered)
Debtors. :
- ----------------------------------x
DEBTORS' FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
- and -
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
November 1, 1999
<PAGE>
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page No.
--------
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE I. DEFINITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS............................................................2
ARTICLE II. TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVEEXPENSE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS..............................11
2.1. Administrative Expense Claims..................................................................11
2.2. Priority Tax Claims............................................................................12
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.........................................................12
3.1. Class 1 (Other Priority Claims)................................................................12
3.2. Class 2 (Secured Claims).......................................................................12
3.2.1. Class 2A (MARAD Claims)...............................................................13
3.2.2. Class 2B (Capital Lease Claims).......................................................13
3.2.3. Class 2C (Other Secured Claims).......................................................13
3.3. Class 3 (Unsecured Claims).....................................................................13
3.3.1. Class 3A (General Unsecured Claims)...................................................13
3.3.2. Class 3B (Senior Note Claims).........................................................13
3.3.3. Class 3C (Trust Preferred Claims).....................................................13
3.3.4. Class 3D (Intercompany Claims)........................................................13
3.4. Class 4 (Debt Securities Trading Claims).......................................................13
3.4.1. Class 4A (Senior Note Securities Trading Claims)......................................13
3.4.2. Class 4B (Convertible Subordinated Debenture Securities
Trading Claims).......................................................................13
3.5. Class 5 (Common Stock in Debtor Subsidiaries)..................................................13
3.6. Class 6 (HMI Common Stock and HMI Common Stock Securities
Trading Claims)................................................................................14
3.7. Class 7 (HMI Options)..........................................................................14
ARTICLE IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS..............................................................14
4.1. Class 1 -- Other Priority Claims...............................................................14
4.1.1. Nonimpairment.........................................................................14
4.1.2. Distributions.........................................................................14
4.2. Class 2 - Secured Claims......................................................................14
4.2.1. Class 2A -- MARAD Claims..............................................................14
4.2.2. Class 2B -- Capital Lease Claims......................................................15
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
4.2.3. Class 2C -- Other Secured Claims......................................................15
4.3. Class 3 -- Unsecured Claims....................................................................15
4.3.1. Class 3A -- General Unsecured Claims..................................................15
4.3.2. Class 3B -- Senior Note Claims........................................................16
4.3.3. Class 3C -- Trust Preferred Claims....................................................16
4.3.4. Class 3D -- Intercompany Claims.......................................................17
4.4. Class 4 -- Debt Securities Trading Claims......................................................17
4.4.1. Class 4A -- Senior Note Securities Trading Claims.....................................17
4.4.2. Class 4B -- Convertible Subordinated Debenture Securities
Trading Claims........................................................................17
4.5. Class 5 -- Common Stock in Subsidiaries........................................................18
4.5.1. Nonimpairment.........................................................................18
4.5.2. Distributions.........................................................................18
4.6. Class 6 -- HMI Common Stock and Common Stock Securities
Trading Claims.................................................................................18
4.6.1. Impairment............................................................................18
4.6.2. Distributions.........................................................................18
4.7. Class 7 -- HMI Options.........................................................................18
4.7.1. Impairment............................................................................18
4.7.2. Distributions.........................................................................18
ARTICLE V. PROVISIONS OF NEW SECURITIESTO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN..................................19
5.1. New HMI Common Stock...........................................................................19
5.2. Class A Warrants...............................................................................19
ARTICLE VI. MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION, PROVISIONS REGARDINGVOTING AND DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN
ANDTREATMENT OF DISPUTED, CONTINGENT, AND UNLIQUIDATEDADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS, CLAIMS AND
INTERESTS......................................................................................20
6.1. Voting of Claims and Interests.................................................................20
6.1.1. In General............................................................................20
6.1.2. Controversy Concerning Impairment.....................................................20
6.2. Method of Distributions Under the Plan.........................................................20
6.2.1. In General............................................................................20
6.2.2. Distributions of Cash.................................................................20
6.2.3. Timing of Distributions...............................................................20
6.2.4. Trustees' Fees and Expenses...........................................................20
6.2.5. Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance..........................................................20
6.2.6. Jones Act Compliance..................................................................21
6.2.7. Minimum Distributions.................................................................21
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
6.2.8. Fractional Shares and Warrants........................................................21
6.2.9. Unclaimed Distributions...............................................................21
6.3. Distributions Relating to Disputed Claims......................................................22
6.4. Resolution of Disputed Administrative Expense Claims and Disputed
Claims.........................................................................................22
6.5. Refinancing of DIP Credit Facility.............................................................22
6.6. Cancellation and Surrender of Existing Securities and Agreements...............................22
6.7. Termination of Hvide Capital Trust.............................................................23
6.8. Listing of New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants...........................................23
ARTICLE VII. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES...........................................................24
7.1. Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases............................24
7.1.1. Executory Contracts...................................................................24
7.1.2. Unexpired Leases......................................................................24
7.1.3. Approval of Assumption or Rejection of Leases and Contracts...........................25
7.1.4. Cure of Defaults......................................................................25
7.1.5. Bar Date for Filing Proofs of Claim Relating to Executory Contracts
and Unexpired Leases Rejected Pursuant to the Plan....................................25
7.2. Indemnification Obligations....................................................................25
7.3. Compensation and Benefit Programs..............................................................26
7.4. Retiree Benefits...............................................................................26
ARTICLE VIII. PROVISIONS REGARDING CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR........................................................26
8.1. General........................................................................................26
8.2. Meetings of Stockholders.......................................................................26
8.3. Directors and Officers of Reorganized HMI......................................................26
8.3.1. Board of Directors....................................................................26
8.3.2. Officers..............................................................................27
8.4. New Certificate of Incorporation and New By-laws...............................................27
8.5. Issuance of New Securities.....................................................................27
ARTICLE IX. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.................................................................27
9.1. Revesting of Assets............................................................................27
9.2. Discharge of Debtors...........................................................................28
ARTICLE X. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN......................................................................28
10.1. Conditions Precedent...........................................................................28
10.2. Effect of Failure of Conditions................................................................28
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
10.3. Waiver of Conditions...........................................................................29
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION......................................................................29
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS...........................................................................30
12.1. Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions................................................30
12.2. Exemption from Transfer Taxes..................................................................30
12.3. Exculpation, Releases, and Indemnification.....................................................31
12.4. Termination of Creditors' Committee............................................................31
12.5. Amendment or Modification of the Plan; Severability............................................32
12.6. Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan...........................................................32
12.7. Binding Effect.................................................................................33
12.8. Notices........................................................................................33
12.9. Post-Effective Date Professional Fees..........................................................34
12.10. Governing Law..................................................................................34
12.11. Withholding and Reporting Requirements.........................................................34
12.12. Plan Supplement................................................................................34
12.13. Headings.......................................................................................35
12.14. Exhibits.......................................................................................35
12.15. Filing of Additional Documents.................................................................35
</TABLE>
EXHIBITS(1)
Exhibit A - Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit B - Class A Warrant Agreement
Exhibit C - New Certificate of Incorporation
of Reorganized Hvide Marine Incorporated
Exhibit D - New By-laws of Hvide Marine Incorporated
SCHEDULES
Schedule 7.1(a) - Rejected Executory Contracts
- --------------
(1) Will be filed as part of the Plan Supplement no later than 10
days prior to the Confirmation Hearing.
iv
<PAGE>
Hvide Marine Incorporated ("HMI") and its direct and indirect
subsidiaries listed below(2) (collectively, the "Debtors" or the "Company"),
hereby propose the following First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant
to Section 1121(a) of title 11 of the United States Code:
All holders of Claims and Interests are encouraged to read the
Plan and the Disclosure Statement in their entirety before voting to accept or
reject the Plan.
Subject to the restrictions on modifications set forth in
Section 1127 of the
- --------------
(2)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK GAZELLE, INC. SEABULK PENNY, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC. SEABULK GIANT, INC. SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC. SEABULK GREBE, INC. SEABULK PETREL, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES, INC. SEABULK HABARA, INC. SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST SEABULK HAMOUR, INC. SEABULK POWER, INC.
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK HARRIER, INC. SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC. SEABULK HATTA, INC. SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER HOLDINGS, LLC SEABULK HAWAII, INC. SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC. SEABULK HAWK, INC. SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS CORPORATION SEABULK HERCULES, INC. SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT SEABULK HERON, INC. SEABULK RAVEN, INC
INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK HORIZON, INC. SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ALBANY, INC. SEABULK HOUBARE, INC. SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC. SEABULK IBEX, INC. SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD. SEABULK ISABEL, INC. SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC. SEABULK JASPER, INC. SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC. SEABULK KATIE, INC.. SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC. SEABULK KESTREL, INC. SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC. SEABULK KING, INC. SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC. SEABULK KNIGHT, INC. SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC. SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC. SEABULK LARA, INC. SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC. SEABULK LARK, INC. SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC. SEABULK LIBERTY, INC. SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC. SEABULK LINCOLN, INC. SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC. SEABULK LULU, INC. SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC. SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC. SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC. SEABULK MALLARD, INC. SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC SEABULK MARLENE, INC. SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC. SEABULK MARTIN I, INC. SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC. SEABULK MARTIN II, INC. SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC. SEABULK MASTER, INC. SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC. SEABULK MERLIN, INC. SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC. SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC. SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC. SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC. SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
SEABULK COOT II, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS CORPORATION SEABULK TRANSMARINE
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC. HOLDINGS CORPORATION SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI, INC. SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC. SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL HOLDINGS, SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC. INC. SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD. SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS, INC. HVIDE MARINE DE VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS MARANTA S.A.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC. NIGERIA LIMITED
SEABULK EMERALD, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
SEABULK ENERGY, INC. TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK FALCON II, INC. SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK FALCON, INC. SEABULK ORYX INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC. SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC. SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC. SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK GANNET I, INC. SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
SEABULK GANNET II, INC.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Bankruptcy Code and those restrictions on modifications set
forth in Article 12.5 of the Plan, the Debtors reserve their right to alter,
amend or modify the Plan one or more times before its substantial consummation.
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS
DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following terms have the
respective meanings specified below, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.1. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIM means any Claim for payment of an
administrative expense of a kind specified in Section 503(b)
of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to
Section 507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without
limitation, all of the Debtors' obligations under the DIP
Credit Facility, any actual and necessary expenses of
preserving the estate of the Debtors, any actual and necessary
expenses of operating the business of the Debtors, all
compensation or reimbursement of expenses allowed by the
Bankruptcy Court under Section 330 or 503 of the Bankruptcy
Code, including without limitation the actual, necessary
expenses of members of the Creditors' Committee, and any fees
or charges assessed against the estate of the Debtor under
section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States
Code.
1.2. ALLOWED MEANS
1.2.1. with respect to a Claim other than a Senior Note Claim,
a Claim or any portion thereof (a) that has been allowed
pursuant to a Final Order, (b) for which a proof of claim bar
date has been established and a proof of claim has been timely
filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Bankruptcy
Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or any Final Order of the
Bankruptcy Court, and as to which either (i) no objection to
its allowance has been filed within the applicable period of
limitation fixed by the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules,
or by any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (ii) any
objection to its allowance has been settled, withdrawn, or has
been denied by a Final Order, or (c) that has been expressly
allowed in the Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all Claims for
which no proof of claim bar date has been established shall be
treated for all purposes as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not
been commenced and the determination of whether any such
Claims shall be allowed and/or the amount thereof shall be
determined, resolved or adjudicated, as the case may be, in
the procedural manner in which such Claim would have been
determined, resolved or adjudicated if the Chapter 11 Cases
had not been commenced;
2
<PAGE>
1.2.2. with respect to a Senior Note Claim, any such Claim as
is properly reflected in the records of the registrar for the
Senior Notes or any agent thereof pursuant to the Senior Note
Indenture and allowed in the amount set forth in Section 3.3.2
hereof;
1.2.3. with respect to a Trust Preferred Claim, any such Claim
as is properly reflected in the records of the registrar for
the Trust Preferred Securities of Hvide Capital Trust or any
agent thereof pursuant to the Trust Preferred Securities
Declaration;
1.2.4. with respect to an HMI Common Stock Interest, any such
Interest as is properly reflected in the records of the
transfer agent for HMI Common Stock at the close of business
on the Effective Date; and
1.2.5. with respect to an HMI Option, any Options as is
reflected in the records of HMI on the Effective Date.
1.3. ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION means the Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation of HMI in effect immediately prior to the
Effective Date.
1.4. BALLOT means each of the voting forms to be distributed with
the Plan and the Disclosure Statement to holders of Claims or Interests
in Classes that are impaired under the terms of the Plan and are
entitled to vote in connection with the solicitation of acceptances of
the Plan.
1.5. BANKRUPTCY CODE means title 11 of the United States Code, as
amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.6. BANKRUPTCY COURT means the United States District Court for
the District of Delaware, having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases
and, to the extent of any reference made pursuant to section 157 of
title 28 of the United States Code, the unit of such District Court
pursuant to section 151 of title 28 of the United States Code.
1.7. BANKRUPTCY RULES means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy
Procedure, the Official Bankruptcy Forms and the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure, as amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter
11 Cases or proceedings therein, including the Local Rules of the
Bankruptcy Court.
1.8. BUSINESS DAY means any day on which commercial banks are open
for business in the City and County of New York, New York other than a
Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York.
1.9. BYLAWS means the Bylaws of HMI in effect immediately prior to
the Effective
3
<PAGE>
Date.
1.10. CAPITAL LEASE CLAIMS means all obligations of any of the
Debtors under or related to certain sale leaseback transactions for the
Leased Vessels.
1.11. CASH means the legal tender of the United States of America.
1.12. CHAPTER 11 CASES means the cases under chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code commenced by the Debtors, procedurally consolidated
under the caption styled IN RE HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, Case No.
99-3024 (PJW) currently pending in the Bankruptcy Court.
1.13. CLAIM means (a) any right to payment from any of the Debtors,
whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated,
unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed,
undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured or (b) any right to
an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise
to a right to payment from any of the Debtors, whether or not such
right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent,
matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.
1.14. CLASS means a category of holders of Claims or Interests as
established by the terms of Article III of the Plan.
1.15. COMMENCEMENT DATE means September 8, 1999, the date on which
the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.16. CONFIRMATION DATE means the date on which the Clerk of the
Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order.
1.17. CONFIRMATION ORDER means the order, in form and substance
acceptable to the Creditors' Committee, entered by the Bankruptcy Court
confirming the Plan pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.18. CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE CLAIMS means all Claims
directly or indirectly arising under or related in any way to the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture, the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures, and any of the documents, instruments and
agreements relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or modified other
than Convertible Subordinated Debenture Securities Trading Claims.
1.19. CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE INDENTURE means that
certain Indenture dated as of June 27, 1997 among HMI and the Bank of
New York as Trustee pursuant to which HMI issued the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures.
4
<PAGE>
1.20. CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE INDENTURE TRUSTEE means the
indenture trustee under the Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Indenture.
1.21. CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM
means a Securities Trading Claim arising from or related to the
Convertible Subordinated Debentures or the Trust Preferred Securities.
1.22. CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES means all debentures
issued under or pursuant to the Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Indenture.
1.23. CREDITORS' COMMITTEE means the statutory committee of
unsecured creditors, if any, appointed by the United States Trustee in
the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to Section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code on
September 23, 1999, as such committee may be constituted from time to
time.
1.24. CURE means the distribution of Cash, or such other property as
may be agreed upon by the Debtors and the recipient thereof or ordered
by the Bankruptcy Court, as and to the extent required for the
assumption of an unexpired lease or executory contract pursuant to the
provisions of Section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code in an amount equal
to all accrued, due, and unpaid monetary obligations, without interest,
or such other amount as may be agreed upon by the parties or ordered by
the Bankruptcy Court, under such executory contract or unexpired lease
to the extent such obligations are enforceable under the Bankruptcy
Code and applicable non-bankruptcy law.
1.25. DEBT SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS means all Convertible
Subordinated Debenture Securities Trading Claims and Senior Note
Securities Trading Claims.
1.26. DEBTORS means HMI and each of the Subsidiary Debtors.
1.27. DEBTORS IN POSSESSION means the Debtors, as debtors in
possession in the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.28. DELAWARE TRUSTEE means The Bank of New York (Delaware) in its
capacity as Delaware Trustee under the Trust Preferred Securities
Declaration.
1.29. DIP CREDIT FACILITY means the $60 million revolving credit
facility and the term loan of $240,889,767.23 extended to the Debtors
pursuant to the Debtor in Possession Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement dated as of September 10, 1999, and all related documents,
instruments and agreements.
1.30. DISCLOSURE STATEMENT means the disclosure statement relating
to the Plan, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Section
1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Creditors' Committee, as such Disclosure
5
<PAGE>
Statement may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
1.31. EFFECTIVE DATE means the date on which the conditions
specified in Section 10.1 of the Plan have been satisfied or waived.
1.32. EXIT FINANCING FACILITY means a credit facility in a principal
amount sufficient to repay the DIP Credit Facility and provide working
capital of not less than $25 million, or such other amount as may be
agreed to by the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee, to be obtained
by Reorganized HMI to meet its ordinary working capital requirements,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee.
1.33. FINAL ORDER means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court
as to which the time to appeal, petition for CERTIORARI, or move for
reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition
for CERTIORARI, or other proceedings for reargument or rehearing shall
then be pending or as to which any right to appeal, petition for
CERTIORARI, reargue or rehear shall have been waived in writing in form
and substance satisfactory to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors
or, in the event that an appeal, writ of CERTIORARI, reargument or
rehearing thereof has been sought, such order of the Bankruptcy Court
shall have been determined by the highest court to which such order was
appealed, or CERTIORARI, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied
and the time to take any further appeal, petition for CERTIORARI or
move for reargument or rehearing shall have expired.
1.34. GENERAL UNSECURED CLAIMS means all Unsecured Claims against
the Debtors, other than Claims in Classes 3B, 3C and 3D. Such Claims
include, without limitation, Claims for payment for goods and services
rendered to the Debtors and all Claims in respect of the rejection of
leases and executory contracts. Such Claims shall not include any
Securities Trading Claims.
1.35. GUARANTEE AGREEMENT means the Guarantee Agreement by HMI, as
Guarantor, in favor of The Bank of New York, as Guarantee Trustee, for
the benefit of the Holders as defined therein, dated June 27, 1997.
1.36. GUARANTEE CLAIM means a claim arising from or under the
Guarantee Agreement.
1.37. GUARANTEE TRUSTEE means The Bank of New York, in its capacity
as the Guarantee Trustee under the Guarantee Agreement.
1.38. GUARANTOR means HMI, in its capacity as Guarantor under the
Guarantee Agreement.
1.39. HMI means Hvide Marine Incorporated.
6
<PAGE>
1.40. HMI COMMON STOCK means collectively the Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock of HMI, par value $0.001 per share, issued and
outstanding prior to the Effective Date, including any restricted or
other Common Stock issued, or earned or vested and issuable, pursuant
to any of the Stock Plans.
1.41. HMI COMMON STOCK INTERESTS means all Interests in HMI
represented by the shares of Common Stock of HMI.
1.42. HMI COMMON STOCK SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM means a Securities
Trading Claim arising from or relating to the HMI Common Stock.
1.43. HMI OPTIONS means options to purchase HMI Common Stock and all
other rights and awards granted prior to the Effective Date pursuant to
any of the Stock Plans, but does not include any restricted or other
Common Stock issuable but not earned or vested thereunder (which shares
shall be included in Class 6).
1.44. INTERCOMPANY CLAIM means any Claim held by any one of the
Debtors against any other Debtor, except Trust Preferred Claims.
1.45. INTEREST means any equity or other ownership interest in any
of the Debtors, and any option, warrant or other agreement requiring
the issuance of any such equity interest.
1.46. LEASED VESSELS means the NEW RIVER SDM I, ST. JOHNS SDM II,
ESCAMBIA SDM III, SEABULK ARIZONA, SEABULK WISCONSIN, SEABULK ST.
ANDREW, SEABULK ST. JAMES, SEABULK KANSAS and SEABULK NEBRASKA.
1.47. MARAD CLAIMS means all obligations of the Debtors under and
with respect to U.S. government-guaranteed ship financing bonds issued
pursuant to Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended,
repayment of which is guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the
United States, acting through the Maritime Administration ("MARAD").
1.48. NEW HMI COMMON STOCK means the common stock, par value $.01
per share, of Reorganized HMI to be issued by Reorganized HMI on and
after the Effective Date.
1.49. NEW BY-LAWS OF REORGANIZED HMI means new by-laws of
Reorganized HMI, in form and substance satisfactory to the Creditors'
Committee, to be adopted as of the Effective Date.
1.50. NEW CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF REORGANIZED HMI means the
new certificate of incorporation of Reorganized HMI in form and
substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee, to be adopted as of
the Effective Date.
7
<PAGE>
1.51. NEW LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN means the new stock incentive
plan for key employees which will become effective on the Effective
Date.
1.52. OTHER PRIORITY CLAIM means any Claim, other than a Priority
Tax Claim and an Administrative Expense Claim, entitled to priority in
right of payment under Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.53. OTHER SECURED CLAIM means any Secured Claim other than MARAD
Claims and Capital Lease Claims.
1.54. PETITIONS means the voluntary petitions filed with the
Bankruptcy Court to commence the Chapter 11 Cases on the Commencement
Date.
1.55. PLAN means this chapter 11 plan of reorganization (including
all exhibits and schedules annexed hereto), either in its present form
or as it may be altered, amended, or modified from time to time, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee.
1.56. PLAN SUPPLEMENT means the forms of documents specified in
Section 12.12 of the Plan.
1.57. POSTCONFIRMATION LIST means the United States Trustee, the
Debtors, the Debtors' attorneys, counsel for the Creditors' Committee
(until termination of any such Committee's operations pursuant to
Section 12.4 of the Plan), and those parties that, subsequent to the
Confirmation Date, file with the Court and serve upon the Debtors and
their attorneys written requests for special notice as provided by the
terms of the Plan, which requests, in order to be effective, must
include street addresses and telephone and telecopy numbers for
purposes of service; PROVIDED that parties may be eliminated from such
list from time to time by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to
motions of the Debtors on notice to the then-constituted
Postconfirmation List, upon a showing that such parties no longer hold
material Interests or Claims in the Chapter 11 Cases, or no longer
require notice.
1.58. PRIORITY TAX CLAIM means a Claim of a governmental unit of a
kind specified in Sections 502(i) and 507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.59. PRO RATA means (i) regarding Claims, the ratio of the amount
of an Allowed Claim in a particular Class to the aggregate amount of
Allowed Claims in such Class; and (ii) regarding Interests, the ratio
of the amount of the Allowed Interest to the aggregate amount of
Allowed Interests.
8
<PAGE>
1.60. PROPERTY TRUSTEE means the property trustee under the Trust
Preferred Securities Declaration.
1.61. RECORD HOLDER OF HMI COMMON STOCK means a stockholder of
record of HMI Common Stock as of the close of business on the Effective
Date.
1.62. REINSTATED or REINSTATEMENT means leaving a Claim unimpaired
in accordance with the provisions of Section 1124 of the Bankruptcy
Code, thereby entitling the holder of such Claim to, but not more than,
(a) reinstatement of the original maturity of the obligations on which
such Claim is based, and (b) payment, as provided herein, of an amount
of Cash consisting solely of the sum of (i) matured but unpaid
principal installments, without regard to any acceleration of maturity,
accruing prior to the Effective Date, (ii) accrued but unpaid interest
as of the Petition Date, and (iii) reasonable fees, expenses, and
charges, to the extent such fees, expenses, and charges are allowed
under the Bankruptcy Code and are provided for in the agreement or
agreements on which such Claim is based; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any
contractual right that does not pertain to the payment when due of
principal and interest on the obligation on which such Claim is based,
including, but not limited to, financial covenant ratios, negative
pledge covenants, covenants or restrictions on merger or consolidation,
and affirmative covenants regarding corporate existence, prohibiting
certain transactions or actions contemplated by the Plan, or
conditioning such transactions or actions on certain factors, shall not
be reinstated in order to accomplish Reinstatement; PROVIDED FURTHER,
that upon the reinstatement set forth herein, the interest rate of such
obligations shall be the non-default interest rate notwithstanding any
default on account of such obligations.
1.63. REORGANIZED DEBTORS means collectively the Debtors, or any
successors thereto by merger, consolidation or otherwise, on and after
the Effective Date.
1.64. REORGANIZED HMI means HMI, or any successor thereto by merger,
consolidation or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.
1.65. SCHEDULES means the schedules of assets and liabilities and
the statement of financial affairs filed by the Debtor as required by
Section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 1007, and all
amendments thereto.
1.66. SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM means a Claim (a) arising from or
relating to the rescission of a purchase or sale of a security of any
of the Debtors, including but not limited to the Senior Notes, the
Convertible Subordinated Debentures, the Trust Preferred Securities,
the HMI Common Stock, and the HMI Options, (b) for damages arising from
or relating to the purchase or sale of such a security, or (c) for
reimbursement, contribution or indemnification allowed under Section
502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of a Claim described in clause
(a) or (b) of this Section, other than a Claim for reimbursement or
contribution described in Section 7.2 of the Plan.
9
<PAGE>
1.67. SECURED CLAIM means an Allowed Claim held by any entity to the
extent of the value, as set forth in the Plan or as determined after
reasonable notice to the Creditors' Committee by a Final Order of the
Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, of
any interest in property of the Debtors' estates securing such Allowed
Claim.
1.68. SENIOR NOTE CLAIMS means all Claims directly or indirectly
arising from or under or related in any way to the Senior Note
Indenture, the Senior Notes, and any of the documents, instruments and
agreements relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or modified,
other than Senior Note Securities Trading Claims.
1.69. SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE means that certain Indenture dated as of
February 19, 1998 among HMI, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined
therein) and the Bank of New York as Trustee pursuant to which HMI
issued the Senior Notes, as amended by the Supplemental Indenture dated
as of November 16, 1998, the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of
June 11, 1999 and the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 15,
1999.
1.70. SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE TRUSTEE means the indenture trustee
under the Senior Note Indenture.
1.71. SENIOR NOTE SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM means a Securities
Trading Claim arising from or related to the Senior Notes.
1.72. SENIOR NOTES means all notes issued under or pursuant to the
Senior Note Indenture.
1.73. STOCK PLANS means collectively the HMI Equity Ownership Plan,
Key Employee Stock Compensation Plan, Board of Directors Stock
Compensation Plan, Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors and
Non-Qualified Plan.
1.74. SUBSIDIARY means any entity of which HMI owns directly or
indirectly more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or other
equity interests.
1.75. SUBSIDIARY DEBTORS means each of the direct and indirect
subsidiaries of HMI listed in footnote 1 of this Plan which are Debtors
in the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.76. TRUST PREFERRED CLAIMS means all Claims of holders of Trust
Preferred Securities arising from or relating to their Trust Preferred
Securities, Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims and Guarantee
Claims, other than a Convertible Subordinated Debenture Securities
Trading Claims.
10
<PAGE>
1.77. TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES means all 6 2% Trust Convertible
Preferred Securities of Hvide Capital Trust issued and outstanding
prior to the Effective Date.
1.78. TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES DECLARATION means the Amended and
Restated Declaration among HMI, the Bank of New York, as Property
Trustee, the Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and the
Administrative Trustees named therein, dated as of June 27, 1997, for
Hvide Capital Trust.
1.79. TRUSTEES means collectively (i) the Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Indenture Trustee, (ii) the Delaware Trustee, (iii) the
Guarantee Trustee, (iv) the Property Trustee, and (v) the Senior Note
Indenture Trustee.
1.80. UNSECURED CLAIM means any Claim that is not a Secured Claim,
Administrative Expense Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Other Priority Claim
or Securities Trading Claims.
1.81. WARRANTS means the Class A Warrants to be issued by
Reorganized HMI on the Effective Date.
OTHER TERMS. Any term used herein that is not defined herein
shall have the meaning ascribed to that term, if any, in the Bankruptcy Code.
CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN TERMS.
1. The words "herein," "hereof," "hereto," "hereunder,"
and others of similar import refer to the Plan as a
whole and not to any particular section, subsection,
or clause contained in the Plan.
2. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate,
each term stated in either the singular or the plural
shall include the singular and the plural, and
pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender shall include the masculine, the feminine and
the neuter.
ARTICLE 2.
TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
11
<PAGE>
2.1. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS. Except to the extent that
the holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to a
different treatment, the Reorganized Debtors shall provide to each
holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim (a) Cash in an
amount equal to such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on the
latest of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) the date such Administrative
Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim and
(iii) the date such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim is due in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular
transactions or governing documents or (b) such other treatment as
the Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in writing,
subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee, PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (other than
Claims under Section 330 of the Bankruptcy Code) representing
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of or
assumed by the Debtors in Possession shall be paid in full and
performed by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of
business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
particular transactions and any agreements relating thereto. All
obligations under the DIP Credit Facility will be paid in full in
Cash on the Effective Date, and an amount equal to 110% of the
maximum drawing amount on all letters of credit issued under the DIP
Credit Facility and outstanding on the Effective Date will be
deposited with BankBoston, N.A., as required under the DIP Credit
Facility, to secure the Debtors' reimbursement obligations therefor.
2.2. PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS. Except to the extent that the holder of
an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, the
Reorganized Debtors shall pay to each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax
Claim, at the sole option of the Reorganized Debtors, (a) Cash in an
amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on the later of the
Effective Date and the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed
Priority Tax Claim, (b) equal annual cash payments in arrears in an
aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, together
with interest at a fixed annual rate equal to five percent (5%), over a
period through the sixth anniversary of the date of assessment of such
Allowed Priority Tax Claim, (c) upon such other terms determined by the
Bankruptcy Court to provide the holder of such Allowed Priority Tax
Claim deferred Cash payments having a value, as of the Effective Date,
equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim or (d) such other treatment as
the Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in writing, subject
to the consent of the Creditors' Committee.
12
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 3.
CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
The following is a designation of the Classes of Claims and
Interests in the Plan. Administrative Expense Claims and Priority Tax Claims
have not been classified and are excluded from the following Classes, in
accordance with the provisions of Section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. The
treatment accorded Administrative Expense Claims and Priority Tax Claims is set
forth in Article II, above. Consistent with Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code,
a Claim or Interest is classified by the Plan in a particular Class only to the
extent that the Claim or Interest is within the description of the Class and is
classified in a different Class to the extent the Claim or Interest is within
the description of that different Class.
13
<PAGE>
3.1. CLASS 1 (OTHER PRIORITY CLAIMS) consists of all Other Priority
Claims against the Debtors.
3.2. CLASS 2 (SECURED CLAIMS) consists of all Secured Claims, each
of which shall be within a separate subclass (with each subclass to be
deemed a separate class for all purposes under applicable provisions of
the Bankruptcy Code), as follows:
3.2.1. CLASS 2A (MARAD CLAIMS) consists of all MARAD Claims.
3.2.2. CLASS 2B (CAPITAL LEASE CLAIMS) consists of all Capital
Lease Claims.
3.2.3. CLASS 2C (OTHER SECURED CLAIMS) consists of all Other
Secured Claims.
3.3. CLASS 3 (UNSECURED CLAIMS) consists of all Unsecured Claims,
each of which shall be within a separate subclass (with each subclass
to be deemed a separate class for all purposes under applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code), as follows:.
3.3.1. CLASS 3A (GENERAL UNSECURED CLAIMS) consists of all
General Unsecured Claims.
3.3.2. CLASS 3B (SENIOR NOTE CLAIMS) consists of all Senior
Note Claims. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
the Senior Note Claims shall be deemed to be Allowed Claims in
the aggregate amount of $314,167,708.
3.3.3. CLASS 3C (TRUST PREFERRED CLAIMS) consists of all Trust
Preferred Claims. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims, which
are included in Trust Preferred Claims, shall be deemed to be
Allowed Claims in the aggregate amount of $120,128,680.
3.3.4. CLASS 3D (INTERCOMPANY CLAIMS) consists of all
Intercompany Claims.
3.4. CLASS 4 (DEBT SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS) consists of Senior
Note Securities Trading Claims and Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Securities Trading Claims, which shall be within separate subclasses
(with each subclass to be deemed a separate class for all purposes
under applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code), as follows:
3.4.1. CLASS 4A (SENIOR NOTE SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS)
consists of all Senior Note Securities Trading Claims.
3.4.2. CLASS 4B (CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE SECURITIES
TRADING CLAIMS) consists of all Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Securities Trading Claims.
14
<PAGE>
3.5. CLASS 5 (COMMON STOCK IN DEBTOR SUBSIDIARIES) consists of all
Interests directly or indirectly arising from or under, or relating in
any way, to the Interests in the Subsidiary Debtors.
3.6. CLASS 6 (HMI COMMON STOCK AND HMI COMMON STOCK SECURITIES
TRADING CLAIMS) consists of all Interests directly or indirectly
arising from or under, or relating in any way, to HMI Common Stock,
including but not limited to all shares of HMI Common Stock issued or
issuable pursuant to the Stock Plans, and all HMI Common Stock
Securities Trading Claims.
3.7. CLASS 7 (HMI OPTIONS) consists of all Interests directly or
indirectly arising from or under, or relating in any way, to HMI
Options.
ARTICLE 4.
TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
4.1. CLASS 1 -- OTHER PRIORITY CLAIMS
4.1.1. NONIMPAIRMENT. Class 1 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each
holder of a Claim in Class 1 is conclusively presumed to have
accepted the Plan as a holder of a Class 1 Claim and is not
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.1.2. DISTRIBUTIONS. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay to
each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1 Cash in an amount
equal to such Allowed Claim on the later of the Effective Date
and the date such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
4.2. CLASS 2 - SECURED CLAIMS
4.2.1. CLASS 2A -- MARAD CLAIMS
(a) NONIMPAIRMENT. Class 2A is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 2A is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of a Class 2A Claim and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. On the Effective Date, the MARAD
Claims in Class 2A shall be Reinstated or receive
such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders
shall have agreed upon in writing, subject to the
consent of the Creditors' Committee. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the definition of
Reinstated in Section 1.60 of the Plan, the Debtors
shall not amend, abridge or modify any contractual
right, covenant, term or
15
<PAGE>
condition of any kind under the documents,
instruments and agreements upon which the MARAD
Claims are based, whether or not such contract
rights, covenants, terms or conditions pertain to the
payment when due of principal and interest.
(c) RETENTION OF LIENS. Each holder of a Claim in
Class 2A shall retain the liens securing such
holder's Secured Claim as of the Effective Date.
4.2.2. CLASS 2B -- CAPITAL LEASE CLAIMS
(a) NONIMPAIRMENT. Class 2B is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 2B is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of a Class 2B Claim and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. On the Effective Date, the Capital
Lease Claims in Class 2B shall be Reinstated or
receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such
holders shall have agreed upon in writing, subject to
the consent of the Creditors' Committee.
(c) RETENTION OF LIENS. Each holder of a Claim in
Class 2B shall retain the liens securing such
holder's Secured Claim as of the Effective Date.
4.2.3. CLASS 2C -- OTHER SECURED CLAIMS
(a) NONIMPAIRMENT. Class 2C is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 2C is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of a Claim 2C Claim and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. On the Effective Date, the Other
Secured Claims, if any, in Class 2C shall be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the
Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in
writing, subject to the consent of the Creditors'
Committee.
(c) RETENTION OF LIENS. Each holder of a Claim in
Class 2C shall retain the liens securing such
holder's Secured Claim as of the Effective Date.
16
<PAGE>
4.3. CLASS 3 -- UNSECURED CLAIMS
4.3.1. CLASS 3A -- GENERAL UNSECURED CLAIMS
(a) NONIMPAIRMENT. Class 3A is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 3A is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of an Allowed Class 3A General Unsecured Claim
and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. Each holder of an Allowed Class 3A
General Unsecured Claim shall, at the Debtors'
option, (i) retain unaltered its legal, equitable and
contractual rights; (ii) receive payment in full in
Cash on the Effective Date; (iii) receive payment in
any other manner agreed upon by such holder and the
Debtors, subject to the consent of the Creditors'
Committee; or (iv) receive such other treatment as
will render the Claim unimpaired. Such Claims shall
remain subject to all legal and equitable defenses of
the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
4.3.2. CLASS 3B -- SENIOR NOTE CLAIMS
(a) IMPAIRMENT. Class 3B is impaired by the Plan.
Each holder of an Allowed Class 3B Senior Note Claim
as of the date of the order approving the Disclosure
Statement is entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the potential upward
adjustments set forth in Section 12.5.3. herein, on
the Effective Date, in full satisfaction of its
Senior Note Claim, each holder of an Allowed Class 3B
Senior Note Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of
9,800,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock, and the
Senior Notes shall be cancelled.
(c) SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE TRUSTEE EXPENSES. Subject
to (i) the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy
Code and (ii) Bankruptcy Court authorization and
approval to the extent necessary, the Senior Note
Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to payment in
full in Cash on the Effective Date for its reasonable
and actual fees, costs and expenses as provided under
the Senior Note Indenture notwithstanding any
contrary provision in the Plan including without
limitation Section 12.5.3. herein or the absolute
priority rule.
17
<PAGE>
4.3.3. CLASS 3C -- TRUST PREFERRED CLAIMS
(a) IMPAIRMENT. Class 3C is impaired by the Plan.
Each holder of an Allowed Class 3C Trust Preferred
Claim as of the date of the Order approving the
Disclosure Statement is entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the potential
adjustments set forth in Section 12.5.3. herein, on
the Effective Date, in full satisfaction of its Class
3C Trust Preferred Claim each holder of an Allowed
Class 3C Trust Preferred Claim shall receive its Pro
Rata share of (i) 200,000 shares of New HMI Common
Stock and (ii) 125,000 Class A Warrants, and the
Trust Preferred Securities and Convertible
Subordinated Debentures shall be cancelled.
Fractional shares and warrants shall be treated in
accordance with Section 6.2.8. hereof.
(c) EXPENSES. Subject to (x) the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, and (y) Bankruptcy
Court authorization and approval to the extent
necessary, each of (i) the Property Trustee and the
Delaware Trustee, as provided under the Trust
Preferred Securities Declaration, (ii) the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture Trustee,
as provided under the Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Indenture, and (iii) the Guarantee Trustee,
as provided under the Guarantee Agreement, shall be
entitled to payment in full in Cash on the Effective
Date for its reasonable and actual fees, costs and
expenses notwithstanding any contrary provision in
the Plan including without limitation Section 12.5.3.
herein or the absolute priority rule.
4.3.4. CLASS 3D -- INTERCOMPANY CLAIMS
(a) NONIMPAIRMENT. Class 3D is unimpaired by the
Plan. Each holder of a Claim in Class 3D is
conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as a
holder of an Allowed Class 3D Intercompany Claim and
is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. On the Effective Date, each Claim
in Class 3D shall be Reinstated.
1.4. CLASS 4 -- DEBT SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
18
<PAGE>
4.4.1. CLASS 4A -- SENIOR NOTE SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
(a) IMPAIRMENT. Class 4A is impaired by the Plan.
Because no distribution will be made to holders of
Class 4A Senior Note Securities Trading Claims nor
shall such holders retain any property on account of
such Claims, the holders of Class 4A Senior Note
Securities Trading Claims are deemed to reject the
Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. The holders of Class 4A Senior
Note Securities Trading Claims shall not be entitled
to receive any distribution under the Plan on account
of their Claims in such Class.
4.4.2. CLASS 4B -- CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE
SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
(a) IMPAIRMENT. Class 4B is impaired by the Plan.
Because no distribution will be made to holders of
Class 4B Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Securities Trading Claims nor shall such holders
retain any property on account of such Claims, the
holders of Class 4B Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Securities Claims are deemed to reject the
Plan.
(b) DISTRIBUTIONS. The holders of Class 4B
Convertible Subordinated Debenture Securities Trading
Claims shall not be entitled to receive any
distribution under the Plan on account of their
Claims in such Class.
4.5. CLASS 5 -- COMMON STOCK IN SUBSIDIARIES
4.5.1. NONIMPAIRMENT. Class 5 is unimpaired by the Plan. Each
holder of an Interest in Class 5, I.E., HMI and its
subsidiaries, is conclusively presumed to have accepted the
Plan as a holder of Class 5 Interest and is not entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.5.2. DISTRIBUTIONS. On the Effective Date, each Interest in
Class 5 will be Reinstated.
4.6. CLASS 6 -- HMI COMMON STOCK AND COMMON STOCK SECURITIES
TRADING CLAIMS
4.6.1. IMPAIRMENT. Class 6 is impaired by the Plan. Each
holder of an HMI Common Stock Interest and/or Allowed HMI
Common Stock Securities Trading Claim as of the date of the
order approving the Disclosure Statement shall be entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.6.2. DISTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the potential adjustments set
forth in Section
19
<PAGE>
12.5.3 herein, on the Effective Date, each holder of an HMI
Common Stock Interest and/or Allowed HMI Common Stock
Securities Trading Claim as of the Effective Date shall
receive its Pro Rata share of 125,000 Class A Warrants, the
HMI Common Stock Interests shall be cancelled and the HMI
Common Stock Securities Trading Claims shall be satisfied and
released. Fractional warrants shall be treated in accordance
with Section 6.2.8. hereof.
4.7. CLASS 7 -- HMI OPTIONS
4.7.1. IMPAIRMENT. Class 7 is impaired by the Plan. Because no
distribution will be made to holders of Class 7 Interests nor
shall such holders retain any property on account of such
Interests, the holders of Class 7 Interests are deemed to
reject the Plan.
4.7.2. DISTRIBUTIONS. No distribution shall be made to holders
of HMI Options in Class 7 on account of such Interests, and
such HMI Options shall be cancelled on the Effective Date.
ARTICLE 5.
PROVISIONS OF NEW SECURITIES
TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN
5.1. NEW HMI COMMON STOCK. The principal terms of the New HMI
Common Stock shall be as follows:
(a) AUTHORIZATION: 20,000,000 shares.
(b) PAR VALUE: $.01 per share.
(c) VOTING: One vote per share, with cumulative voting
rights.
(d) PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS: None.
(e) REGISTRATION: Shall be deemed a registered public
offering under Section 1145(c) of the Bankruptcy
Code.
(f) ANTI-DILUTION: Subject to dilution by the exercise of
Class A Warrants and shares issued pursuant to the
New Long-Term Incentive Plan.
5.2. CLASS A WARRANTS. The principal terms of the Class A Warrants
shall be as follows:
20
<PAGE>
(a) AUTHORIZATION: 250,000 Class A Warrants, each
exercisable to purchase one share of New HMI Common Stock.
(b) EXERCISE PRICE: $38.49 per share payable in Cash.
(c) TERM: 4 years from the Effective Date.
(d) ANTI-DILUTION: No anti-dilution provision.
(e) The Class A Warrants shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee.
ARTICLE 6.
MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION, PROVISIONS REGARDING
VOTING AND DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN AND
TREATMENT OF DISPUTED, CONTINGENT, AND UNLIQUIDATED
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS, CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
6.1. VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
6.1.1. IN GENERAL. Each holder of Claims and Interests in an
impaired Class shall be entitled to vote separately to accept
or reject the Plan as provided in the order entered by the
Bankruptcy Court establishing certain procedures with respect
to the solicitation and tabulation of votes to accept or
reject the Plan (a copy of which is annexed to the Disclosure
Statement as Exhibit B).
6.1.2. CONTROVERSY CONCERNING IMPAIRMENT. In the event of a
controversy as to whether any Claim or Class of Claims or
Interests is impaired under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court
shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy.
6.2. METHOD OF DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN
6.2.1. IN GENERAL. All distributions under the Plan shall be
made by the Reorganized Debtors. All distributions under the
Plan to the holders of Allowed Claims or Interests governed by
an indenture shall be made in accordance with the provisions
of the applicable indenture.
6.2.2. DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH. Any payment of Cash made by the
Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall be made by
check and payment shall be deemed
21
<PAGE>
made when the check is transmitted.
6.2.3. TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS. Any payment or distribution
required to be made under the Plan on a day other than a
Business Day shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day.
All payments or distributions due on the Effective Date shall
be made thereon or as soon as practicable thereafter, but in
no event later than 10 calendar days after the Effective Date.
6.2.4. TRUSTEES' FEES AND EXPENSES. The Trustees shall be
entitled to payment from Reorganized HMI for the Trustees'
reasonable fees and reimbursement of the Trustees' actual and
reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
Trustees' making distributions under the Plan.
6.2.5. HART-SCOTT-RODINO COMPLIANCE. Any shares of New HMI
Common Stock to be distributed under the Plan to any entity
required to file a Premerger Notification and Report Form
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976,
as amended, shall not be distributed until the notification
and waiting periods applicable under such Act to such entity
shall have expired or been terminated.
6.2.6. JONES ACT COMPLIANCE. In order to assure compliance
with the Jones Act, the Certificate of Incorporation of
Reorganized HMI contains provisions limiting the aggregate
ownership of "Non-Citizens" of each class of Reorganized HMI's
capital stock to 24.99% of the outstanding shares of each such
class. Consequently, in order to receive certificates for New
HMI Common Stock following the Effective Date, holders of
Senior Notes and Trust Preferred Securities will be required
to provide information concerning citizenship.
6.2.7. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Payment of Cash less than
twenty-five dollars need not be made by Reorganized HMI to any
holder of a Claim unless a request therefor is made in writing
to Reorganized HMI within one year following the Effective
Date.
6.2.8. FRACTIONAL SHARES AND WARRANTS. Notwithstanding any
other provision in the Plan to the contrary, no fractional
shares of New HMI Common Stock or fractional Class A Warrants
shall be issued pursuant to the Plan. Whenever any payment of
a fraction of a share of New HMI Common Stock or of a Warrant
would otherwise be required under the Plan, the actual
distribution made shall reflect a rounding of such fraction to
the nearest whole share or Warrant (up or down), with half
shares or Warrants or less being rounded down and fractions in
excess of half of a share or Warrant being rounded up.
22
<PAGE>
6.2.9. UNCLAIMED DISTRIBUTIONS
(1) Any Cash or other distributions pursuant to the
Plan, including but not limited to any distributions
of interest, that are unclaimed for a period of five
(5) years after distribution thereof shall be
forfeited and revested in the Reorganized Debtors.
(2) Any distribution made on behalf of a holder of a
Class 5 Claim to the indenture trustee for the Senior
Notes pursuant to the Plan that is unclaimed by the
holder of a Senior Note Claim for a period of five
(5) years after distribution thereof shall be
forfeited and returned to and revested in Reorganized
HMI.
(3) Any distribution made on behalf of a holder of a
Class 6 Trust Preferred Securities Interest to the
Property Trustee for the Trust Preferred Securities
pursuant to the Plan that is unclaimed by the holder
of Trust Preferred Securities for a period of five
(5) years after distribution thereof shall be
forfeited and returned to and revested in Reorganized
HMI.
6.3. DISTRIBUTIONS RELATING TO DISPUTED CLAIMS. Cash, shares of New
HMI Common Stock and Warrants shall be distributed by Reorganized HMI
to a holder of a Disputed Administrative Expense Claim or disputed
Claim when, and to the extent that, such Disputed Administrative
Expense Claim or disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative
Expense Claim or Allowed Claim pursuant to a Final Order; PROVIDED,
however, that the undisputed portion of any disputed Claim shall be
paid on the Effective Date together with interest thereon to the same
extent as an Allowed Claim in the same Class as that Claim. As to the
disputed portion of any disputed Claim, any distribution in respect
thereof shall be made in accordance with the Plan to the holder of such
Claim based upon the amount of such disputed portion that becomes an
Allowed Administrative Expense Claim or Allowed Claim, as the case may
be, together with interest thereon to the same extent as an Allowed
Claim in the same Class as that Claim.
6.4. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTED ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS AND
DISPUTED CLAIMS. Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court after
notice and a hearing (and except as to (i) Claims of the Debtors'
officers, directors and employees and (ii) applications for allowances
of compensation and reimbursement of expenses, under Sections 330 and
503 of the Bankruptcy Code), the Debtors from and after the Effective
Date shall have the exclusive right to make and file objections to
Administrative Expense Claims and Claims.
6.5. REFINANCING OF DIP CREDIT FACILITY. On the Effective Date, the
Reorganized Debtors will enter into the Exit Financing Facility, the
proceeds of which will be used to
23
<PAGE>
repay all of the Debtors' obligations under the DIP Credit Facility and
provide working capital to the Reorganized Debtors.
6.6. CANCELLATION AND SURRENDER OF EXISTING SECURITIES AND
AGREEMENTS
6.6.1. On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided
herein, (a) all promissory notes and other instruments
evidencing any Claims under the DIP Credit Facility, any
Senior Note Claims or Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Claims, will be terminated, cancelled and extinguished and
will have no further legal effect other than as evidence of
any right to receive distributions under the Plan, and (b)(i)
the Senior Note Indenture, (ii) the Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Indenture, (iii) the Trust Preferred Securities
Declaration, and (iv) the Guarantee Agreement shall each be
terminated and cancelled, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each of the
foregoing documents (i)-(iv) shall continue in effect solely
for the purposes of (A) allowing the Trustees to make the
distributions to be made on account of the Senior Note Claims,
the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims and the
Guarantee Claims, as applicable, under the Plan, (B)
permitting the Trustees to maintain any rights or liens they
may have for fees, costs and expenses under each of the Senior
Note Indenture, the Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Indenture, the Trust Preferred Securities Declaration and the
Guarantee Agreement, as applicable, (C) preserving the rights,
protections and immunities of each of the Trustees as set
forth in the applicable documents, and (D) allowing the
Delaware Trustee to take the actions set forth in Section 6.7
hereof. Also on the Effective Date, all Trust Preferred
Securities, shares of HMI Common Stock and HMI Options will be
cancelled and extinguished, and will have no further legal
effect other than as evidence, in the case of Trust Preferred
Securities and shares of HMI Common Stock, of any right to
receive distributions under the Plan.
6.6.2. Each holder of a promissory note or other instrument
evidencing an obligation under the DIP Credit Facility shall
surrender such promissory note or instrument to Reorganized
HMI. The holders of Class 3B Senior Note Claims shall deliver
to the Senior Note Indenture Trustee standard and customary
evidence of their Senior Notes. The holders of Class 3C Trust
Preferred Claims shall deliver to the Property Trustee
standard and customary evidence of their Trust Preferred
Securities. Each holder of an HMI Common Stock Interest in
Class 6 shall surrender its share certificates to the Transfer
Agent for HMI Common Stock. No distribution of property
hereunder shall be made to or on behalf of any such holders
unless and until such promissory note, share certificate or
instrument is received by Reorganized HMI or the relevant
Trustee or transfer agent, as the case may be, or the
unavailability of such note or instrument is established to
the reasonable satisfaction of Reorganized HMI. Reorganized
HMI may require any entity delivering an affidavit of loss and
indemnity to furnish a surety bond in form and substance
(including, without limitation, with respect to
24
<PAGE>
amount) reasonably satisfactory to Reorganized HMI from a
surety company satisfactory to Reorganized HMI. Any holder
that fails within five (5) years after the date of entry of
the Confirmation Order (i) to surrender or cause to be
surrendered such promissory note, share certificate or
instrument, (ii) to execute and deliver an affidavit of loss
and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to Reorganized HMI, or
(iii) if requested, to furnish a bond reasonably satisfactory
to the Reorganized HMI upon request, shall be deemed to have
forfeited all rights, Claims, and interests and shall not
participate in any distribution hereunder.
6.7. TERMINATION OF HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST. On the Effective Date,
pursuant to the Confirmation Order, Hvide Capital Trust will be
terminated and dissolved without any further action required on the
part of any person, and the Delaware Trustee is hereby authorized to
file a certificate of dissolution with the Secretary of State of
Delaware and to take such other action as may be necessary in
furtherance thereof.
6.8. LISTING OF NEW HMI COMMON STOCK AND CLASS A WARRANTS.
Reorganized HMI shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the
shares of New HMI Common Stock and the Class A Warrants to be listed on
a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System,
and to obtain and maintain a trading symbol for each of the New HMI
Common Stock and Class A Warrants. Certain entities that may hold, or
manage or advise accounts that hold, more than 10% of the New HMI
Common Stock upon the Effective Date shall be entitled to the benefits
of the Registration Rights Agreement attached as Exhibit "A" hereto.
25
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 7.
EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
7.1. ASSUMPTION OR REJECTION OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED
LEASES
7.1.1. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS. Except as otherwise provided
herein or by the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date,
all executory contracts (other than unexpired leases) that
exist between any Debtor and any person shall be deemed
assumed as of the Effective Date, including without limitation
all indemnification obligations described in Section 7.2
hereof and all benefit obligations described in Sections 7.3
and 7.4 hereof, except for any executory contract (i) which
has been rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court
entered on or prior to the Confirmation Date, (ii) set forth
in Schedule 7.1(a) hereto to be filed on or prior to seven
days prior to the hearing on confirmation of the Plan, or
(iii) as to which a motion for approval of the rejection of
such contract has been filed and served on or prior to the
Confirmation Date. The executory contracts set forth in
Schedule 7.1(a) hereto shall be deemed rejected as of the
Effective Date. Each Debtor shall pay all amounts that have
come due and owing on or before the Effective Date with
respect to its respective obligations under assumed executory
contracts immediately upon resolution of amounts thereby
owing, and execution of appropriate documents evidencing
withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
7.1.2. UNEXPIRED LEASES. Except as otherwise provided herein
or by the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date, all
unexpired leases that exist between any Debtor and any person
shall be deemed assumed as of the Effective Date, except for
any unexpired lease (i) which has been rejected pursuant to an
order of the Bankruptcy Court entered on or prior to the
Confirmation Date or by operation of law, or (ii) as to which
a motion for approval of the rejection of such lease has been
filed and served on or prior to the Confirmation Date. Each
Debtor shall pay all amounts that have come due and owing on
or before the Effective Date with respect to its respective
obligations under assumed leases immediately upon resolution
of amounts thereby owing, and execution of appropriate
documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon
further order of the Bankruptcy Court.
7.1.3. APPROVAL OF ASSUMPTION OR REJECTION OF LEASES AND
CONTRACTS. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute
(i) the approval, pursuant to Section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code, of the assumption of the executory contracts and
unexpired leases assumed pursuant to Section 7.1(a) and (b)
hereof, (ii) the extension of time pursuant to Section
365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code within which the Debtors may
assume or reject the executory contracts and unexpired
26
<PAGE>
leases specified in Section 7.1(a) and (b) hereof through the
date of entry of an order approving the assumption or
rejection of such contracts and leases, (iii) the approval,
pursuant to Section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, of the
rejection of the executory contracts set forth in Schedule
7.1(a) hereto, and (iv) the disallowance of all Claims arising
from contracts and leases assumed prior to or as of the
Effective Date.
7.1.4. CURE OF DEFAULTS. On the Effective Date, each of the
Reorganized Debtors shall Cure any and all defaults under any
executory contract or unexpired lease it respectively assumed
pursuant to the Plan in accordance with Section 365(b)(1) of
the Bankruptcy Code.
7.1.5. BAR DATE FOR FILING PROOFS OF CLAIM RELATING TO
EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES REJECTED PURSUANT TO
THE PLAN. Unless the Bankruptcy Court fixes a different time
period pursuant to an order approving the rejection of a
contract or lease, Claims arising out of the rejection of an
executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to this Section
7.1 must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than
thirty days after notice of entry of an order approving the
rejection of such contract or lease. Any Claims not filed
within such time will be forever barred from assertion against
their estate, the Reorganized Debtors and their property and
will not receive any distributions under the Plan. Unless
otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, all Claims arising
from the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases
shall be treated as Class 3 Claims under the Plan.
7.2. INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS. For purposes of the Plan, the
obligations of each Debtor to indemnify, reimburse or limit the
liability of its present and any former directors, officers or
employees that were directors, officers or employees on or after the
Commencement Date against any obligations pursuant to their Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws, similar organizational documents, applicable
state law or specific agreement, or any combination of the foregoing,
shall survive confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby, and
not be discharged irrespective of whether indemnification,
reimbursement or limitation is owed in connection with an event
occurring before, on, or after the Commencement Date.
7.3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFIT PROGRAMS. All employment and
severance practices and policies, and all compensation and benefit
plans, policies, and programs of each Debtor applicable to its
directors, officers or employees, including, without limitation, all
savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, severance benefit
plans, incentive plans, workers' compensation programs and life,
disability and other insurance plans are treated as executory contracts
under the Plan and are hereby assumed pursuant to Section 365(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code, subject to any and all modification and termination
rights of the Debtors contained therein.
27
<PAGE>
7.4. RETIREE BENEFITS. Payments, if any, due to any person for the
purpose of providing or reimbursing payments for retired employees and
their spouses and dependents for medical, surgical, or hospital care
benefits, or benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability,
or death under any plan, fund, or program (through the purchase of
insurance or otherwise), maintained or established in whole or in part
by the Debtors prior to the Commencement Date, shall be continued for
the duration of the period the Debtors have obligated themselves to
provide such benefits, subject to any and all modification and
termination rights of the Debtors contained therein. The Debtors shall
pay all amounts that have come due and owing on or before the Effective
Date with respect to assumed retiree benefits immediately upon
resolution of amounts thereby owing, and execution of appropriate
documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further
order of the Bankruptcy Court.
ARTICLE 8.
PROVISIONS REGARDING CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR
8.1. GENERAL. On the Effective Date, the management, control and
operation of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall become the general
responsibility of the respective Boards of Directors of the Reorganized
Debtors (or as otherwise provided in its governing instruments), which
shall thereafter have the responsibility for the management, control
and operation of the Reorganized Debtors.
8.2. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The first annual meeting of the
stockholders of Reorganized HMI shall be held on a date selected by the
Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI in calendar year 2000.
8.3. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF REORGANIZED HMI
8.3.1. BOARD OF DIRECTORS. As of the Effective Date, the Board
of Directors of Reorganized HMI shall initially consist of
seven individuals designated by the Creditors' Committee after
consultation with HMI. The names of such individuals shall be
disclosed prior to the hearing to consider confirmation of the
Plan.
8.3.2. OFFICERS. The officers of Reorganized HMI immediately
prior to the Effective Date shall serve as the initial
officers of Reorganized HMI on and after the Effective Date in
accordance with any employment agreement with Reorganized HMI
and applicable nonbankruptcy law.
28
<PAGE>
8.4. NEW CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND NEW BY-LAWS. Effective as
of the Effective Date, HMI will be reincorporated under the laws of the
State of Delaware and the New Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
of Reorganized HMI shall be adopted in substantially the form annexed
hereto as EXHIBITS C and D, respectively.
8.5. ISSUANCE OF NEW SECURITIES. The issuance of the following
equity securities by Reorganized HMI is hereby authorized under Section
1145 of the Bankruptcy Code without further act or action under
applicable law, regulation, order, or rule:
(a) approximately 10,000,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock;
and
(b) approximately 250,000 Class A Warrants.
ARTICLE 9.
EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN
9.1. REVESTING OF ASSETS
9.1.1. The property of the estate of the Debtors shall revest
in the respective Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date.
9.1.2. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized
Debtors may operate their businesses, and may use, acquire,
and dispose of their properties free of any restrictions of
the Bankruptcy Code except as provided herein.
9.1.3. As of the Effective Date, all property of the Debtors
shall be free and clear of all Claims and Interests of holders
of Claims and Interests, except as provided herein.
9.1.4. Any rights or causes of action accruing to the Debtors
and Debtors in Possession, including those accruing or arising
under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall remain assets of
the estates of the respective Reorganized Debtors. To the
extent necessary, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed
representatives of the estate under Section 1123(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
9.2. DISCHARGE OF DEBTORS. The rights afforded herein and the
treatment of all Claims and Interests herein shall be in exchange for
and in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release of all Claims and
Interests of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on
such Claims from and after the Commencement Date, against the Debtors
and the Debtors in Possession, or any of their assets or properties.
Except as otherwise provided herein, (a) on the Effective Date, all
such Claims against, and Interests in, the
29
<PAGE>
Debtors shall be satisfied, discharged, and released in full and (b)
all persons shall be precluded from asserting against the respective
Reorganized Debtors, their successors, or their assets or properties
any other or further Claims or Interests based upon any act or
omission, transaction, or other activity of any kind or nature
occurring prior to the Confirmation Date.
ARTICLE 10.
EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN
10.1. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. The Plan shall not become effective
unless the following conditions have been satisfied: (a) the Bankruptcy
Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance
satisfactory to the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee providing,
among other things, (i) that the New HMI Stock (including New HMI Stock
issued upon the exercise of the Class A Warrants) and the Class A
Warrants to be issued to holders of Claims and Interests pursuant to
the Plan, are exempt from registration pursuant to Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code, (ii) for the approval of (A) the Class A Warrant
Agreement, (B) the Registration Rights Agreement, (C) the New By-laws
of Reorganized HMI, (D) the New Certificate of Incorporation of
Reorganized HMI, (E) the Exit Financing Facility and (F) the New
Long-Term Incentive Plan, and all of which shall be in form and
substance satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee, and such Order
shall have become a Final Order unless such requirement of finality is
waived by the mutual consent of the Debtors and the Creditors'
Committee; (b) the Reorganized Debtors shall have closed on the Exit
Financing Facility such that the Reorganized Debtors shall have credit
availability thereunder to repay the DIP Credit Facility and to provide
working capital sufficient to meet their requirements as determined by
the Reorganized Debtors and the Creditors' Committee; and (c)
consummation of the Plan, including distribution of the securities in
accordance with the terms of the Plan, shall not preclude the
Reorganized Debtors from operating their respective businesses in
compliance with the Jones Act.
10.2. EFFECT OF FAILURE OF CONDITIONS. In the event that any of the
conditions specified in Section 10.1 of the Plan has not been satisfied
or waived (in the manner provided in Section 10.3 below) within 60 days
after entry of the Confirmation Order, then the Debtors may, upon
notification to the Creditors' Committee and the Bankruptcy Court,
terminate the Plan. Upon termination of the Plan (a) the Confirmation
Order shall be vacated, (b) no distributions under the Plan shall be
made, (c) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Interests shall be
restored to the STATUS QUO ANTE as of the day immediately preceding the
Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Date never occurred, and
(d) all the Debtors' obligations with respect to the Claims and
Interests shall remain unchanged and nothing contained herein shall be
deemed to constitute a waiver or release
30
<PAGE>
of any claims by or against the Debtors or any other person or to
prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any person in any
further proceedings involving the Debtors.
10.3. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The conditions to effectiveness of the
Plan set forth in Section 10. 1 of the Plan may be waived only upon the
express written consent of the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee.
ARTICLE 11.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
The Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters
arising out of, and related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to,
and for the purposes of, Sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and
for, among other things, the following purposes:
11.1. To hear and determine pending applications for the assumption
or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases, if any are
pending, and the allowance of Claims resulting therefrom;
11.2. To determine any and all pending adversary proceedings,
applications, and contested matters;
11.3. To hear and determine any objection to Administrative Expense
Claims or to Claims, including but not limited to the reasonableness of
the Trustees' Claims;
11.4. To enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in
the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked,
modified, or vacated;
11.5. To issue such orders in aid of execution of the Plan or in
furtherance of the discharge, to the extent authorized by Section 1142
of the Bankruptcy Code;
11.6. To consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect
or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the
Bankruptcy Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation
Order;
11.7. To hear and determine all applications for compensation and
reimbursement of expenses of professionals under Sections 330, 331 and
503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;
11.8. To ensure that distributions and rights granted to holders of
Allowed Claims and
31
<PAGE>
Interests are accomplished as provided herein;
11.9. To hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the
interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan;
11.10. To recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the
estate, wherever located;
11.11. To hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and
federal taxes in accordance with Sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the
Bankruptcy Code;
11.12. To hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy
Code; and
11.13. To enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Cases.
ARTICLE 12.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
12.1. EFFECTUATING DOCUMENTS AND FURTHER TRANSACTIONS. Each of the
Chief Executive Officer, President and each Executive and Senior Vice
President of each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor is authorized in
accordance with his authority under the resolutions of the Board of
Directors of each such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as the case may
be, to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments,
releases, indentures and other agreements or documents and take such
actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further
evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and any notes or
securities issued pursuant to the Plan.
12.2. EXEMPTION FROM TRANSFER TAXES. Pursuant to Section 1146(c) of
the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance, transfer or exchange of notes or
equity securities under the Plan, the creation of any mortgage, deed of
trust or other security interest, the making or assignment of any lease
or sublease, or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument
of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan,
including any deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in
connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan,
shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage
recording or other similar tax, including but not limited to the
Florida document stamp tax.
12.3. EXCULPATION, RELEASES, AND INDEMNIFICATION. None of the
Reorganized Debtors, the Creditors' Committee, or the Trustees or any
of their respective members, officers, directors, employees, attorneys,
advisors or agents shall have or incur any liability to any holder of a
Claim or Interest for any act or omission in connection with, or
arising out of, the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the
consummation of the Plan or the
32
<PAGE>
administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the
Plan except for willful misconduct or gross negligence, and, in all
respects, the Reorganized Debtor, the Creditors' Committee, each of the
Trustees and each of their respective members, officers, directors,
employees, attorneys, advisors and agents shall be entitled to rely
upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and
responsibilities under the Plan.
Upon the Effective Date, pursuant to Section 1123(b)(3)(A) of
the Bankruptcy Code, any and all claims held by the Debtors against any
present or former officers or directors shall be forever settled,
waived, released and discharged, and will not be retained or enforced
by the Reorganized Debtors. Further, upon the Effective Date any and
all claims and causes of action, whether direct or derivative, against
any present or former officer or director of the Debtors by any holder
of a Claim or Interest under the Plan shall similarly be forever
settled, waived, released and discharged, and not retained or enforced
by such holder.
Reorganized HMI agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of
the members of the Creditors' Committee, and their respective members,
officers, directors, partners, employees, attorneys, agents, and
advisors and each of their respective successors and assigns from and
against any and all claims, suits, actions, liabilities, and judgments
and costs related thereto (including any defense costs associated
therewith on an Aas incurred@ basis) arising under or with respect to
any act or omission in connection with, or arising out of, (i) the
negotiation, documentation or implementation of the transactions
contemplated herein (including the consideration of alternatives
thereto (if any)), (ii) the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, (iii)
the consummation of the Plan or (iv) the administration of the Plan or
property to be distributed under the Plan, except if such claim or
liability is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have
arisen as a direct result of such entity's gross negligence or willful
misconduct.
12.4. TERMINATION OF CREDITORS' COMMITTEE. Except as otherwise
provided in this section 12.4, on the date by which both (a) the
Effective Date has occurred and (b) the Confirmation Order has become a
Final Order, the Creditors' Committee shall cease to exist and its
members, employees or agents (including, without limitation, attorneys,
investment bankers, financial advisors, accountants and other
professionals) shall be released and discharged from any further
authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations relating to,
arising from, or in connection with the Creditors' Committee. The
Creditors' Committee shall continue to exist after such date (i) solely
with respect to all the applications filed pursuant to section 330 and
331 of the Bankruptcy Code seeking payment of fees and expenses
incurred by any professional, (ii) any post-confirmation modifications
to, or motions seeking the enforcement of the provisions of the Plan or
the Confirmation Order, and (iii) any matters pending as of the
Effective Date in the Chapter 11 Cases, until such matters are finally
resolved.
33
<PAGE>
12.5. AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION OF THE PLAN; SEVERABILITY
12.5.1. The Debtors may, with the consent of the Creditors'
Committee, alter, amend, or modify the treatment of any Claim
provided for under the Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
holder of such Claim agrees or consents to any such
alteration, amendment or modification.
12.5.2. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court determines,
prior to the Confirmation Date, that any provision in the Plan
is invalid, void or unenforceable, such provision shall be
invalid, void or unenforceable with respect to the holder or
holders of such Claims or Interests as to which the provision
is determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable. The
invalidity, voidness or unenforceability of any such provision
shall in no way limit or affect the enforceability and
operative effect of any other provision of the Plan.
12.5.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in
the event an objection to confirmation of the Plan is filed by
holders of Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claims and is not
withdrawn or overruled by December 1, 1999, the Debtors
reserve the right to seek entry of the Confirmation Order
notwithstanding such objection and, to the extent necessary,
shall withhold distributions to holders of Allowed Class 3C
Trust Preferred Claims and/or Allowed Class 6 HMI Common Stock
Interests and HMI Common Stock Trading Claims (if any) until
resolution of such objections and the allowance or
disallowance of such Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claims.
To the extent the Bankruptcy Court finds that the Plan cannot
be confirmed because any distributions to holders of Allowed
Class 3C Trust Preferred Claims and/or Allowed Class 6 HMI
Common Stock Interests and HMI Common Stock Trading Claims (if
any) would violate section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the
Plan shall be modified to provide that such distributions
shall be provided to the holders of Allowed Class 3B Senior
Notes Claims in accordance with the absolute priority rule.
12.6. REVOCATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN
12.6.1. The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw
the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date, subject to the
consent of the Creditors' Committee, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
12.6.2. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to
the Confirmation Date, then the Plan shall be deemed null and
void. In such event, nothing contained herein shall be deemed
to constitute a waiver or release of any claims by or against
the Debtors or any other person or to prejudice in any manner
the rights of the Debtors or any person in any further
proceedings involving the Debtors.
34
<PAGE>
12.7. BINDING EFFECT. The Plan shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the holders of
Claims and Interests, and their respective successors and assigns,
except as expressly set forth herein.
12.8. NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be provided under
the Plan shall be in writing and served by either (a) certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (b) hand delivery, or (c)
reputable overnight delivery service, freight prepaid, to be addressed
as follows:
To the Debtors:
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
2200 Eller Drive
P.O. Box 13038
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316
Attn: Robert B. Lamm, Esq.
with copies to:
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
Attn: Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
and
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
11th Floor, Rodney Square North
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
Attn: Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
To the Creditors' Committee:
c/o MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & McCLOY LLP
One Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, New York 10005-1413
Attn: Luc A. Despins, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
and
35
<PAGE>
ASHBY & GEDDES
One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 1150
Wilmington, DE 19899
Attn: William P. Bowden, Esq.
12.9. POST-EFFECTIVE DATE PROFESSIONAL FEES. The Reorganized Debtors
may retain and compensate professionals and reimburse such
professionals' expenses, for services rendered on or after the
Effective Date, without the necessity of approval by the Bankruptcy
Court pursuant to the provisions of Sections 327, 328 ET SEQ. of the
Bankruptcy Code.
12.10. GOVERNING LAW. Except to the extent the Bankruptcy Code or
Bankruptcy Rules are applicable, the rights and obligations arising
under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving
effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof that would require
the application of any laws of any other jurisdiction.
12.11. WITHHOLDING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. In connection with the
Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith and
distributions thereunder, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as
the case may be, shall comply with all withholding and reporting
requirements imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign taxing
authority, and all distributions hereunder shall be subject to any such
withholding and reporting requirements.
12.12. PLAN SUPPLEMENT. Forms of the Registration Rights Agreement,
the Class A Warrant Agreement, the New By-laws of Reorganized HMI, the
New Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized HMI, the Exit Financing
Facility documents and other documents shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee and contained in the Plan
Supplement and filed with the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court at least
ten days prior to the Confirmation Date. Upon its filing with the
Court, the Plan Supplement may be inspected in the office of the Clerk
of the Bankruptcy Court during normal court hours. Holders of Claims or
Interests may obtain a copy of the Plan Supplement upon written request
in accordance with applicable provisions of the Disclosure Statement.
12.13. HEADINGS. Headings are used in the Plan for convenience and
reference only, and shall not constitute a part of the Plan for any
other purpose.
12.14. EXHIBITS. All Exhibits to the Plan, including the Plan
Supplement, are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set
forth in full herein.
12.15. FILING OF ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS. On or before substantial
consummation of the
36
<PAGE>
Plan, the Debtors shall file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements
and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate
and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, provided
such documents are in form and substance satisfactory to the
Creditors' Committee.
37
<PAGE>
Dated: November 1, 1999
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED,
a Florida corporation
By:_________________________
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL,
INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES,
INC.
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER
HOLDINGS, LLC
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS
CORPORATION
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK ALBANY, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC.
38
<PAGE>
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC.
SEABULK COOT II, INC.
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC.
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC.
SEABULK EMERALD, INC.
SEABULK ENERGY, INC.
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC.
SEABULK FALCON II, INC.
SEABULK FALCON, INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC.
SEABULK GANNET I, INC.
SEABULK GANNET II, INC.
SEABULK GAZELLE, INC.
SEABULK GIANT, INC.
SEABULK GREBE, INC.
SEABULK HABARA, INC.
SEABULK HAMOUR, INC.
SEABULK HARRIER, INC.
SEABULK HATTA, INC.
SEABULK HAWAII, INC.
SEABULK HAWK, INC.
SEABULK HERCULES, INC.
SEABULK HERON, INC.
SEABULK HORIZON, INC.
SEABULK HOUBARE, INC.
SEABULK IBEX, INC.
SEABULK ISABEL, INC.
39
<PAGE>
SEABULK JASPER, INC.
SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC
SEABULK KATIE, INC..
SEABULK KESTREL, INC.
SEABULK KING, INC.
SEABULK KNIGHT, INC.
SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK LARA, INC.
SEABULK LARK, INC.
SEABULK LIBERTY, INC.
SEABULK LINCOLN, INC.
SEABULK LULU, INC.
SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC.
SEABULK MALLARD, INC.
SEABULK MARLENE, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN I, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN II, INC.
SEABULK MASTER, INC.
SEABULK MERLIN, INC.
SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC.
SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC.
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
CORPORATION
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
HOLDINGS CORPORATION
SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE
HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL
HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
NIGERIA LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK ORYX INC.
40
<PAGE>
SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
SEABULK PENNY, INC.
SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
SEABULK PETREL, INC.
SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
SEABULK POWER, INC.
SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
SEABULK RAVEN, INC
SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
SEABULK TRANSMARINE
PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
41
<PAGE>
SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
HVIDE MARINE de VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
By:________________________________
MARANTA, S.A.
By:________________________________
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST
By:________________________________
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
By:________________________________
Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
-and-
42
<PAGE>
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
By:__________________________________
Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
43
<PAGE>
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- ----------------------------------------------X
IN RE CHAPTER 11
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, CASE NO. 99-3024 (PJW)
ET AL., JOINTLY ADMINISTERED
DEBTOR.
- ----------------------------------------------X
ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
PROPOSED BY THE DEBTORS, DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999
The First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Proposed by
Debtors Hvide Marine Incorporated ("HMI") and its subsidiary and affiliate
debtors (a list of which is annexed hereto as EXHIBIT "A") (collectively, the
"Debtors" or the "Proponents"), dated as of November 1, 1999 (which, together
with all modifications thereto on or before the date hereof are herein referred
to as the "Plan"), a copy of which is annexed hereto as EXHIBIT B,1 having been
proposed and filed with this Court by the Debtors; and the First Amended
Disclosure Statement Pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code for the
First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Proposed by the Debtors, dated as of
November 1, 1999 (the "Disclosure Statement"), having been approved by the Court
and transmitted to the Debtors' creditors and equity security holders in
accordance with the Order of the Court dated November 2, 1999 approving the
Disclosure Statement under Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and establishing
solicitation and tabulation procedures and providing for other relief (the
"Solicitation Order"); and a hearing
- --------
1 Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.
<PAGE>
having been held before the Court commencing on December 1, 1999 to consider
confirmation of the Plan (the "Confirmation Hearing"); and due notice of the
Confirmation Hearing and the time for filing objections to confirmation of the
Plan having been given to all parties in interest in accordance with the
Solicitation Order and other applicable Orders of this Court; and the Court
having found that the form and scope of the notice of the Confirmation Hearing
were appropriate under the circumstances, that all parties in interest had an
opportunity to appear and be heard at the Confirmation Hearing, and that the
procedures by which Ballots for acceptance or rejection of the Plan were
distributed and tabulated were fair and were properly conducted in accordance
with the Solicitation Order and other applicable Orders of this Court, and that
as set forth in the Certification of Voting filed by Bankruptcy Services, LLC,
the Debtors' tabulation agent, sufficient ballots have been cast to obtain
confirmation of the Plan; and the Court having considered all of the objections
to the confirmation of the Plan; and after due consideration and deliberation,
IT IS HEREBY ORDERED, DETERMINED, ADJUDGED, FOUND AND DECREED that:
1. All findings of fact herein shall be construed as conclusions of law
and all conclusions of law shall be construed as findings of fact where
appropriate.
JURISDICTION
2. This Court has jurisdiction to approve and confirm the Plan pursuant
to 28 U.S.C. Section 1334.
3. The Confirmation of the Plan is a core proceeding pursuant to 28
U.S.C. Section 157(b)(2).
MODIFICATION OF THE PLAN
4. The Proponents have modified the Plan as set forth on EXHIBIT C
hereto which modifications are incorporated into and made part of the Plan. The
modifications of the Plan do not adversely change the treatment of the Claim of
any creditor or the Interest of any Interest
<PAGE>
holder and otherwise comply with Section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code. All
acceptances and rejections previously cast for or against the Plan are hereby
deemed to constitute acceptances or rejections of the Plan as modified.
THE PLAN MEETS THE CONFIRMATION
REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1129
5. SECTION 1129(A)(1). The Plan complies with the applicable provisions
of the Bankruptcy Code.
6. SECTION 1129(A)(2). The Proponents of the Plan have complied with
the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including the disclosure and
solicitation requirements of Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except as
disclosed on the record at the Confirmation Hearing with respect to holders of
Trust Preferred Claims, based upon the record before the Court at the
Confirmation Hearing, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Ballots, the
Notice of Confirmation Hearing, the Solicitation Order, and the Plan Supplement
were transmitted and served in compliance with the Solicitation Order and the
Bankruptcy Rules,2 and such transmittal and service (including the transmittal
and service made to the holders of Trust Preferred Claims) was adequate and
sufficient. Adequate and sufficient notice of theConfirmation Hearing and other
bar dates and deadlines set forth in the Solicitation Order was given in
compliance with the Bankruptcy Rules and the Solicitation Order, and no further
notice is required. The solicitation of votes was made in good faith and in
compliance with applicable law.
7. Based on the Disclosure Statement, the Debtors' public dissemination
of reports on its recent financial results, and the record of the Confirmation
Hearing, the Debtors believe that all known material information concerning
Debtors and their financial condition, as required
- --------
2 Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them
in the Plan or Disclosure Statement.
<PAGE>
under Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, has been disclosed, and
the Debtors believe there is no known material non-public information relating
to the Debtors and their financial condition that has not been disclosed.
8. SECTION 1129(A)(3). The Plan has been proposed in good faith and not
by any means forbidden by law.
9. SECTION 1129(A)(4). All payments made or to be made by the Debtors,
or by a person issuing securities or acquiring property under the Plan, for
services or for costs and expenses in or in connection with the Chapter 11
Cases, or in connection with the Plan and incident to the Chapter 11 Cases, have
been approved, have been fully disclosed to the Court and are reasonable or, if
to be fixed after confirmation of the Plan, will be subject to approval of the
Court.
10. SECTION 1129(A)(5). The identity, qualifications and affiliations
of the persons who are to be directors and officers of the Debtors after
confirmation of the Plan have been disclosed on the record at the Confirmation
Hearing, and the appointment or continuance of such persons in such offices is
consistent with the interests of creditors and equity security holders of the
Debtors and with public policy. The identity of any insider that will be
employed or retained by the Reorganized Debtors and the nature of such insider's
compensation have been fully disclosed.
11. SECTION 1129(A)(6). No governmental regulatory commission has
jurisdiction, after confirmation of the Plan, over the rates of the Debtors.
12. SECTION 1129(A)(7). With respect to each impaired Class of Claims
or Interests, each holder of a Claim or Equity Interest of such Class has
accepted the Plan or will receive or retain under the Plan property of a value,
as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount that such holder
would receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code on such date.
13. SECTION 1129(A)(8).
(a) Classes 1, 2, 3A, 3D and 5 of the Plan are not impaired by
the Plan.
<PAGE>
(b) Classes 3B and 3C of the Plan are impaired and as
reflected in the Certification of Voting have voted to accept
the Plan, as follows:
(i) the holders of 100% in number and 100% in dollar
amount of Class 3B creditors who voted, have accepted
the Plan;
(ii) the holders of approximately 97.67% in number
and 99.96% in dollar amount of Class 3C creditors who
voted, have accepted the Plan;
(c) There are no creditors who fall within Class 4 of the
Plan.
(d) Class 6 did not vote in sufficient numbers to accept the
Plan. As reflected in the Certification of Voting, 52% of the
shares in Class 6 which were voted, voted to accept the Plan.
There are no holders of HMI Common Stock Trading Claims. The
HMI Common Stock Trading Claim asserted by Christopher W.
Payne is patently deficient under Bankruptcy Rule 7009 and the
Solicitation Order and is hereby disallowed.
(e) Class 7 will not receive or retain any property on account
of their Interests and, accordingly, are deemed to have
rejected the Plan.
14. SECTION 1129(A)(9). Except to the extent that the holder of a Claim
of a kind specified in Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code has agreed to a
different treatment of such Claim, the Plan provides that:
(a) with respect to a Claim of a kind specified in Section
507(a)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the
Effective Date, the holder of such Claim will receive on account of
such Claim Cash equal to the Allowed Amount of such Claim; and
(b) with respect to a Claim of a kind specified in Section
507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, the holder of such Claim will, at the
option of the Debtors, either be paid in full in Cash on the Effective
Date, or receive on account of such Claim deferred Cash payments, over
a period not exceeding six years after the date of assessment of such
Claim, of a value, on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is
practicable, equal to
<PAGE>
the Allowed Amount of such Claim, with interest at the rate of 5% per
annum or as otherwise established by the Bankruptcy Court.
15. SECTION 1129(A)(10). At least one Class of Claims that is impaired
under the Plan has accepted the Plan, determined without including any
acceptance of the Plan by any insider.
16. SECTION 1129(A)(11). Based on the evidence adduced at the
Confirmation Hearing, confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by
the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization, of the
Debtors.
17. SECTION 1129(A)(12). All fees payable under Section 1930 of title
28 of the United States Code have been paid or the Plan provides that they will
be paid as Administrative Expenses under the Plan.
18. SECTION 1129(A)(13). The Plan provides for the continuation after
the Effective Date of all "retiree benefits" of the Debtors, as defined by
Section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, for the duration of the period the
Debtors have obligated themselves to provide such benefits.
19. SECTION 1129(B). With respect to Classes 6 and 7 of the Plan, the
Plan does not discriminate unfairly and is fair and equitable within the meaning
of Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
20. NO TAX AVOIDANCE. The principal purpose of the Plan is not the
avoidance of taxes or the avoidance of the application of section 5 of the
Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. Section 77e), and no governmental unit has
requested that this Court not confirm the Plan for this reason. Accordingly, the
Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 1129(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan be, and it hereby is,
confirmed.
21. OBJECTIONS OVERRULED. Each of the objections to confirmation of the
Plan that has not been withdrawn, waived or settled prior to the date hereof,
and all reservations of rights included therein, are overruled with prejudice.
To the extent that pleadings filed by individuals or entities are not
denominated as objections but contain objections to confirmation of the Plan and
have not been withdrawn, waived or settled prior to the date hereof, such
pleadings are
<PAGE>
overruled with prejudice.
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
22. SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS. Each of the conditions to the
effectiveness of the Plan has been or is expected promptly to be satisfied.
23. AUTHORIZATION. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their
officers, and all parties in interest be, and they hereby are, authorized,
empowered and directed to issue, execute, deliver, file or record any agreement,
document or security, and take any action necessary or appropriate, to
implement, effectuate and consummate the Plan in accordance with its terms,
including, without limitation, any agreement, release, certificate or articles
of merger, the agreements annexed or referred to in the Plan and/or the
Disclosure Statement and the issuance of New HMI Stock and Warrants, without
further application to or order of this Court.
24. All actions authorized to be taken pursuant to the Plan, including,
without limitation the merger of HMI into Reorganized HMI, shall be effective as
of the Effective Date pursuant to this Order without any further action by the
stockholders or directors of the Debtors, the Debtors in Possession or the
Reorganized Debtors.
25. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and their officers be, and
hereby are, authorized to execute and file any and all documents, including
without limitation certificates and articles of merger, necessary or appropriate
to effectuate or evidence any or all corporate actions authorized to be taken
pursuant to the Plan or the Disclosure Statement, and any or all such documents
shall be accepted by each of the respective State filing offices and recorded in
accordance with applicable State law and shall become effective in accordance
with their terms and the provisions of State law as of the Effective Date.
26. This Order shall constitute all approvals and consents required, if
any, by the laws, rules or regulations of any State or any other governmental
authority with respect to the implementation or consummation of the Plan, and
any other documents, instruments or agreements, and any amendments or
modifications thereto, and any other acts referred to in or
<PAGE>
contemplated by the Plan, the Disclosure Statement and any other documents,
instruments or agreements, and any amendments or modifications thereto.
27. REINCORPORATION. Section 8.4 of the Plan provides that upon the
Effective Date, HMI will be reincorporated as Reorganized HMI under the laws of
the State of Delaware. In order to effectuate such reincorporation, the Plan is
deemed amended to provide for the issuance on the Effective Date of all the
outstanding common stock of HMI, a Florida corporation, to Reorganized HMI, a
Delaware corporation. Reorganized HMI is the "successor" to HMI, as that term is
used in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, for the purpose of, among other
things, the issuance of securities to holders of Claims and Interests.
28. NEW CERTIFICATE AND BY-LAWS. The New Certificate of Incorporation
and ByLaws of Reorganized HMI (Exhibits C and D, respectively, to the Plan)
shall be adopted in substantially the forms contained in Tabs 3 and 4,
respectively, of the Plan Supplement. The New Certificate of Incorporation,
among other things, prohibits the issuance of non-voting equity securities and
provides, as to the classes of securities possessing voting power, an
appropriate distribution of such power among such classes.
29. DISTRIBUTIONS. No payment or distribution provided for in the
Plan shall be made prior to the Effective Date. All distributions of Cash, New
HMI Common Stock, Warrants and/or other consideration required to be made by the
Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall be made within the time provided by the Plan
and, in the case of distributions of Cash, shall be timely and proper if mailed
by first class mail on or before the distribution dates set forth in the Plan to
the last known addresses of the persons entitled thereto.
30. UNCLAIMED DISTRIBUTIONS. Any security, money or other property or
distributions pursuant to the Plan that are unclaimed for a period of five years
after distribution thereof shall be forfeited and revested in and become the
property of the Reorganized Debtors. Any distribution made on behalf of a holder
of a Class 3B Senior Note Claim to the indenture trustee for the Senior Notes
pursuant to the Plan that is unclaimed by the holder of a Senior Note for a
period of five years after the distribution thereof shall be forfeited and
returned to and revested in
<PAGE>
Reorganized HMI. Any distribution made on behalf of a holder of a Class 3C Trust
Preferred Claim to the Property Trustee pursuant to the Plan that is unclaimed
by the holder of a Trust Preferred Claim for a period of five years after the
distribution thereof shall be forfeited and returned to and revested in
Reorganized HMI.
31. DISCHARGE. As of the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided
herein and in the Plan, in accordance with Section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy
Code, the Debtors are discharged of and from any and all debts and Claims that
arose before the date of entry of this Order, including, without limitation, any
Securities Trading Claim and any debt or Claim of a kind specified in Sections
502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, whether or not (a) a proof of
Claim based on such a debt is filed or deemed filed under Section 501 of the
Bankruptcy Code, (b) such Claim is allowed under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy
Code, or (c) the holder of such Claim has accepted the Plan.
32. FEDERAL CLAIMS AND INTERESTS. Notwithstanding any provision in the
Plan, Confirmation Order or any bar date order to the contrary, there will be no
bar date with respect to claims of the United States, and all rights and claims
of the United States shall not be discharged, impaired or otherwise adversely
affected by the Plan, this Confirmation Order or the bankruptcy cases, will
survive the bankruptcy cases as if the cases had not been commenced, and shall
be determined in the manner and by the administrative or judicial tribunal in
which such rights or claims would have been resolved or adjudicated if the
bankruptcy cases had not been commenced. All Claims of the United States shall
remain subject to all legal and equitable defenses of the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors.
33. REVESTING OF PROPERTY. As of the Effective Date, except as
otherwise provided in the Plan, in accordance with Sections 1141(b) and 1141(c)
of the Bankruptcy Code, all property of the Debtors' estates and all other
property dealt with in the Plan be, and it hereby is, vested in the Debtors and
is free and clear of all debts, Claims and interests of creditors and holders of
Interests of the Debtors.
34. JUDGMENTS NULL AND VOID. Except as provided in the Plan and subject
only to
<PAGE>
the occurrence of the Effective Date, any judgment at any time obtained, to the
extent that such judgment is a determination of personal liability of the
Debtors with respect to any debt or Claim discharged hereunder be, and it hereby
is, rendered null and void.
35. AUTOMATIC STAY. Unless otherwise provided herein, all injunctions
or stays provided for in the Chapter 11 Case pursuant to Sections 105 or 362 of
the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise extant on the date of entry of this Order shall
remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date of the Plan. Unless
otherwise provided herein and except for the Order Partially Granting
Plaintiff's Motion for a Preliminary Injunction, dated November 24, 1999 entered
in Adversary Proceeding No. 99-574, the stay in effect pursuant to Section
362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and any stay entered in the Chapter 11 Cases by
this Court under Section 105 of the Bankruptcy Code be, and they hereby are,
dissolved and of no force or effect after the Effective Date of the Plan.
36. DISCHARGE INJUNCTION. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or
this Order (including any right to receive distributions under the Plan), as of
the Effective Date, all entities that have held, currently hold or may hold a
Claim or other debt or liability that is discharged or an Interest or other
right of an equity security holder that is terminated pursuant to the terms of
the Plan (including Securities Trading Claims), are permanently enjoined,
stayed, barred and restrained from taking any of the following actions against
any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Creditors' Committee and the
members thereof, or any of their respective property, officers, directors,
agents, attorneys, advisors, employees and representatives on account of any
such discharged Claims, debts or liabilities or terminated interests or rights:
(i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding; (ii)
enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering in any manner any judgment,
award, decree or order; (iii) creating, perfecting or enforcing any lien or
encumbrance; and (iv) asserting or effectuating any right of setoff, subrogation
or recoupment of any kind.
37. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS. Subject only to the occurrence of the
Effective Date, pursuant to Article VII of the Plan and Sections 365 and
1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, and
<PAGE>
without further motion to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, (i) the assumption
of all executory contracts and unexpired leases other than those (a) which have
been rejected pursuant to a prior Order of this Court, (b) which are set forth
in Schedule 7.1(a) to the Plan, or (c) as to which a motion for approval of the
rejection thereof has been filed and served on or prior to the Effective Date,
be, and the same hereby is, approved; (ii) the rejection of all executory
contracts set forth in Schedule 7.1(a) to the Plan be, and the same hereby is,
approved; and (iii) all Claims arising from contracts and leases assumed prior
to or as a result of the Effective Date are hereby disallowed. Proof of any
Claim for breach of an executory contract or unexpired lease rejected pursuant
to Section 7.1(a) of the Plan be, and it hereby is, required to be served and
filed with the Court no later than thirty days after notice of entry of this
Order, or it shall then be barred and discharged.
38. SECURITIES EXEMPTION. By operation of Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code, the distribution of New HMI Common Stock (including, but not
limited to, that issuable on exercise of the Warrants and that distributable to
creditors in Class 3C and Interest holders in Class 6 under the Plan) and the
Warrants to be issued and distributed under the Plan, shall be exempt from
registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any
State or local law requiring registration for offer or sale of a security or
registration or licensing of an issuer of, or broker or dealer in, a security.
All such securities so issued shall be freely transferable by the initial
recipients thereof, except for any securities received by an underwriter within
the meaning of Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
39. STOCK OPTION PLAN. The Plan and the Disclosure Statement constitute
a solicitation to the holders of New HMI Common Stock for the approval of the
New Stock Option Plan, a copy of which is contained in Tab 6 of the Plan
Supplement, and the acceptance of the New Stock Option Plan by the holders of
New HMI Common Stock is hereby confirmed. Entry of this Order constitutes
evidence of stockholder approval of the New Stock Option Plan, for purposes of
compliance with Rule 16b-3 issued under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
<PAGE>
40. WARRANT AGREEMENT AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT. The Warrant
Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement (Exhibits A and B to the Plan),
respectively, be, and they hereby are, approved and the Warrant Agreement and
Registration Rights Agreement, when executed and delivered in substantially the
forms as they appear in Tabs 1 and 2 of the Plan Supplement will constitute, the
legal, valid and binding obligations of Reorganized HMI enforceable against
Reorganized HMI in accordance with their respective terms. Pursuant to Section
1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, HMI and Reorganized HMI and their officers
be, and they hereby are, authorized to consummate the transactions contemplated
by the Warrant Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement in accordance
with their terms without further approval or action by either the directors or
stockholders of HMI or Reorganized HMI, which approval has been, and shall be
deemed to have been, given for all purposes.
41. TRANSFER TAX EXEMPTION. Pursuant to Section 1146 of the Bankruptcy
Code, the issuance, transfer or exchange of notes or equity securities under the
Plan, the creation of any mortgage, deed or trust or other security interest,
the making or assignment of any lease or sublease, or the making or delivery of
any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in
connection with the Plan, and any of the other transactions contemplated under
the Plan be, and they hereby are, exempt from any stamp or similar tax.
MISCELLANEOUS
42. REVESTING OF CAUSES OF ACTION. Pursuant to Section 9.1.4 of the
Plan, on the Effective Date, all rights or causes of action belonging or
accruing to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession, including without limitation
those accruing or arising under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall remain
assets of the estates of the respective Reorganized Debtors. To the extent
necessary, the Reorganized Debtors shall be, and hereby are, deemed to be
representatives of the estate under section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The
Reorganized Debtors, as the successors to the Debtors, may prosecute, settle, or
release any of the foregoing actions or assert any of the foregoing as a defense
or counterclaim to any Claim or action,
<PAGE>
including without limitation, any rights under section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy
Code.
43. EXCULPATION. None of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the
Creditors' Committee, each of the Trustees or any of their respective members,
officers, directors, employees, attorneys, advisors or agents shall have or
incur any liability to any holder of a Claim or Interest for any act or omission
in connection with, or arising out of, the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan,
the conduct of the business or affairs of the Debtors as debtors in possession,
the consummation of the Plan or the administration of the Plan or the property
to be distributed under the Plan except for willful misconduct or gross
negligence, and, in all respects, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the
Creditors' Committee, each of the Trustees and each of their respective members,
officers, directors, employees, advisors and agents shall be entitled to rely
upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities
under the Plan and retain the benefit, if any, of any immunity available to
Committee members.
44. RELEASES. Upon the Effective Date, any and all claims held by the
Debtors against any present or former officers or directors shall be forever
waived, released and discharged, and will not be retained or enforced by the
Reorganized Debtors; provided, however, that no claims of the Debtors shall be
released as against any officer or director of any of the Debtors who asserts
any Claim that could have been asserted prior to the Effective Date against the
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. Upon the Effective Date, any and all claims
and causes of action, whether direct or derivative, against any present or
former officer or director of the Debtors by any holder of a Claim or Interest
under the Plan shall be forever waived, released and discharged, and not
retained or enforced by such holder.
45. INDEMNITY. Reorganized HMI is authorized and directed to (and
hereby does) indemnify and hold harmless each of the members of the Creditors'
Committee, and their respective members, officers, directors, partners,
employees, attorneys, agents, and advisors and each of their respective
successors and assigns from and against any and all claims, suits, actions,
liabilities, and judgments and costs related thereto (including any defense
costs associated therewith on an "as incurred" basis) arising under or with
respect to any act or omission in
<PAGE>
connection with, or arising out of, (i) the negotiation, documentation or
implementation of the transactions contemplated herein (including the
consideration of alternatives thereto (if any)), (ii) the pursuit of
confirmation of the Plan, (iii) the consummation of the Plan or (iv) the
administration of the Plan or property to be distributed under the Plan, except
if such claim or liability is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to
have arisen as a direct result of such entity's gross negligence or willful
misconduct.
46. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION. Until the entry of a Final Decree in
these Chapter 11 Cases, this Court shall retain jurisdiction over the
Reorganized Debtors and these Chapter 11 Cases for all purposes including those
listed in Article XI of the Plan and to enforce compliance with any orders of
the type referred to in Section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code.
47. APPEALS. The reversal or modification of this Order on appeal shall
not affect the validity of the Plan or any other agreement or action authorized
by this Order as to any entity acting in good faith, whether or not that entity
knows of the appeal, unless this Order is stayed pending appeal.
48. ORDER IS CONTROLLING. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency
between the terms of (a) the Plan, (b) the Disclosure Statement, (c) the Plan
Supplement, and (d) this Order, the terms of this Order shall control; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if the terms of the Plan and this Order (i) do not expressly
resolve the issue under consideration or (ii) are ambiguous with regard to such
issue, the Reorganized Debtors or other parties-in-interest, on such notice as
may be appropriate, may seek such relief from this Court as may be necessary and
appropriate under the circumstances.
49. SEPARATE CONFIRMATION ORDER FOR EACH DEBTOR. This Order is and
shall be deemed to be a separate Order with respect to each of the Debtors
identified on EXHIBIT A for all purposes.
50. PLAN PROVISIONS TO BE GIVEN EFFECT. The failure to specifically
include or reference any particular provision of the Plan in this Order shall
not diminish or impair the effectiveness of such provision; it being the intent
of the Court that the Plan be confirmed in its
<PAGE>
entirety.
51. PLAN AND CONFIRMATION ORDER BINDING. Pursuant to section 1141 of
the Bankruptcy Code, as of the Effective Date, and except as expressly provided
in the Plan or this Order, the provisions of the Plan and this Order shall be
binding upon (i) each of the Debtors, (ii) each of the Reorganized Debtors,
(iii) all holders of Claims against or Interests in any of the Debtors, whether
or not impaired under the Plan and, if impaired, whether or not such holders
accepted the Plan, (iv) any person or entity acquiring property under the Plan,
(v) any other party in interest in these Chapter 11 Cases, (vi) any person or
entity that has made or makes an appearance in these Chapter 11 Cases, and (vii)
each of the foregoing's respective heirs, successors, assigns, trustees,
executors, administrators, affiliates, officers, directors, agents,
representatives, attorneys, beneficiaries or guardians.
MISCELLANEOUS
52. All applications for final allowances of compensation and
reimbursement of disbursements pursuant to Sections 330 and 503(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code shall be filed with the Court and served upon the Debtors, the
Creditors' Committee and the United States Trustee within forty-five days from
and after the Effective Date.
53. Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court after notice and a
hearing, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right (except as to
(i) Claims or applications for bonuses of the Debtors' officers, directors and
employees and (ii) applications for allowances of compensation and reimbursement
of expenses under Sections 330 and 503 of the Bankruptcy Code) to make and file
objections to Administrative Expense Claims and Claims and shall serve a copy of
each objection upon the holder of the Administrative Expense Claim or Claim to
which the objection is made as soon as practicable, but in no event later than
thirty days after the Effective Date.
54. The Reorganized Debtors are authorized and directed to pay the
reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Trustees in connection with making
distributions under the Plan.
<PAGE>
55. The final order approving the DIP Credit Facility shall remain in
full force and effect through and including the full repayment in cash of all
obligations under the DIP Credit Facility. The Debtors shall pay in full in cash
all Postpetition Obligations payable or owing under the DIP Loan Documents in
accordance with the provisions of the DIP Loan Documents on or before the
Effective Date.
56. Within fifteen days after entry of this Order or within such
further time as the Court may allow, the Proponents shall mail to all known
creditors, shareholders and other parties in interest notice of the entry of
this Order. Such service of notice of entry of this Order is adequate and
satisfies the requirements of Bankruptcy Rule 2002 and 3020(c), and no further
notice is necessary.
57. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Order or the Plan to the
contrary, none of the claims that any of the Debtors have against the defendants
named in Adversary Proceeding No. 99-574, whether asserted on unasserted, shall
be released or discharged, and none of the claims that any of such defendants
may have against the Debtors, whether asserted or unasserted, shall be released
or discharged, and all such claims will survive, subject to all legal and
equitable defenses applicable to such claims.
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
December __, 1999.
<PAGE>
------------------------------------
PETER J. WALSH
CHIEF UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY JUDGE
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT "A"
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED SEABULK FREEDOM, INC. NIGERIA LIMITED
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK FULMAR, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC. SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC. TRINIDAD LIMITED
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC. SEABULK GANNET I, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES, INC. SEABULK GANNET II, INC. SEABULK OREGON, INC.
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST SEABULK GAZELLE, INC. SEABULK ORYX INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC. SEABULK GIANT, INC. SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER SEABULK GREBE, INC. SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
HOLDINGS, LLC SEABULK HABARA, INC. SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC. SEABULK HAMOUR, INC. SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS SEABULK HARRIER, INC. SEABULK PENNY, INC.
CORPORATION SEABULK HATTA, INC. SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT SEABULK HAWAII, INC. SEABULK PETREL, INC.
INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK HAWK, INC. SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
SEABULK ALBANY, INC. SEABULK HERCULES, INC. SEABULK POWER, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC. SEABULK HERON, INC. SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC. SEABULK HORIZON, INC. SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK HOUBARE, INC. SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC. SEABULK IBEX, INC. SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC. SEABULK ISABEL, INC. SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC. SEABULK JASPER, INC. SEABULK RAVEN, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC. SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK BECKY, INC. SEABULK KATIE, INC.. SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC. SEABULK KESTREL, INC. SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC. SEABULK KING, INC. SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC. SEABULK KNIGHT, INC. SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC. SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC. SEABULK LARA, INC. SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC. SEABULK LARK, INC. SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC SEABULK LINCOLN, INC. SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC. SEABULK LULU, INC. SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC. SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC. SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC. SEABULK MALLARD, INC. SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC. SEABULK MARLENE, INC. SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC. SEABULK MARTIN I, INC. SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC. SEABULK MARTIN II, INC. SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK COOT II, INC. SEABULK MERLIN, INC. SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC. SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC. SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC. SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC. SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC. CORPORATION SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC. HOLDINGS CORPORATION SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI, INC. SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC. SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC. HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK TRANSMARINE
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC. INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK EMERALD, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK ENERGY, INC. HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD. SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK FALCON II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS, INC. SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK FALCON, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SEAMARK LTD. INC. SEABULK MASTER, INC. MARANTA S.A.
SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC. HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK AMERICA
SEABULK BETSY, INC. HVIDE MARINE DE VENEZUELA, PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK LIBERTY, INC. S.R.L.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
AMENDMENTS TO THE FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
1. The reference in Section 4.2.1(b) of the Plan to "Section 1.60" is
amended to read "Section 1.62".
2. The reference in Section 6.2.9.(B) of the Plan to the "holder of a
Class 5 Claim" is amended to read the "holder of a Class 3B Claim."
3. The reference in Section 6.2.9.(C) of the Plan to the "holder of a
Class 6 Trust Preferred Securities Interest to the Property Trustee" is amended
to read the "holder of a Class 3C Trust Preferred Claim to the Convertible
Subordinated Debenture Indenture Trustee, Guaranty Trustee or the Property
Trustee", and the reference to "the holder of Trust Preferred Securities" is
amended to read "the holder of a Trust Preferred Claim."
4. Section 6.6.1(A) is amended to delete the reference to "the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture Claims and the Guarantee Claims" and to
substitute in its place "the Trust Preferred Claims."
5. Section 6.6.2 is amended to insert the words "evidencing standard
and customary evidence" after the word "instrument" in the fourth sentence
thereof, and after the word "instrument" in the final sentence thereof.
6. Section 8.3.1. of the Plan is amended to provide that the Board of
Directors of Reorganized HMI shall initially consist of NINE individuals
designated by the Creditors' Committee after consultation with HMI.
7. Section 8.4. provides that on the Effective Date, HMI will be
reincorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. In order to implement
that provision, the following sentence is added to the end of Section 8.4: "On
the Effective Date, all of the common stock of reorganized HMI, a Florida
corporation, shall be issued to Reorganized HMI, a Delaware corporation.
Immediately thereafter, the board of directors and officers of reorganized HMI,
a Florida corporation, and Reorganized HMI, a Delaware corporation, shall take
all steps necessary to effectuate the merger of reorganized HMI, a Florida
corporation, into Reorganized HMI, a Delaware corporation, with Reorganized HMI,
a Delaware corporation, to be the surviving corporation. Reorganized HMI, a
Delaware corporation, shall be the "successor" to the debtor HMI under the Plan,
as that term is used in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.
8. The following new paragraph shall be added to Section 9.2 of the
Plan: "Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan, Confirmation Order or any bar
date order to the contrary, there will be no bar date with respect to claims of
the United States, and all rights and claims of the United States shall not be
discharged, impaired or otherwise adversely affected by
<PAGE>
the Plan, the Confirmation Order and the bankruptcy cases, will survive the
bankruptcy cases as if the cases had not been commenced, and shall be determined
in the manner and by the administrative or judicial tribunal in which such
rights or claims would have been resolved or adjudicated if the bankruptcy cases
had not been commenced. All Claims of the United States shall remain subject to
all legal and equitable defenses of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors."
9. The following sentence shall be added to the end of the second
paragraph of Section 12.3 of the Plan: "Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and
all claims held by the Debtors against any officer or director as of the
Effective Date shall not be released as against any such former officer or
former director who asserts a Claim that could have been asserted prior to the
Effective Date against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3
THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCE MAY
NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE
BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN SUBMITTED FOR
APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT YET BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- --------------------------------------------x
In re: : Chapter 11
Case No. 99-3024 (PJW)
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, :
ET AL., (Jointly Administered)
Debtors. :
- --------------------------------------------x
FIRST AMENDED DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 1125
OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE FOR THE FIRST AMENDED JOINT
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION PROPOSED BY THE DEBTORS
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
- and -
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
November 1, 1999
<PAGE>
THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCE MAY
NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE
BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN SUBMITTED FOR
APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT YET BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
- --------------------------------------------x
In re: : Chapter 11
Case No. 99-3024 (PJW)
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, :
ET AL., (Jointly Administered)
Debtors. :
- --------------------------------------------x
FIRST AMENDED DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 1125
OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE FOR THE FIRST AMENDED JOINT
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION PROPOSED BY THE DEBTORS
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
- and -
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
Dated: Wilmington, Delaware
November 1, 1999
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE NO.
--------
<S> <C> <C>
I. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................1
A. General Information................................................................................1
B. Right to Vote on the Plan..........................................................................5
C. Voting Instructions................................................................................6
D. Confirmation Hearing...............................................................................7
II. OVERVIEW OF THE PLAN........................................................................................8
A. Classification and Treatment of All Claims and Interests Under the Plan............................9
B. Ownership of New HMI Common Stock; Dilution.......................................................12
C. Recommendation With Respect to The Plan...........................................................12
III. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS, PROPERTIES AND OTHERINFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBTORS...........................12
A. Description of the Company and its Business.......................................................12
B. Industry Segments.................................................................................14
C. Competition.......................................................................................20
D. Environmental and Other Regulation................................................................20
E. Insurance.........................................................................................25
F. Legal Proceedings.................................................................................25
G. Employees.........................................................................................26
H. Properties........................................................................................26
I. Selected Consolidated Financial Data..............................................................27
J. Events Leading to the Commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases........................................32
IV. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES.............................................................34
A. Continuation of Business; Stay of Litigation......................................................34
B. Appointment of the Creditors' Committee...........................................................34
C. Representation of Debtors and Committee...........................................................35
D. DIP Credit Facility...............................................................................35
E. Employee Retention Plan...........................................................................36
F. Motion to Pay Critical Vendors....................................................................37
G. Scrapping of the SEABULK CHALLENGER...............................................................37
H. Scrapping of the HMI ASTRACHEM....................................................................37
I. Assumption of Certain Leases and Executory Contracts..............................................37
i
<PAGE>
V. THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.................................................................................38
A. Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests..............................................38
1. Administrative Expense and Priority Tax Claims...........................................38
a. Administrative Expense Claims...................................................38
b. Priority Tax Claims.............................................................39
2. Class 1 -- Other Priority Claims.........................................................40
3. Class 2 -- Secured Claims................................................................40
a. Class 2A -- MARAD Claims........................................................40
b. Class 2B -- Capital Lease Claims................................................41
c. Class 2C -- Other Secured Claims................................................42
4. Class 3 -- Unsecured Claims..............................................................42
a. Class 3A BGeneral Unsecured Claims..............................................42
b. Class 3B -- Senior Note Claims..................................................43
c. Class 3C -- Trust Preferred Claims..............................................43
d. Class 3D -- Intercompany Claims.................................................44
5. Class 4 BDebt Securities Trading Claims..................................................44
a. Class 4A -- Senior Note Securities Trading Claims...............................45
b. Class 4B -- Convertible Subordinated Debenture Securities
Trading Claims..................................................................45
6. Class 5 -- Common Stock in Subsidiary Debtors............................................45
7. Class 6 -- HMI Common Stock and HMI Common Stock Securities
Trading Claims...........................................................................46
8. Class 7 -- HMI Options...................................................................47
B. Summary of Other Provisions of the Plan...........................................................47
1. General Description of New Securities....................................................47
a. New HMI Common Stock............................................................47
b. The Class A Warrants............................................................48
2. The Registration Rights Agreement........................................................50
3. Repayment of the DIP Credit Facility/Exit Financing......................................51
4. Conditions Precedent to the Plan.........................................................52
5. Time and Method of Distributions Under the Plan..........................................53
6. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.................................................54
7. Retiree Benefits.........................................................................55
8. Provisions for Treatment of Disputed Claims..............................................55
9. Reorganized HMI Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws.................................55
10. Discharge of the Debtors.................................................................60
11. Amendment of the Plan....................................................................61
12. Indemnification..........................................................................61
13. Revocation of the Plan...................................................................61
14. Preservation of Causes of Action.........................................................62
15. Termination of Creditors' Committee......................................................62
16. Exculpation and Releases.................................................................62
ii
<PAGE>
17. Termination of Hvide Capital Trust.......................................................63
18. Supplemental Documents...................................................................63
VI. CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................63
A. Solicitation of Votes.............................................................................63
B. The Confirmation Hearing..........................................................................64
C. Confirmation......................................................................................65
1. Acceptance...............................................................................65
2. Unfair Discrimination and Fair and Equitable Tests.......................................65
a. Secured Creditors...............................................................65
b. Unsecured Creditors.............................................................66
c. Interests.......................................................................66
3. Feasibility..............................................................................66
4. Best Interests Test......................................................................67
5. Valuation................................................................................69
D. Consummation......................................................................................70
VII. MANAGEMENT OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR.......................................................................70
A. Board of Directors and Management.................................................................70
1. Composition of the Board of Directors....................................................70
2. Identity of Officers and Directors.......................................................71
B. Compensation of Executive Officers................................................................75
C. New Long-Term Incentive Plan......................................................................75
D. Post-Effective Date Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners...............................76
VIII. APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL AND OTHER SECURITIES LAWS TO THE
REORGANIZED HMI COMMON STOCK AND CLASS A WARRANTS TO BE
DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE PLAN.................................................................................77
A. Issuance Of Securities............................................................................77
1. Generally................................................................................77
2. Resale Considerations....................................................................77
3. Delivery of Disclosure Statement.........................................................79
IX. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED......................................................................79
A. Projected Financial Information...................................................................80
B. Depressed Industry Conditions and Substantial CashRequirements Have Adversely
Affected the Company's Liquidity..................................................................80
C. Recent Adverse Publicity About the Company, Including its Chapter 11 Filing, Has
Harmed the Company'sAbility to Compete in Highly Competitive Businesses...........................81
iii
<PAGE>
D. The Company Is Dependent on the Oil and Gas Industry, Which Is Cyclical...........................81
E. Excess Vessel Supply and Vessel Newbuilds Are Depressing Day Rates and
Adversely Affecting Operating Results.............................................................81
F. Excess Vessel Supply and Vessel Newbuilds Are Likely to Cause Any Recovery of
the Offshore Energy Support Market to Lag Increases in Oil and Gas Prices.........................81
G. The Company May Be at a Competitive Disadvantage in Responding to Any
Improved Demand in the Offshore Energy Support Industry...........................................82
H. The Company's Plans to Cancel the Construction of Vessels Currently under
Construction Could Subject it to Liabilities......................................................82
I. The Company Conducts International Operations, Which Involve
Additional Risks..................................................................................82
J. The Company's Offshore Energy Support Fleet Includes Many Older Vessels...........................83
K. The Company's Business Is Subject to Environmental Risk and Regulations...........................83
L. The Company's Business Involves Hazardous Activities and Other Risks of Loss
Against Which it May Not Be Adequately Insured....................................................83
M. The Company Could Lose Jones Act Protection.......................................................84
N. Restriction on Foreign Ownership of Stock.........................................................84
O. The Company Will Have to Remove Some of its Vessels from
the Jones Act Trade...............................................................................84
P. The Company Has Been Required to Consolidate Certain Debt, CausingFurther
Deterioration in its Reported Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......................85
Q. There Is No Established Trading Market for the New Securities.....................................85
R. Dividend Policy...................................................................................85
S. Preferred Stock...................................................................................85
X. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN........................................................86
A. Consequences to the Company.......................................................................86
1. Cancellation of Debt.....................................................................86
2. Limitations on NOL Carryforwards and Other Tax Attributes................................87
3. Alternative Minimum Tax..................................................................88
B. Consequences to Holders of Senior Notes...........................................................89
1. Gain or Loss.............................................................................89
2. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest...........................................89
3. Subsequent Sale of New HMI Common Stock..................................................90
4. Withholding..............................................................................90
C. Consequences to Holders of Trust Preferred Securities.............................................90
1. Gain or Loss.............................................................................91
2. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID....................................91
3. Subsequent Sale of New HMI Common Stock..................................................91
4. Withholding..............................................................................92
D. Consequences to Holders of Existing HMI Common Stock..............................................92
iv
<PAGE>
XI. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN..................................................93
A. Liquidation Under Chapter 7.......................................................................93
B. Alternative Plan of Reorganization................................................................93
XII. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION..............................................................................93
</TABLE>
v
<PAGE>
vi
<PAGE>
EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Exhibit A The Plan of Reorganization
Exhibit B Disclosure Statement Approval Order
Exhibit C Hvide Marine Incorporated's Form 10-K 1998 Annual Report and Form 10-
K/A Amendment
Exhibit D Hvide Marine Incorporated's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the Quarter
Ended June 30, 1999
Exhibit E Hvide Marine Incorporated's Projected Financial Information
Exhibit F Hvide Marine Incorporated Liquidation Analysis
Exhibit G Reorganized Hvide Marine Incorporated's New Long-Term Incentive Plan
</TABLE>
vii
<PAGE>
I INTRODUCTION
A0 GENERAL INFORMATION
Hvide Marine Incorporated ("HMI") and its subsidiary and affiliate debtors
listed below(1) (collectively, the "Debtors," the "Company" or "Hvide"), are
hereby soliciting acceptances of their First Amended Joint Plan of
Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code dated as of November 1,
1999 (the "Plan").(2) This Disclosure Statement is being distributed in
connection with (i) the solicitation of acceptances of the Plan and (ii) the
hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan (the "Confirmation Hearing")
scheduled for December 1, 1999 at 11:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time.
- ---------------------
(1)
<PAGE>
The Plan is intended to enhance the long-term viability and contribute
to the success of the Company by adjusting its capitalization through a
reduction in the amount of its long-term debt to reflect current and projected
operating performance levels. The Plan is designed to reduce the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK GANNET I, INC. SEABULK PENNY, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC. SEABULK GANNET II, INC. SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC. SEABULK GAZELLE, INC. SEABULK PETREL, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES, INC. SEABULK GIANT, INC. SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST SEABULK GREBE, INC. SEABULK POWER, INC.
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK HABARA, INC. SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC. SEABULK HAMOUR, INC. SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER HOLDINGS, LLC SEABULK HARRIER, INC. SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC. SEABULK HATTA, INC. SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS CORPORATION SEABULK HAWAII, INC. SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT SEABULK HAWK, INC. SEABULK RAVEN, INC
INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEABULK HERCULES, INC. SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ALBANY, INC. SEABULK HERON, INC. SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC. SEABULK HORIZON, INC. SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD. SEABULK HOUBARE, INC. SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC. SEABULK IBEX, INC. SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK ISABEL, INC. SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC. SEABULK JASPER, INC. SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC. SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC. SEABULK KATIE, INC.. SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC. SEABULK KESTREL, INC. SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC. SEABULK KING, INC. SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC. SEABULK KNIGHT, INC. SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC. SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC. SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC. SEABULK LARA, INC. SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC. SEABULK LARK, INC. SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC. SEABULK LIBERTY, INC. SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC. SEABULK LINCOLN, INC. SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC. SEABULK LULU, INC. SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC. SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC. SEABULK MALLARD, INC. SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC. SEABULK MARLENE, INC. SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK COMMAND, INC. SEABULK MARTIN I, INC. SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC. SEABULK MARTIN II, INC. SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC. SEABULK MASTER, INC. SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC. SEABULK MERLIN, INC. SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
SEABULK COOT II, INC. SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC. SEABULK TRANSMARINE
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC. SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC. PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS CORPORATION SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC. SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC. HOLDINGS CORPORATION SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI, INC. SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC. SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE HOLDINGS, INC. SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD. HVIDE MARINE DE VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS, INC. MARANTA S.A.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
SEABULK EMERALD, INC. NIGERIA LIMITED
SEABULK ENERGY, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC. TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK FALCON II, INC. SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK FALCON, INC. SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC. SEABULK ORYX INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC. SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC. SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
</TABLE>
(2) Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms contained herein have
the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto
as Exhibit A.
1
<PAGE>
Company's debt service obligations to levels that the Company believes can be
supported by its projected cash flow. SEE Hvide Marine Incorporated's Projected
Financial Information (Exhibit E).
The Plan provides for, among other things, the refinancing of Hvide's
existing senior secured DIP Credit Facility and the distribution to the holders
of the $300 million principal amount of existing HMI Senior Notes of 9,800,000
shares of New HMI Common Stock, representing 98% of the outstanding shares of
New HMI Common Stock on the Effective Date. All General Unsecured Claims,
including without limitation Claims of the Debtors' vendors and suppliers, will
be unimpaired by the plan and will continue to be paid in the ordinary course of
business.
The Plan further provides for the cancellation of an intercompany
liability represented by the $118 million principal amount of 6 2% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures issued by HMI to a subsidiary, Hvide Capital Trust, and
for the distribution to holders of Hvide Capital Trust's corresponding 6 2%
Trust Convertible Preferred Securities of (i) 200,000 shares of New HMI Common
Stock, representing 2% of the outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock on the
Effective Date, plus (ii) Class A Warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of New HMI
Common Stock on the terms described elsewhere in this Disclosure Statement.
Finally, the Plan provides for the cancellation of the existing shares of HMI
Common Stock and the distribution to HMI Common Stockholders of Class A Warrants
to purchase 125,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock on the terms described
elsewhere in this Disclosure Statement. Thus, even though the value of the
Company today is far less than its total indebtedness as of the Commencement
Date, such that holders of existing HMI Common Stock are "under water" (see
Section IV.C.5, "Valuation"), under the Plan such stockholders are to receive
Class A Warrants and thereby may retain an interest in the deleveraged Company
and the opportunity to participate in its future success.(3)
The Plan addresses the over-leveraged nature of the Company's capital
structure through the elimination of a total of $433 million of debt
(represented by the Senior Notes and the Convertible Subordinated Debentures,
including accrued and unpaid interest thereon), together with
- --------------------
(3) As set forth in Section V.B.II, "A. Amendment of the Plan," the Debtors
reserve the right to modify the Plan if certain limited conditions occur,
in which case the distribution of New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants
to holders of HMI Common Stock may not be made. See also Section VI.C., "A
Confirmation and Consummation Procedure; Confirmation."
2
<PAGE>
the refinancing of the Company's existing senior secured lending facility at
reasonable interest rates. This restructuring will provide the Company with a
stronger balance sheet and improved cash flows that should enable the Company to
survive as a going concern, continue to serve its customers and markets,
modernize its fleet, and preserve jobs for its employees.
Attached as Exhibits to this Disclosure Statement are copies of the
following:
! The Plan (Exhibit A);
! Order of the Bankruptcy Court dated November __,
1999, among other things, approving this Disclosure
Statement and establishing certain procedures with
respect to the solicitation and tabulation of votes
to accept or reject the Plan (Exhibit B);
! HMI's Form 10-K 1998 Annual Report and Form 10-K/A
Amendment (Exhibit C);
! HMI's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the Quarter
Ended June 30, 1999 (Exhibit D);
! HMI's Projected Financial Information (Exhibit E);
! HMI's Liquidation Analysis (Exhibit F); and
! Reorganized HMI's New Long-Term Incentive Plan.
In addition, a Ballot for the acceptance or rejection of the Plan is enclosed
with the Disclosure Statement submitted to the holders of Claims and Interests
that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
ON NOVEMBER __, 1999 THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF
DELAWARE APPROVED THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ("DISCLOSURE STATEMENT"), WHICH
APPROVAL DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A DETERMINATION ON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION ANNEXED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A AND DESCRIBED IN THIS
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. THE APPROVAL OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MEANS THAT THE
BANKRUPTCY COURT HAS FOUND THAT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS ADEQUATE
INFORMATION TO PERMIT CREDITORS AND EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE DEBTORS TO MAKE A
REASONABLY INFORMED DECISION IN EXERCISING THEIR RIGHT TO VOTE UPON THE PLAN.
THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE
HEREOF UNLESS ANOTHER TIME IS SPECIFIED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. THE
DELIVERY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE
AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SINCE THE DATE OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
3
<PAGE>
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE PLAN. ALL CREDITORS,
INTEREST HOLDERS AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIES ARE ENCOURAGED TO REVIEW THE FULL
TEXT OF THE PLAN, AND TO READ CAREFULLY THIS ENTIRE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT,
INCLUDING ALL EXHIBITS, BEFORE DECIDING TO VOTE EITHER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE
PLAN OR TAKE A POSITION WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN. PLAN SUMMARIES AND STATEMENTS
MADE IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO THE PLAN, OTHER EXHIBITS ANNEXED HERETO AND OTHER DOCUMENTS REFERENCED AS
FILED WITH THE BANKRUPTCY COURT PRIOR TO OR CONCURRENT WITH THE FILING OF THIS
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF, THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE
THAT: (A) THE INFORMATION AND REPRESENTATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN ARE MATERIALLY
ACCURATE; AND (B) THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS ALL MATERIAL INFORMATION.
ALL CREDITORS AND INTEREST HOLDERS SHOULD READ CAREFULLY AND CONSIDER FULLY THE
SECTION HEREOF ENTITLED "CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED" BEFORE VOTING
FOR OR AGAINST THE PLAN.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1125 OF
THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS
OR OTHER APPLICABLE NONBANKRUPTCY LAW. PERSONS OR ENTITIES TRADING IN OR
OTHERWISE PURCHASING, SELLING OR TRANSFERRING SECURITIES OF THE DEBTORS SHOULD
EVALUATE THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN IN LIGHT OF THE PURPOSE FOR
WHICH THEY WERE PREPARED.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NEITHER BEEN APPROVED NOR DISAPPROVED BY THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE "SEC") NOR HAS THE SEC PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.
AS TO CONTESTED MATTERS, ADVERSARY PROCEEDINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS OR THREATENED
ACTIONS, IT IS THE DEBTORS' POSITION THAT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE OR BE CONSTRUED AS AN ADMISSION OF ANY FACT OR LIABILITY, STIPULATION
OR WAIVER BUT RATHER AS A STATEMENT MADE IN SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS.
IT IS ALSO THE DEBTORS' POSITION THAT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT BE
ADMISSIBLE IN ANY PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE DEBTORS OR ANY OTHER PARTY, AND IT
SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE CONCLUSIVE ADVICE ON THE TAX, SECURITIES OR OTHER
LEGAL EFFECTS OF THE DEBTORS' REORGANIZATION ON HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST OR
4
<PAGE>
INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS.
B0 RIGHT TO VOTE ON THE PLAN
Pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of
allowed claims or equity interests in classes of claims or equity interests that
are impaired under the terms and provisions of a chapter 11 plan are entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan. Holders of allowed claims or equity interests
in classes of claims or equity interests that are unimpaired under the terms and
provisions of a chapter 11 plan are conclusively presumed to have accepted the
plan and therefore are not entitled to vote on such a plan. The Debtors believe
that Classes 1, 2, 3A, 3D and 5 are unimpaired, are conclusively presumed to
have accepted the Plan, and therefore do not have the right to vote on the Plan.
Holders of Claims in Class 3B (Senior Note Claims) and Class 3C (Trust
Preferred Claims) and holders of Interests in Class 6 (HMI Common Stock
Interests) are impaired and therefore are entitled to vote to accept or reject
the Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 4 (Debt Securities Trading Claims), if any,
and Interests in Class 7 (HMI Options) do not receive any distributions under
the Plan and the holders of those Claims, if any, and Interests are conclusively
presumed to have rejected the Plan. Therefore, the Debtors are soliciting
acceptances only from the holders of Allowed Claims in Class 3B (Senior Note
Claims) and Class 3C (Trust Preferred Claims) and Allowed Interests in Class 6
(HMI Common Stock Interests).
The Bankruptcy Code defines "acceptance" of a plan by a class of claims
as acceptance by creditors in that class that hold at least two-thirds in dollar
amount and more than one-half in number of the claims that cast ballots for
acceptance or rejection of the plan. The Bankruptcy Code defines "acceptance" of
a plan by a class of equity interests as acceptance by equity interest holders
in that class that hold at least two-thirds in amount of the allowed interests
that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the plan. For a complete
description of the requirements for confirmation of the Plan, see Section VI,
"Confirmation and Consummation Procedure."
If a class of claims or equity interests rejects the Plan or is deemed
to reject the Plan, the Debtors have the right, and reserve the right, to
request confirmation of the Plan pursuant to Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code. Section 1129(b) permits the confirmation of a plan notwithstanding the
nonacceptance of such plan by one or more impaired classes of claims or equity
interests if the proponent thereof complies with the provisions of that Section.
Under that Section, a plan may be confirmed by a bankruptcy court if it does not
"discriminate unfairly" and is "fair and equitable" with respect to each
nonaccepting class. For a more detailed description of the requirements for
confirmation of a nonconsensual plan, see Section VI.C.2, "Confirmation and
Consummation Procedure, Unfair Discrimination and Fair and Equitable Tests."
The Debtors believe that (i) through the Plan, holders of Claims
against and Interests in Hvide will obtain a substantially greater recovery from
the Debtors' estates than the recovery that would be available if the assets of
the Debtors were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) the
Plan will afford Hvide the opportunity and ability to continue in business as a
5
<PAGE>
viable going concern and preserve ongoing employment for Hvide's employees.
After carefully reviewing this Disclosure Statement, including the
Exhibits, each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest that is entitled
to vote on the Plan should vote on the Plan.
THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN IS IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF THE DEBTORS, THEIR CREDITORS AND EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS AND URGE
THAT CREDITORS AND EQUITY SECURITY HOLDERS VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN. THE
CREDITORS' COMMITTEE ALSO BELIEVES THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN IS IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF THE HOLDERS OF UNSECURED CLAIMS.
C0 VOTING INSTRUCTIONS
If you are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, a Ballot is
enclosed for the purpose of voting on the Plan. If you hold a Claim or Interest
in more than one Class and you are entitled to vote Claims or Interests in more
than one Class, you will receive separate Ballots that must be used for each
separate Class of Claims or Interests. Please vote and return your Ballot(s).
Your Ballot must be delivered either by mail or personal delivery, as follows:
1. If you received a Ballot from a broker, bank or other
institution, return the completed Ballot to such broker,
bank or institution promptly so that it can be forwarded to
the Debtors' tabulation agent, Bankruptcy Services LLC, by
November 29, 1999 at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.
2. If you received a Ballot from the Debtors, return the
completed Ballot
(i) if delivered by U.S. mail, to:
Bankruptcy Services LLC
P.O. Box 5159
F.D.R. Station
New York, New York 10022-5159
(ii) or, if delivered by hand or overnight
delivery, to:
Bankruptcy Services LLC
70 East 55th Street
New York, New York 10022
DO NOT SURRENDER SENIOR NOTES, TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES OR HMI COMMON STOCK
CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME OR RETURN THEM WITH YOUR
6
<PAGE>
BALLOT. BALLOTS SENT BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION ARE NOT ALLOWED AND WILL NOT BE
COUNTED. BALLOTS THAT ARE NOT CORRECTLY COMPLETED WILL NOT BE COUNTED.
TO BE COUNTED, YOUR BALLOT INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN MUST
BE RECEIVED NO LATER THAN 4:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME ON NOVEMBER 29, 1999.
If you are a creditor or equity security holder entitled to vote on the
Plan and did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged Ballot or lost your
Ballot, or if you have any questions concerning the Disclosure Statement, the
Plan or the procedures for voting on the Plan, please call Bankruptcy Services
LLC at (212) 376-8494.
A0 CONFIRMATION HEARING
Pursuant to Section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation
Hearing will be held on December 1, 1999 at 11:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time
before the Honorable Peter J. Walsh, United States Bankruptcy Judge, at the
United States Bankruptcy Court, 824 Market Street, 6th Floor, Wilmington,
Delaware 19801. The Bankruptcy Court has directed that objections, if any, to
confirmation of the Plan be served and filed so that they are received on or
before November 29, 1999, 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, in the manner
described below in Section VI.B, "Confirmation and Consummation Procedure, The
Confirmation Hearing." Objections to confirmation of the Plan are governed by
Bankruptcy Rule 9014. Any objection to confirmation must be made in writing and
specify in detail the name and address of the objector, all grounds for the
objection and the amount of the Claim or number and class of shares of stock
held by the objector. Any such objection must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court
and served so that it is received by the Bankruptcy Court (with a copy to
Chambers) and the following parties on or before November 29, 1999 at 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern Standard Time:
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
2200 Eller Drive
P.O. Box 13038
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316
Attn: Robert B. Lamm, Esq.
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
1114 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10036-7798
Attn: Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
7
<PAGE>
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
Rodney Square North, 11th Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, DE 19899-0391
Attn: Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & MCCLOY LLP
Co-Counsel for the Creditors' Committee
One Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY 10005-1413
Attn: Luc A. Despins, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
ASHBY & GEDDES
Co-Counsel for the Creditors' Committee
One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 1150
Wilmington, DE 19899
Attn: William P. Bowden, Esq.
The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the
Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for the announcement of the
adjournment date made at the Confirmation Hearing or at any subsequent adjourned
Confirmation Hearing.
II OVERVIEW OF THE PLAN
The following is a brief summary of the material provisions of the
Plan. This overview is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions
of the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit A, and the more
detailed financial and other information contained elsewhere in this Disclosure
Statement and in the Exhibits hereto. In addition, for a more detailed
description of the terms and provisions of the Plan, see Section V, "The Plan of
Reorganization."
A0 CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF ALL CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
UNDER THE PLAN
The Plan designates 4 Classes of Claims and 3 Classes of Interests.
These Classes take into account the differing nature and priority under the
Bankruptcy Code of the various Claims and Interests.
The following table sets forth the classification and treatment of all
Claims and Interests
8
<PAGE>
under the Plan and the consideration distributable to such Claims and Interests
under the Plan. The information set forth in the following table is for
convenient reference only, and each holder of a Claim or Interest should refer
to the Plan for a full understanding of the classification and treatment of
Claims and Interests provided for under the Plan. The Claim reconciliation
procedure is an ongoing process and the actual amount of Allowed Claims may vary
from the estimates.
9
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT
OF ALL CLAIMS AND INTERESTS UNDER THE PLAN(4)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimate of
Total Amount
Class of Claims in Treatment
----- Class ---------
-----
<S> <C> <C>
Administrative Expense $270,000,000 Unimpaired; paid in full in Cash on
Claims the Effective Date, or in accordance
(including total obligations of with the terms and conditions of
approximately $266.8 million transactions or agreements relating to
projected to be owed under obligations incurred in the ordinary
DIP Credit Facility) course of business during the
pendency of the Chapter 11 Case or
assumed by the Debtors in Possession.
Priority Tax Claims $0 Unimpaired; at the option of Reorganized
Hvide either paid in full in Cash on the
Effective Date, or paid over a six-year
period from the date of assessment as
provided in Section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the
Bankruptcy Code with interest payable at the
rate of 5% per annum or as otherwise
established by the Bankruptcy Court.
Class 1 $0 Unimpaired; paid in full in Cash on the
Other Priority Effective Date.
Claims
Class 2 $90,700,692 Unimpaired; Reinstated.
Secured Claims, comprising MARAD
Claims, Capital Lease Claims and Other
Secured Claims
</TABLE>
- -----------------------
4 This table is only a summary of the classification and treatment of
Claims and Interests under the Plan. Information as to prepetition
Claims is given as of the Commencement Date. Reference is made to
the entire Disclosure Statement and the Plan for a complete
description of the classification and treatment of Claims and
Interests.
10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimate of
Total Amount
Class of Claims in Treatment
----- Class ---------
-----
<S> <C> <C>
Class 3
Unsecured Claims, comprising
subclasses 3A, 3B, 3C and 3D
Class 3A General Unsecured $45,000,000 Unimpaired; paid in full on the Effective
Claims, including Trade Claims Date or Reinstated.
Class 3B $314,167,708 Impaired; each Holder will receive a Pro Rata
Senior Note Claims plus interest Share of 9,800,000 shares of New HMI Common
Stock, which represent 98% of the shares of
Reorganized HMI to be outstanding on the
Effective Date.
Class 3C $120,128,680 Impaired; each holder of an Allowed Trust
Trust Preferred Claims Convertible Preferred Claim will receive its Pro Rata
Subordinated share of (i) 200,000 shares of New HMI Common
Debentures; Stock, which represent 2% of the shares of
2,300,000 Reorganized HMI to be outstanding on the
Trust Effective Date; and (ii) Class A Warrants to
Preferred purchase 125,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock
Securities on certain terms. The Convertible Subordinated
Debentures, which are held by Hvide Capital
Trust, will be cancelled.(5)
Class 3D $80,000,000 Unimpaired; Reinstated.
Intercompany Claims
Class 4 $0 Impaired; holders of Class 4 Debt Securities
Debt Securities Trading Claims, Trading Claims will not receive distributions
comprising Senior Note Securities on account of such Claims nor will such
Trading Claims and Convertible holders retain property on account of such
</TABLE>
- -----------------------
5 See footnote 3 above regarding potential adjustments to these
distributions.
11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimate of
Total Amount
Class of Claims in Treatment
----- Class ---------
-----
<S> <C> <C>
Subordinated Debentures Securities Claims under the Plan.
Trading Claims
Class 5 Various Unimpaired.
Common Stock Interests in Subsidiary
Debtors
Class 6 13,876,829 Class Impaired; each holder of HMI Common Stock
HMI Common Stock and HMI Common Stock A shares and will receive its Pro Rata share of Class A
Securities Trading Claims 1,677,590 Class B Warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of New
shares outstanding HMI Common Stock on certain terms.(5)
Class 7 Outstanding Impaired; on the Effective Date, all HMI
HMI Options options to Options will be cancelled.
purchase
1,231,773 shares
of Class A Common
Stock
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For a more detailed explanation of the time and manner of distributions
under the Plan, see Section V.B.5, "The Plan of Reorganization, Time and Method
of Distributions Under the Plan."
12
<PAGE>
B0 OWNERSHIP OF NEW HMI
COMMON STOCK; DILUTION
The following tables summarize the approximate percentage ownership
interest of New HMI Common Stock on the Effective Date. Figures are approximate;
actual figures may vary due to rounding and other factors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK PERCENTAGE OWNERSHIP
<S> <C> <C>
Existing Senior Noteholders 9,800,000 98%
Existing Trust Preferred Securities Holders 200,000 2%
--------- ------
10,000,000 100.0%
</TABLE>
The foregoing ownership percentages are subject to dilution as a result
of (i) the exercise of Class A Warrants issued under the Plan, (ii) the issuance
of shares, after consummation of the Plan, upon the exercise of options granted
to Reorganized HMI management pursuant to Reorganized HMI's New Long-Term
Incentive Plan, and (iii) the exercise of warrants which, if any, that be issued
in connection with the Exit Financing Facility.
C0 RECOMMENDATION WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN
THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN PROVIDES THE GREATEST AND EARLIEST POSSIBLE
RECOVERIES TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS, AND THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN
IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS. THE CREDITORS'
COMMITTEE ALSO BELIEVES THAT THE PLAN PROVIDES THE GREATEST POSSIBLE RECOVERIES
TO HOLDERS OF UNSECURED CLAIMS, AND THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN IS IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF SUCH HOLDERS.
III SUMMARY OF BUSINESS, PROPERTIES AND OTHER INFORMATION
WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBTORS
A0 DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS
13
<PAGE>
Hvide is one of the world's leading providers of marine support and
transportation services, primarily serving the energy and chemical industries.
The Company has been an active consolidator in each of the markets in which it
operates, increasing its fleet from 23 vessels in 1993 to 275 vessels currently.
As a result, the Company is the third largest operator of offshore energy
support vessels in the Gulf of Mexico, the largest operator of such vessels in
the Arabian Gulf and a leading operator of such vessels offshore West Africa and
Southeast Asia. In addition, the Company is the sole provider of commercial tug
services at Port Everglades and Port Canaveral, Florida, the primary provider of
such services in Tampa, Florida and a leading provider of such services in
Mobile, Alabama, Lake Charles, Louisiana, and Port Arthur, Texas. The Company
also provides marine transportation services, principally for specialty
chemicals and petroleum products in the U.S. domestic trade, a market largely
insulated from international competition under the Jones Act.
During 1997 and 1998, the Company completed acquisitions that
substantially expanded its offshore energy support operations into several new
international markets, increased its deepwater energy support capability and
increased its domestic offshore and harbor towing and petroleum product
transportation operations. These acquisitions included the 1997 acquisitions of
79 offshore energy support vessels operating primarily in the Arabian Gulf, the
February 1998 acquisition of 37 offshore energy support vessels operating
primarily offshore West Africa and Southeast Asia, and the March 1998
acquisition of two petroleum product carriers and seven harbor tugs operating in
Port Arthur, Texas and Lake Charles, Louisiana. During the balance of 1998 and
early 1999, the Company's fleet grew through the delivery of 13 vessels
(consisting of four tugs, four supply boats, two crew boats, two ship docking
modules, or SDMs-TM-, and one barge). In addition, the Company has a 50.75%
interest in five new double-hull carriers delivered in 1998 and 1999.
The following table summarizes information concerning the vessels
currently comprising the Company's fleet.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VESSELS
IN
FLEET
<S> <C>
MARINE SUPPORT SERVICES
Domestic Offshore Energy Support
Supply Boats 25
Crew/Utility Boats 39
Geophysical Boats 3
---
Total Domestic Offshore Energy Support 67
International Offshore Energy Support
Anchor Handling Tug/Supply Vessels 40
Anchor Handling Tugs 30
Supply Boats 17
Crew/Utility Boats 35
Specialty Units 11
---
Total International Offshore
Energy Support 133
Offshore and Harbor Towing
Tugs 37
---
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Total Marine Support Services 237
---
MARINE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
Chemical/Petroleum Product Carriers 12
Fuel Barges 17
Towboats 9
---
Total Marine Transportation Services 39
---
Total Vessels 275
---
---
</TABLE>
B0 INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
MARINE SUPPORT SERVICES
OFFSHORE ENERGY SUPPORT. The Company has provided services to the oil
and gas drilling industry since 1989, when it acquired its first eight offshore
supply boats. In a series of acquisitions and new buildings, the Company
expanded its offshore energy support fleet to 200 vessels currently.
Until mid-1997, the Company primarily served exploration and production
operations in the Gulf of Mexico, operating from facilities in Lafayette,
Louisiana. At that time, the Company began the substantial expansion of its
international offshore energy support fleet. In addition, in response to
deteriorating market conditions in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico in 1998, the Company
redeployed certain of its vessels from the Gulf to international markets. The
primary international markets currently served by the Company are the Arabian
Gulf and adjacent areas, West Africa, Southeast Asia and Mexico. The Company
also operates offshore energy support vessels in other regions, including the
North Sea and South America. The Company's operations in the Arabian Gulf and
adjacent areas are directed from its facilities in Dubai, United Arab Emirates;
operations offshore West Africa, and certain other international areas, are
directed from the Company's facilities in Lausanne, Switzerland; operations in
Southeast Asia are directed from its facilities in Singapore; and operations in
Mexico are directed from the Company's offices in Lafayette, Louisiana and
Tampa, Florida. In addition, the Company has sales offices and/or maintenance
and other facilities in many of the countries where its offshore energy support
vessels operate. Of the Company's offshore energy support vessels, 82 are
currently located in the Arabian Gulf and adjacent areas, 59 in the U.S. Gulf of
Mexico, 28 in West Africa, 17 in Southeast Asia, eight in Mexico and six in
other areas of the world.
OFFSHORE AND HARBOR TOWING. The harbor tugs owned or operated by the
Company serve Port Everglades, Tampa and Port Canaveral, Florida, Mobile,
Alabama, Port Arthur, Texas and Lake Charles, Louisiana, where they primarily
assist product carriers, barges, other cargo vessels and cruise ships in docking
and undocking and in proceeding in ports and harbors. The Company also operates
eight tugs with offshore towing capabilities that conduct a variety of offshore
towing services in the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic Ocean. In addition, the
Company has completed the construction of three SDMs-TM- to augment the
Company's harbor towing operations.
PORT EVERGLADES. Port Everglades has the second largest petroleum
non-refining storage and distribution center in the United States, providing
substantially all of the petroleum products for south
15
<PAGE>
Florida. Since 1958, when the Company's tug operations commenced, the Company
has enjoyed a franchise as the sole provider of docking services in the port.
The franchise specifies, among other things, that three tugs serving the Port be
less than 90 feet in length, because of the narrowness of slips in the port, and
that tugs have firefighting capability. The franchise is not exclusive;
consequently, another operator could be granted an additional franchise. The
current franchise expires in 2007, and there can be no assurance that it will be
renewed. The Company currently operates five tugs in Port Everglades and is the
port's sole provider of harbor towing services.
TAMPA. The Company expanded its harbor towing services to Tampa,
Florida with an October 1997 acquisition. Because the port is comprised of three
"sub-ports" (including Port Manatee) and a distant sea-buoy, a greater number of
tugs are required to be a competitive operator in Tampa than in other ports of
similar size. The Company currently operates 11 tugs, including five tractor
tugs, in the port (including Port Manatee) and is Tampa's primary provider of
harbor towing services.
PORT CANAVERAL. In Port Canaveral, Florida, like Port Everglades, the
Company has the sole franchise to provide harbor docking services. At Port
Canaveral, the smallest of the Company's harbor tug operations, the Company
provides docking and undocking services for commercial cargo vessels serving
central Florida and for cruise ships visiting the Disney World/Kennedy Space
Center attractions. The Company's franchise is a month-to-month arrangement and,
although there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its
franchise in Port Canaveral, there has been no challenge to the franchise since
1984. The Company currently operates three tugs in Port Canaveral and is the
Port's sole provider of harbor towing services.
MOBILE. At this port, the Company provides docking and undocking
services, primarily for commercial cargo vessels, including vessels transporting
coal and other bulk exports. The Company believes that it provides from 40% to
50% of the harbor tug business in this port. The Company currently operates
three tugs in Mobile.
PORT ARTHUR AND LAKE CHARLES. In March 1998, the Company completed the
acquisition of seven harbor tugs. Currently, four of these tugs serve Port
Arthur, Texas, two serve Lake Charles, Louisiana and one serves both harbors.
Each of these ports has a competing provider of harbor tug services.
OTHER. The Company owns eight tugs with offshore towing capability, of
which two are laid up and six are performing such services in the Gulf of Mexico
and in the Atlantic Ocean off the east coast of the United States.
SDMS-TM-. The Company accepted delivery of its first SDM-TM- in
November 1997, and two additional SDMs-TM- were delivered in 1998. Although two
are scheduled to be delivered in 1999 and one in 2000, the Company plans to
cancel the construction and/or dispose of the SDMs-TM-currently under
construction. SDMs-TM- are innovative ship docking vessels that are designed to
be more maneuverable, efficient and flexible than harbor tugs. In addition, they
have lower operating costs than harbor tugs
16
<PAGE>
because they require fewer crewmembers. Company personnel, working in
conjunction with consulting marine engineers and architects, prepared the
conceptual design and detailed specifications for the SDM-TM-. The Company has
been awarded a patent on the design.
MARINE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
CHEMICAL TRANSPORTATION. The Company's chemical carriers are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Tonnage (in
Vessel Name Capacity (in barrels) deadweight tons or "dwt")
<S> <C> <C>
SEABULK MAGNACHEM 298,000 39,300
SEABULK AMERICA 297,000 46,300
HMI PETROCHEM 360,000 49,900
HMI DYNACHEM 360,000 49,900
HMI ASTRACHEM 260,000 37,100
HMI AMBROSE CHANNEL 341,000 45,000
HMI BRENTON REEF 341,000 45,000
</TABLE>
The Company operates the SEABULK MAGNACHEM under a long-term bareboat
charter expiring in February 2002. The Company owns a 67% economic interest in
the SEABULK AMERICA; the remaining 33% interest is owned by Stolt Tankers
(U.S.A.), Inc. The Company has a 50.75% equity interest in the HMI AMBROSE
CHANNEL AND THE HMI BRENTON REEF. See "--New Carriers."
The SEABULK MAGNACHEM, the SEABULK AMERICA, the HMI DYNACHEM and the
HMI PETROCHEM have full double bottoms (as distinct from double hulls), and the
HMI ASTRACHEM has a partial double bottom. Double bottoms provide increased
protection over single-hull vessels in the event of a spill. Delivered in 1977,
the SEABULK MAGNACHEM is a CATUG (or catamaran tug) integrated tug and barge, or
"ITB," which has a higher level of dependability, propulsion efficiency and
performance than an ordinary tug and barge. Delivered in 1990, the SEABULK
AMERICA is the only vessel in the U.S. domestic trade capable of carrying large
cargoes of acid, as a result of its large high-grade alloy stainless steel
tanks, and the only such vessel strengthened to carry relatively heavy cargoes
such as phosphoric and other acids. The SEABULK AMERICA'S stainless steel tanks
were constructed without internal structure, which greatly reduces cargo residue
from transportation and results in less cargo degradation. Stainless steel
tanks, unlike epoxy-coated tanks, also do not require periodic sandblasting and
recoating. The SEABULK AMERICA was one of the first U.S.-flag carriers to be
equipped with state-of-the-art-integrated navigation, cargo control monitoring
and automated engine room equipment. The HMI AMBROSE CHANNEL AND HMI BRENTON
REEF are two of the double-hull carriers described below under "--New Carriers."
All of the Company's chemical carriers have from 13 to 24 cargo
segregations that are configured, strengthened and coated to handle various
sized parcels of a wide variety of industrial chemical and petroleum products,
giving them the ability to handle a broader range of chemicals than
chemical-capable product carriers. Many of the chemicals transported by the
Company are hazardous substances. Voyages are currently generally conducted from
the Houston and Corpus Christi, Texas, and Lake Charles, Louisiana areas to such
ports as New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Wilmington, North Carolina,
Charleston, South Carolina, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Kalama, Washington.
The Company's chemical carriers are also suitable for transporting other
cargoes, including grain.
Pursuant to the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA 90"), the SEABULK
AMERICA, the HMI DYNACHEM, the HMI PETROCHEM and the SEABULK MAGNACHEM, which
were built with full double bottoms but not double sides, cannot be used to
transport petroleum and petroleum products in U.S. commerce after 2015, 2011,
2011 and 2007, respectively. The HMI ASTRACHEM, which has a partial double
bottom, cannot be so used after 2000, and the Company plans to sell this vessel
for scrap by year-end 1999. The other vessels may be permitted to continue to
carry certain chemicals in U.S. commerce.
The Company markets its chemical carriers through its wholly owned
subsidiary, Ocean Specialty Tankers Corporation ("OSTC"). The Company believes
that the total capacity of these carriers represents a substantial portion of
the
17
<PAGE>
capacity of the domestic specialty chemical carrier fleet, and that these
chemical carriers (other than the HMI ASTRACHEM) are among the last
independently owned carriers scheduled to be retired under OPA 90.
OSTC books cargoes either on a spot (movement-by-movement) or time
basis. Approximately 75% of contracts for cargo are committed on a 12- to
30-month basis, with minimum and maximum cargo tonnages specified over the
period at fixed or escalating rates per ton. The HMI ASTRACHEM and HMI DYNACHEM
were chartered to major oil companies under charters that expired in July 1999
and August 1999, respectively. The Company intends to enter into a new contract
of affreightment or time charter to market the HMI DYNACHEM. As noted above, the
Company intends to sell the HMI ASTRACHEM for scrap by year-end 1999. OSTC is
often able to generate additional revenues by chartering cargo space on
competitors' vessels and by expanding the carriers' backhaul (return voyage)
opportunities.
PETROLEUM PRODUCT TRANSPORTATION
SEABULK CHALLENGER. The Company's 320,000-barrel, 39,300 dwt CATUG ITB
SEABULK CHALLENGER has been engaged in the transportation of fuel and other
petroleum products from refineries on the U.S. Gulf Coast to tank farms and
industrial sites on the U.S. East Coast. From the time it entered service in
1975 to November 1998, the SEABULK CHALLENGER derived all of its revenue from
successive voyage and time charters to Shell Oil Company. The charter was
terminated in November 1998. The SEABULK CHALLENGER subsequently operated under
short-term arrangements until September 1999. At that time, the Company sold the
SEABULK CHALLENGER for scrap and the proceeds from such sale, together with
approximately $275,000 of Company funds, were remitted to the leaseholder/owner.
1998 ACQUISITIONS. In March 1998, the Company completed the acquisition
of a 36,600 dwt petroleum product carrier (the HMI DEFENDER) and a 32,200 dwt
petroleum product carrier (the HMI TRADER). Both vessels operate under a
contract of affreightment with an oil company expiring in December 1999.
Pursuant to OPA 90, the HMI TRADER and the HMI DEFENDER cannot be used to
transport petroleum and petroleum products in U.S. commerce after 2000 and 2008,
respectively.
All of the Company's petroleum product carriers are marketed through
OSTC.
18
<PAGE>
NEW CARRIERS. The Company currently has a 50.75% equity interest in
five double-hull carriers intended to serve the market now served by single-hull
carriers whose retirement is mandated by OPA 90. Three petroleum product
carriers (the HMI LOOKOUT SHOALS, the HMI NANTUCKET SHOALS and the HMI DIAMOND
SHOALS) were delivered in the fourth quarter of 1998; one chemical carrier (the
HMI AMBROSE CHANNEL) was delivered in the first quarter of 1999; and an
additional chemical carrier (the HMI BRENTON REEF) was delivered in June 1999.
Each of the carriers is approximately 46,000 dwt and can carry approximately
340,000 barrels of cargo. The carriers' operations are managed by the Company
(through OSTC). One of the carriers is currently on charter, making weekly
transits between Louisiana and Port Everglades, Florida; the charter expires in
October 2000. The other carriers are currently operating under short-term
arrangements in the U.S. domestic trade. The Company has entered into a
three-year charter with a subsidiary of Tesoro Petroleum Corporation to
transport oil and oil products in Alaska and other locations. The charter goes
into effect in the second quarter of 2000 and has two one-year renewal options.
The aggregate cost of the carriers was approximately $280.0 million, of
which $230.0 million has been financed with the proceeds of
government-guaranteed Title XI ship financing bonds.
The Company has an option, exercisable through year-end 1999, to
acquire up to an additional 25% interest in these carriers at a cost of
approximately $9.6 million. If the Company exercises this option, it will have
an additional option, exercisable through year-end 2000, to acquire the
remaining interest in the carriers at a cost of approximately $11.0 million. If
the Company exercises the first option (but not the second), from year-end 2000
to year-end 2003, the Company has a right of first refusal to purchase the
remaining interest for approximately $11.0 million plus interest accrued from
year-end 2000. The Company has not yet determined whether or to what extent it
will exercise either option or such right; however, the Company plans to dispose
of a portion of its interest in the carriers so as to reduce its aggregate
interest to less than 50%. No assurance can be given as to whether or when the
Company will consummate such disposition or as to the terms of such disposition.
SUN STATE. The Company acquired Sun State Marine Services, Inc. ("Sun
State") in 1994. Sun State currently owns and operates an energy transportation
fleet of nine towboats and 17 fuel barges, all of which are engaged in fuel
transportation along the Atlantic intracoastal waterway and the St. Johns River
in Florida.
A majority of Sun State's revenue through the third quarter of 1998 was
derived from a fuel transportation contract with FPL. The remainder of its
revenue was derived from fuel transportation contracts with other customers,
spot towing jobs, and its marine maintenance, repair and drydocking facility.
Under its contract with FPL, which expired in September 1998, Sun State
transported fuel oil from Port Canaveral and Jacksonville to certain FPL
electric power generating facilities at specified
19
<PAGE>
rates (a combination of per diem and variable rates based upon barrels
transported), with an escalation provision; the contract also had a specified
guaranteed minimum utilization provision. Subsequent to the expiration of the
contract with FPL, Sun State has entered into a new contract to provide similar
types of services to FPL at similar rates. However, the new contract does not
include a guaranteed minimum utilization, and the amount of the services
provided under the new contract are substantially less than under the prior
contract.
OPA 90 requires all single-hull barges, including those owned by Sun
State, to discontinue transporting fuel and other petroleum products in 2015.
The Company has recently constructed two double-hull barges at a cost of $1.0
million each and previously purchased four additional double-hull barges for an
aggregate of $2.4 million (exclusive of refurbishment costs aggregating
approximately $207,000).
OTHER SERVICES
Through Sun State, the Company owns a small marine maintenance, repair
and drydocking facility in Green Cove Springs, Florida, which is engaged
principally in the maintenance of tugs and barges, offshore support vessels and
other small vessels. The lease for the facility, including optional renewals,
expires in 2005. This facility is capable of drydocking vessels up to 300 feet
in length for repair and can make dockside repairs on vessels up to 320 feet in
length. Since 1994, the Green Cove Springs facility has been utilized to
overhaul or rebuild a number of the Company's harbor tugs and offshore energy
support vessels. The facility (originally a U.S. government naval repair and
operations station) has covered steel fabrication facilities, workshops and
office spaces adjacent to a 1,840-foot finger pier and mooring basins, where the
facility's three floating drydocks are located. The drydocks are 60, 80 and 108
feet in length, and are capable of lifting 300, 200 and 700 tons, respectively.
The 60- and 108-foot drydocks are capable of being joined together for lifting a
vessel or barge with a nominal capacity of 1,000 long tons. Sun State also
maintains another yard, primarily for use in new construction projects and
vessels requiring long-term repairs. The yard has a marine railway capable of
lifting and launching vessels weighing up to 600 tons, and a 600-foot finger
pier with adjacent covered steel fabrication facilities, workshops and office
space.
The Company also owns a 40-acre facility in Port Arthur, Texas that
serves as a storage and supply base and a facility for topside repairs. This
facility has 1200 feet of dock space and is suitable for development as a
shipyard.
CUSTOMERS AND CHARTER TERMS
The Company offers its offshore energy support services primarily to
oil companies and large drilling companies. Consistent with industry practice,
the Company's Gulf of Mexico operations are conducted primarily in the "term"
market pursuant to short-term (less than six months) charters at varying day
rates. Generally, such short-term charters can be terminated by either the
Company or its customer upon notice of five days or less. Charters in the
international markets served by the Company have terms ranging from a few days
to several years.
20
<PAGE>
The Company offers its offshore and harbor towing services to vessel
owners and operators and their agents. The Company's rates for harbor towing
services are set forth in the Company's published tariffs and may be modified by
the Company at any time, subject to competitive factors. The Company also grants
volume discounts to major users of harbor services. Offshore towing services are
priced based upon the service required on an ad hoc basis.
The primary purchasers of chemical transportation services are chemical
and oil companies. The primary purchasers of petroleum product transportation
services are utilities, oil companies and large industrial consumers of fuel
with waterfront facilities. Both services are generally contracted for on the
basis of short-or long-term time charters, voyage charters, contracts of
affreightment or other transportation agreements tailored to the shipper's
requirements. CITGO is currently the Company's largest single customer, with a
contract of affreightment for both the HMI DEFENDER and the HMI TRADER. In
addition, Chevron Corporation is a purchaser of the Company's offshore energy
support and chemical transportation services, and each of Phillips Petroleum
Company and Amoco Corporation currently charter one of the Company's chemical
carriers.
C. COMPETITION
The Company operates in a highly competitive environment in all its
operations. Recent adverse publicity concerning the Company's financial
condition has harmed its ability to attract new customers and its ability to
maintain favorable relationships with its existing customers and suppliers. The
principal competitive factors in each of the markets in which the Company
operates are suitability of equipment, personnel, price, service and reputation.
Competitive factors in the offshore energy support segment also include
operating conditions and intended vessel use (both of which determine the
suitability of vessel type), the complexity of maintaining logistical support
and the cost of transferring equipment from one market to another. The Company's
vessels that provide marine transportation services compete with both other
vessel operators and, in some areas and markets, with alternative modes of
transportation, such as pipelines, rail tank cars and tank trucks. Moreover, the
users of such services are placing increased emphasis on safety, the environment
and quality, partly due to heightened liability for the cargo owner in addition
to the vessel owner/operator under OPA 90. With respect to towing services, the
Company's vessels compete not only with other providers of tug services, but
with the providers of tug services in nearby ports. Many of the companies with
which the Company competes have substantially greater financial and other
resources than the Company. Additional competitors may enter the Company's
markets in the future. Moreover, should U.S. coastwise laws be repealed,
foreign-built, foreign-manned and foreign-owned vessels could be eligible to
compete with the Company's vessels.
D. ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REGULATION
The Company's operations are subject to significant federal, state and
local regulation, the principal provisions of which are described below.
21
<PAGE>
ENVIRONMENTAL. The Company's operations are subject to federal, state
and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental
protection, including the generation, storage, handling, emission,
transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials. The
recent trend in environmental legislation and regulation is generally toward
stricter standards, and this trend will likely continue. The Company believes
that its operations currently are in substantial compliance with applicable
environmental regulations.
Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with
applicable regulations, and violations are subject to fines, injunction or both.
The Company does not expect environmental compliance matters to have a material
adverse effect on its financial position. It is not anticipated that the Company
will be required in the near future to expend amounts that are material to the
financial condition or operations of the Company by reason of environmental laws
and regulations, but because such laws and regulations are frequently changed,
and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, the Company is unable to
predict the ultimate cost of complying with such laws and regulations.
OPA 90. OPA 90 established an extensive regulatory and liability regime
for the protection of the environment from oil spills. OPA 90 affects owners and
operators of facilities operating near navigable waters and owners and operators
of vessels operating in United States waters, which include the navigable waters
of the United States and the 200-mile exclusive economic zone of the United
States. Although it applies in general to all vessels, for purposes of its
liability limits and financial-responsibility and response-planning
requirements, OPA 90 differentiates between tank vessels (which include the
Company's chemical and petroleum products carriers and fuel barges) and "other
vessels" (which include the Company's tugs and offshore energy service vessels).
Under OPA 90, owners and operators of facilities, and owners, operators
and certain charterers of vessels, are "responsible parties" and are jointly,
severally and strictly liable for removal costs and damages arising from oil
spills relating to their facilities and vessels, unless the spill results solely
from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war.
Damages are defined broadly to include (i) natural resources damages and the
costs of assessment thereof; (ii) damages for injury to, or economic losses
resulting from the destruction of, real and personal property; (iii) the net
loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and profits by the U.S. government, a
state or political subdivision thereof; (iv) lost profits or impairment of
earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage; (v) the net costs
of providing increased or additional public services necessitated by a spill
response, such as protection from fire, safety or other hazards; and (vi) the
loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
For facilities, the statutory liability of responsible parties is
limited to $350 million. For tank vessels, the statutory liability of
responsible parties is limited to the greater of $1,200 per gross ton or $10
million ($2 million for a vessel of 3,000 gross tons or less) per vessel; for
any "other vessel," such liability is limited to the greater of $600 per gross
ton or $500,000 per vessel. Such liability limits do not apply, however, to an
incident proximately caused by violation of federal safety, construction or
operating regulations or by the responsible party's gross negligence or willful
misconduct, or if the responsible party fails to report the incident or provide
reasonable cooperation and assistance as required by a responsible official in
connection with oil removal activities. Although the Company
22
<PAGE>
currently maintains pollution liability insurance, a catastrophic spill could
result in liability in excess of available insurance coverage, resulting in a
material adverse effect on the Company.
Under OPA 90, with certain limited exceptions, all newly built or
converted oil tankers operating in United States waters must be built with
double hulls, and existing single-hull, double-side or double-bottom vessels
must be phased out at some point, depending upon their size, age and place of
discharge, between 1995 and 2015 unless retrofitted with double hulls. As a
result of this phase-out requirement, as interpreted by the U.S. Coast Guard,
the Company's single-hull chemical and petroleum product carriers will be
required to cease transporting petroleum products over the next 15 years, and
its "single-skinned" fuel barges will cease transporting fuel in 2015.
OPA 90 expanded pre-existing financial responsibility requirements and
requires vessel owners and operators to establish and maintain with the United
States Coast Guard evidence of insurance or qualification as a self-insurer or
other evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential
liabilities under OPA 90. Coast Guard regulations require evidence of financial
responsibility demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance or
guaranty. The regulations also implement the financial responsibility
requirements of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), which imposes liability for discharges of
hazardous substances such as chemicals, in an amount equal to $300 per gross
ton, thus increasing the overall amount of financial responsibility from $1,200
to $1,500 per gross ton. The Company has obtained "Certificates of Financial
Responsibility" pursuant to the Coast Guard regulations for its product and
chemical carriers through self-insurance and commercial insurance and as
guarantor for the fuel barges.
OPA 90 also amended the federal Water Pollution Control Act to require
the owner or operator of certain facilities or the owner or operator of a tank
vessel to prepare facility or vessel response plans and to contract with oil
spill removal organizations to remove to the maximum extent practicable a
worst-case discharge. The Company has complied with these requirements. As is
customary, the Company's oil spill response contracts are executory in nature
and are not activated unless required. Once activated, the Company's pollution
liability insurance covers the cost of spill removal subject to overall coverage
limitations and deductibles.
OPA 90 does not prevent individual states from imposing their own
liability regimes with respect to oil pollution incidents occurring within their
boundaries, and many states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited
liability for oil spills. Some states have issued implementing regulations
addressing oil spill liability, financial responsibility and vessel and facility
response planning requirements. The Company does not anticipate that such
legislation or regulations will have any material impact on its operations.
In addition to OPA 90, the following are examples of environmental,
safety and health laws that relate to the Company's operations:
WATER. The federal Water Pollution Control Act ("FWPCA") or Clean Water
Act ("CWA") imposes restrictions and strict controls on the discharge of
pollutants into navigable waters. Such
23
<PAGE>
discharges are typically authorized by National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System ("NPDES") permits. The FWPCA provides for civil, criminal and
administrative penalties for any unauthorized discharges and imposes substantial
potential liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages. State
laws for the control of water pollution also provide varying civil, criminal and
administrative penalties and liabilities in the case of a discharge of
petroleum, its derivatives, hazardous substances, wastes and pollutants into
state waters. In addition, the Coastal Zone Management Act authorizes state
implementation and development of programs of management measures for non-point
source pollution to restore and protect coastal waters.
The Company manages its exposure to losses from potential discharges of
pollutants through the use of well-maintained and well-managed facilities,
well-maintained and well-equipped vessels, safety and environmental programs and
its insurance program, and believes that it will be able to accommodate
reasonably foreseeable environmental regulatory changes. There can be no
assurance, however, that any new regulations or requirements or any discharge of
pollutants by the Company will not have an adverse effect on the Company.
SOLID WASTE. The Company's operations may generate and result in the
transportation, treatment and disposal of both hazardous and nonhazardous solid
wastes that are subject to the requirements of the federal Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act ("RCRA") and comparable state and local requirements. On August
8, 1998, the Environmental Protection Agency added four petroleum refining
wastes to the list of RCRA hazardous wastes.
CLEAN AIR REGULATIONS. The federal Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by
the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, requires the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency ("EPA") to promulgate standards applicable to the emission of volatile
organic compounds and other air pollutants. The Company's vessels are subject to
vapor control and recovery requirements when loading, unloading, ballasting,
cleaning and conducting other operations in certain ports. The Company's
chemical and petroleum product carriers are equipped with vapor control systems
that satisfy these requirements. The fuel barges are not equipped with, and are
not operated in areas that require, such systems. In addition, it is anticipated
that the EPA will issue regulations addressing air emission requirements
applicable to marine engines. Adoption of such standards could require
modifications to existing marine diesel engines in some cases.
COASTWISE LAWS. A substantial portion of the Company's operations is
conducted in the U.S. domestic trade, which is governed by the coastwise laws of
the United States (principally, the Jones Act). The coastwise laws reserve
marine transportation (including harbor tug services) between points in the
United States (including drilling rigs fixed to the ocean floor on the U.S.
outer continental shelf) to vessels built in and documented under the laws of
the United States (U.S. flag) and owned and manned by U.S. citizens. Generally,
a corporation is deemed a citizen for these purposes so long as (i) it is
organized under the laws of the U.S. or a state, (ii) each of its president or
other chief executive officer and the chairman of its board of directors is a
citizen, (iii) no more than a minority of the number of its directors necessary
to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business are non-citizens, and
(iv) 75% of the interest and voting power in the corporation are held by
citizens. Because the
24
<PAGE>
Company would lose its privilege of operating its vessels in the U.S. domestic
trade if non-citizens were to own or control in excess of 25% of the Company's
outstanding capital stock, the Company's existing Articles of Incorporation
contain restrictions concerning foreign ownership of its stock, as will the new
Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized HMI. See Section V.B.8., "Summary of
Other Provisions of the Plan; New HMI Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws."
There have been repeated efforts aimed at repeal or significant change of the
Jones Act. Although the Company believes that it is unlikely that the Jones Act
will be substantially modified or repealed, there can be no assurance that
Congress will not substantially modify or repeal the Jones Act. Such changes
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations and financial
condition.
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH REGULATIONS. The Company's facilities are subject
to occupational safety and health regulations issued by the U.S. Occupational
Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA") and/or comparable state programs. Such
regulations currently require the Company to maintain a workplace free of
recognized hazards, observe safety and health regulations, maintain records and
keep employees informed of safety and health practices and duties. The Company's
vessel operations are also subject to occupational safety and health regulations
issued by the United States Coast Guard and, to an extent, OSHA. Such
regulations currently require the Company to perform monitoring, medical testing
and record keeping with respect to seamen engaged in the handling of the various
cargoes transported by the Company's chemical and petroleum products carriers.
VESSEL CONDITION. The Company's chemical and petroleum products
carriers, offshore energy support vessels, certain of its tugs and its fuel
barges are subject to periodic inspection and survey by, and dry-docking and
maintenance requirements of, the Coast Guard and/or the American Bureau of
Shipping and/or other marine classification societies whose periodic
certification as to the construction and maintenance of certain vessels is
required in order to maintain insurance coverage. All of the Company's vessels
requiring certification to maintain insurance coverage are certified.
OIL TANKER ESCORT REQUIREMENTS. Implementation of oil tanker escort
requirements of OPA 90 and pending state legislation are expected to introduce
certain performance or engineering standards on tugs to be employed as tanker
escorts. The Company believes its tractor tugs will be able to comply with any
existing or currently anticipated requirements for escort tugs. Adoption of such
new standards could require modification or refitting of the tugs currently
operated by the Company to the extent such tugs are employed as tanker escorts.
The Company does not anticipate OPA 90 or state requirements to require
modification of tugs, such as the Company's, involved in harbor tug operations.
The Company believes that it is currently in compliance in all material
respects with the environmental and other laws and regulations, including health
and safety requirements, to which its operations are subject and is unaware
of any pending or threatened litigation or other judicial, administrative or
arbitration proceedings against it occasioned by any alleged non-compliance with
such laws or regulations. The risks of substantial costs, liabilities and
penalties are, however, inherent in marine operations, and there can be no
assurance that significant costs, liabilities or penalties will not be incurred
by or imposed on the Company in the future.
25
<PAGE>
INTERNATIONAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The Company's vessels that operate
internationally are subject to various international conventions, including
certain safety, environmental and construction standards. Among the more
significant of the conventions applicable to the fleet are: (i) the
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, 1978
Protocol, (ii) the International Convention on the Safety of Life at Sea, 1978
Protocol, including the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of
Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which went into effect for tank vessels on
July 1, 1998, and (iii) the International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995. These
regulations govern oil spills and other matters of environmental protection,
worker health and safety and the manning, construction and operation of vessels.
The Company believes that it presently is in material compliance with the
international environmental laws and regulations to which the Company's
operations are subject. In addition, the countries under which the vessels are
flagged require certain periodic inspections and drydock examinations.
Generally, surveys and inspections are performed by internationally recognized
classification societies. The vessels that operate internationally are
principally flagged in the Marshall Islands, Panama and St. Vincent and The
Grenadines. The Company is not a party to any pending environmental litigation
or proceeding, and is unaware of any threatened environmental litigation or
proceeding which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect
on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. The risks of
incurring substantial compliance costs and liabilities and penalties for
noncompliance, however, are inherent in offshore energy support operations.
There can be no assurance that significant costs, liabilities and penalties will
not be incurred by or imposed on the Company in the future.
E. INSURANCE
The Company's marine transportation services operations are subject to
the normal hazards associated with operating vessels carrying large volumes of
cargo and rendering services in a marine environment. These hazards include the
risk of loss of or damage to the Company's vessels, damage to third parties as a
result of collision, loss or contamination of cargo, personal injury of
employees, and pollution and other environmental damages. The Company maintains
insurance coverage against these hazards. Risk of loss of or damage to the
Company's vessels is insured through hull insurance policies in amounts that
approximate fair market value. Vessel operating liabilities, such as collision,
cargo, environmental and personal injury, are insured primarily through the
Company's participation in the Steamship Mutual Underwriting Association
(Bermuda Limited), a mutual insurance association. Because it maintains mutual
insurance, the Company is subject to funding requirements and coverage
shortfalls in the event claims exceed available funds and reinsurance and to
premium increases based on prior loss experience.
F. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
26
<PAGE>
One of the Company's product carriers, the SEABULK AMERICA, is owned by
a limited partnership in which the Company is the general partner and owns the
majority equity interest and an unaffiliated limited partner owns the minority
equity interest. The vessel was subject to a mortgage collateralizing borrowings
under the Company's previous secured credit facility (the "Loan Agreement"), and
the limited partnership was one of the subsidiary guarantors that guaranteed
repayment of such borrowings and of the Senior Notes. In July 1999, the limited
partner commenced an arbitration proceeding against the Company, alleging that
the Company, as general partner, did not have authority to grant the mortgage or
the guarantee and seeking unspecified damages and removal of the Company as
general partner. The Company believes it had authority to grant the mortgage and
guarantee, that the limited partner has suffered no damages as a result of the
mortgage and guarantee, and that there are no valid grounds for the removal of
the Company as general partner. In addition, borrowings under the Loan Agreement
have been converted into a term loan under the DIP Credit Facility, under which
(1) the SEABULK AMERICA is no longer subject to a mortgage and (2) the limited
partnership is no longer a guarantor. Moreover, under the Plan, the Senior Notes
are to be converted into New HMI Common Stock and the related guarantee will be
satisfied. Consequently, should the limited partner pursue its allegations, the
Company would defend against those allegations and oppose such relief.
From time to time the Company is also a party to litigation arising in
the ordinary course of its business, most of which is covered by insurance.
The arbitration proceeding referred to above, as well as all other
legal proceedings against the Company pending in the United States, have been
temporarily stayed pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code. See Section IV.A.,
"Significant Events During the Chapter 11 Cases - Continuation of Business; Stay
of Litigation," below.
G. EMPLOYEES
As of October 28, 1999, the Company had approximately 2,400 employees.
Management considers relations with employees to be satisfactory. The SEABULK
AMERICA, SEABULK MAGNACHEM and HMI TRADER are manned by approximately 110
officers and crew who are subject to two collective bargaining arrangements that
expire on December 31, 1999 and 2001. In addition, the HMI DYNACHEM, HMI
PETROCHEM, HMI ASTRACHEM, HMI DEFENDER, four of the new double-hull carriers and
seven harbor tugs are manned by approximately 310 members of national maritime
labor unions pursuant to an agreement between the Company and a third-party
employer that expires May 31, 2001. Management believes that labor relations in
the Company are generally satisfactory.
27
<PAGE>
H. PROPERTIES
The Company's principal offices are located in Fort Lauderdale,
Florida, where the Company leases approximately 36,000 square feet of office and
shop space under a lease expiring in 2009. The Company also leases office and
other facilities in Lafayette, Louisiana; the United Arab Emirates; Lausanne,
Switzerland; and Singapore. In addition, the Company leases sales offices and/or
maintenance and other facilities in many of the locations where its vessels
operate. The Company believes that its facilities are generally adequate for
current and anticipated future use, although the Company may from time to time
lease additional facilities as operations require.
28
<PAGE>
I. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
included in HMI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
1999 (Exhibit D) and its 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K (Exhibit C), especially
the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" included in those Reports.
The Company currently holds a 50.75% equity interest in companies that
own five recently delivered double-hull product carriers. As the Company intends
to reduce its equity interest in these carriers to less than 50%, this
investment has been considered temporary and has been accounted for under the
equity method, which means (among other things) that the related debt has not
been included on the Company's balance sheet. However, because the Company has
not yet been able to reduce its equity interest to less than 50%, it has been
required to include this debt on its balance sheet at September 30, 1999 and to
include the related interest expense on its statement of operations (even though
this debt is non-recourse to the Company). The data presented below do not give
effect to such consolidation. Accordingly, the Company's financial condition at
June 30, 1999 and its results for the six months then ended are not indicative
of its future financial position or results.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
----------------------- --------
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue $ 49,792 $70,562 $109,356 $ 210,257 $ 401,906 $ 195,817 $160,529
Operating expenses 29,873 40,664 63,777 110,283 222,889 102,966 105,921
Overhead expenses 9,581 12,518 14,979 24,791 42,305 20,296 21,883
Depreciation and amortization 4,500 6,308 9,830 19,850 51,757 23,871 32,439
-------- ------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------
Income from operations 5,838 11,072 20,770 55,333 84,955 48,684 286
Interest expense, net 5,302 11,460 11,631 7,024 42,442 18,380 31,009
Other (expense) income 11 26 437 (3,704) (6,542) (3,440) (19,292)
-------- ------- -------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before provision
for (benefit from) income
taxes, extraordinary item 547 (362) 9,576 44,605 35,971 26,864 (50,015)
Provision for (benefit from)
income taxes 189 (2) 3,543 16,950 13,489 10,208 (17,230)
-------- ------- -------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item 358 (360) 6,033 27,655 22,482 16,656 (32,785)
Extraordinary loss, net(1) -- -- 8,108 2,132 734 734 --
-------- ------- -------- --------- --------- -----------------------
Net income (loss) $ 358 $ (360) $ (2,075) $ 25,523 $ 21,748 $ 15,922 $ (32,785)
======== ======= ======== ========= ========= ========== =========
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ 1.05 $ 1.87 $ 1.47 $ 1.09 $ (2.12)
Net income (loss) $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ (0.36) $ 1.73 $ 1.42 $ 1.04 $ (2.12)
======== ======= ======== ========= ========= ========= =======
Weighted average number of
common shares outstanding 5,302 2,535 5,763 14,785 15,324 15,299 15,461
======== ======= ======== ========= ========= ====== ======
Earnings (loss) per common
share--assuming dilution:
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item and
cumulative effect of
change in accounting
principle $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ 0.99 $ 1.75 $ 1.39 $ 0.97 $ (2.12)
Net income (loss) $ 0.03 $ (0.14) $ (0.24) $ 1.63 $ 1.35 $ 0.93 $ (2.12)
======== ======= ======== ========= ========= ========= ========
Weighted average common and
common equivalent shares
outstanding--assuming
dilution(2) 5,302 2,535 6,590 17,120 19,451 19,503 15,461
======== ======= ======== ========= ========= ========= ========
</TABLE>
29
<PAGE>
(FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
30
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(3) $ 10,338 $17,380 $ 30,600 $ 75,183 $ 136,712 $ 72,555 $ 32,725
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(4) 1.08 -- 1.40 2.75 1.38 1.58 --
Ratio of EBITDA to interest
expense, net 1.95 1.52 2.63 10.70 3.22 3.95 1.06
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
CASH FLOWS DATA:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities $ 2,858 $ 3,948 $ 22,584 $ 40,042 $ 64,536 $ 25,946 $ 5,046
Investing activities (39,815) (8,066) (84,354) (261,343) (498,806) (407,907) (23,548)
Financing activities 41,249 805 68,337 226,636 428,495 389,659 22,572
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------ JUNE 30,
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(IN THOUSANDS) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit) $ 7,793 $ 4,315 $ (8,704) $ 25,790 $(205,026)(5) $(188,332)(5)
Total assets 135,471 143,683 273,473 604,561 1,108,825 1,059,802
Total long-term obligations 98,981 100,766 124,454 217,217 408,819 400,156
Total debt 104,281 109,051 141,464 197,547 635,503 657,821
Convertible preferred securities
of a subsidiary trust -- -- -- 115,000 115,000 115,000
Stockholders' and minority partners'
equity 14,903 13,999 101,989 227,282 258,648 217,188
</TABLE>
(1) Reflects losses on the extinguishment of debt, net of applicable income
taxes of $1.5 million, $1.3 million, $413,000, and $413,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the six months ended
June 30, 1998, respectively.
(2) For 1994, the weighted average number of common shares and common share
equivalents assume the conversion of the Class B Preferred Stock into
shares of Common Stock. The Class B Preferred Stock was redeemed on
September 30, 1994. Also, for 1994, shares outstanding assuming
dilution reflects the assumed conversion of a portion of certain notes
into shares of Common Stock. Such notes were issued in September 1994
and converted into shares of Common Stock in September 1996.
(3) EBITDA (net income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income tax expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense,
minority interests, and other non-operating income (expense)) is
frequently used by securities analysts and is presented here to provide
additional information about the Company's operations. EBITDA is not
recognized by generally accepted accounting principles, should not be
considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the
Company's operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows from
operations as a measure of liquidity, and does not represent funds
available for management's use. Further, the Company's EBITDA may not
be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
(4) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing (a) the
Company's pre-tax income from continuing operations adjusted for
minority interests, income or loss from equity investments and fixed
charges, less capitalized interest and preference security dividend
requirements, by (b) fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest
expensed and capitalized, preference security dividend requirements and
the interest component of rent expense. Earnings for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1999 were not able
to cover fixed charges by $499,000 and $56,907,000 respectively.
(5) Due to the Company's noncompliance with certain covenants under the
Loan Agreement, the entire balance outstanding under the Loan Agreement
at December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 was subject to acceleration and
thus classified as a current liability on the Company's balance sheet.
31
<PAGE>
A complete discussion and analysis of the Company's financial condition
and historical results of operations is presented in HMI's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (Exhibit D) and Annual Report on
Form 10-K (Exhibit C).
The financial information presented below represents historical results
for each of the Company's business segments. Such information does not give
effect to the consolidation, as of September 30, 1999, of the Company's
investment in five new double-hulled carriers, discussed above.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
------------------------------ -----------------
1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
(IN THOUSANDS) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $ 43,715 $111,385 $242,656 $123,909 $84,835
Offshore and harbor towing 13,950 20,424 46,368 21,291 22,768
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
57,665 131,809 289,024 145,200 107,603
Marine transportation services 51,691 78,448 112,882 50,617 52,926
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total revenue 109,356 210,257 401,906 195,817 160,529
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Operating expenses:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support 22,525 45,322 120,207 55,277 57,051
Offshore and harbor towing 7,480 12,296 22,556 11,041 11,387
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
30,005 57,618 142,763 66,318 68,438
Marine transportation services 33,772 52,665 80,126 36,649 37,483
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total operating expenses 63,777 110,283 222,889 102,966 105,921
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Direct overhead expenses:
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support $ 2,558 $ 5,866 $ 14,707 $6,979 $ 8,517
Offshore and harbor towing 1,364 2,361 5,528 2,599 2,517
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
3,922 8,227 20,235 9,578 11,034
Marine transportation services 3,494 5,739 6,845 3,214 2,641
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------
Total direct overhead 7,416 13,966 27,080 12,792 13,675
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Fleet EBITDA(1):
Marine support services:
Offshore energy support 18,632 60,197 107,742 61,653 19,267
Offshore and harbor towing 5,106 5,767 18,284 7,651 8,864
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
23,738 65,964 126,026 69,304 28,131
Marine transportation services 14,425 20,044 25,911 10,754 12,802
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total fleet EBITDA 38,163 86,008 151,937 80,059 40,933
Corporate overhead expenses 7,563 10,825 15,225 7,504 8,208
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
EBITDA(1) 30,600 75,183 136,712 72,555 32,725
Depreciation and amortization
expenses 9,830 19,850 51,757 23,871 32,439
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Income from operations $ 20,770 $ 55,333 $ 84,955 $48,684 $ 286
======== ======== ======== ======= ========
</TABLE>
(1) EBITDA (net income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income tax expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense, minority
interest and other non-operating income) is frequently used by securities
analysts and is presented hereto provide additional information about the
Company's operation. Fleet EBITDA is EBITDA before corporate overhead
expenses. EBITDA and fleet EBITDA are not recognized by generally accepted
accounting principles, should not be considered as alternatives to net
income as indicators of the Company operating performance, or as
alternatives to cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, and
do not represent funds available for management's use. Further, the
Company's EBITDA may not be
32
<PAGE>
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
33
<PAGE>
THIRD QUARTER 1999 RESULTS
On October 28, 1999, the Company announced its results for the third
quarter of 1999, reporting a net loss of $20.1 million or $1.29 per diluted
share on revenues of $86.0 million. For the third quarter of 1998, the Company
had net income of $3.9 million or $0.25 per diluted share on revenues of $100.1
million. Results in the third quarter and first nine months of 1999 have been
adjusted to reflect the consolidation, as of September 30, 1999, of the
Company's investment in its five new double-hull tankers, discussed above. On an
operating basis (I.E., results from operations before interest and taxes), the
Company had an operating loss of $6.2 million during the 1999 quarter versus
operating income of $19.0 million in the 1998 quarter.
For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, revenues of $265.4
million were off 10% from $296.0 million a year ago. The Company had a net loss
of $52.9 million or $3.42 per diluted share in the 1999 nine months versus net
income, before an extraordinary item, of $21.4 million or $1.28 per diluted
share in the 1998 nine months.
During the 1999 quarter, revenues from the Company's offshore energy
support operations fell to $32.2 million from $60.1 million a year earlier,
reflecting lower worldwide day rates and reduced international utilization. The
Company's offshore and harbor towing business had revenues of $10.9 million for
the quarter ended September 30, 1999, down slightly from the 1998 quarter, when
the fleet numbered 41 vessels (compared to 37 in the 1999 quarter). Revenues
from the Company's marine transportation sector were up more than 50% to $43.0
million, primarily as a result of the completion and deployment of the fleet of
five newly constructed, double-hull chemical and petroleum product carriers.
34
<PAGE>
The following table summarizes comparative results for the quarter and
nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
($ millions except per share amounts)
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
1999 1998 1999 1998
---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue $86.0 $100.1 $265.4 $296.0
Income (Loss) from Operations (6.2) 19.0 (2.0) 67.4
Income (Loss) before Extraordinary Item (20.1) 4.8 (52.9) 21.4
Income (Loss) Per Share before
Extraordinary Item(1) (1.29) 0.31 (3.42) 1.28
(Loss) on Early Extinguishment
of Debt - (0.9) - (1.6)
Net Income (Loss) (20.1) 3.9 (52.9) 19.8
Net Income (Loss) Per Share (1.29) 0.25 (3.42) 1.20
EBITDA(2) 11.8 31.1 51.6 103.4
Average Shares Outstanding(1) 15,544,000 15,349,000 15,489,000 19,456,000
</TABLE>
(1) All per share and share amounts are stated on a diluted basis. Diluted per
share and share amounts for the three and nine months ended September 30, 1999
and for the three months ended September 30, 1998 do not reflect certain options
outstanding and the effect of the conversion of convertible securities during
the period, as their effect is antidilutive.
(2) EBITDA (net income from continuing operations before interest expense,
income tax expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense, minority
interests, and other non-operating income (expense)) is frequently used by
securities analysts and is presented here to provide additional information
about the Company's operations. EBITDA is not recognized by generally accepted
accounting principles, should not be considered as an alternative to net income
as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or as an alternative to
cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, and does not represent
funds available
35
<PAGE>
for management's use. Further, the Company's EBITDA may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
J. EVENTS LEADING TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASES
During 1997 and 1998, the Debtors completed a number of acquisitions
that substantially expanded their offshore energy support operations into
several new international markets, increased their deepwater energy support
capability and increased their domestic offshore and harbor towing and petroleum
product transportation operations. The acquisitions included the 1997
acquisitions of 79 offshore energy support vessels operating primarily in the
Arabian Gulf, the February 1998 acquisition of 37 offshore energy support
vessels operating primarily offshore West Africa and Southeast Asia, and the
March 1998 acquisition of two petroleum product carriers and seven harbor tugs
operating in Port Arthur, Texas and Lake Charles, Louisiana. During the balance
of 1998 and early 1999, the Debtors' fleet grew through the delivery of 13
vessels (consisting of four tugs, four supply boats, two crew boats, two SDMsJ
and one barge). In addition, the Debtors have a 50.75% interest in five new
double-hull carriers delivered in 1998 and 1999. In all, during 1998 and through
February 1999, 61 vessels were delivered to or acquired by the Company, at a
total cost of $405.4 million.
The Company's principal sources of cash to finance the expansion and
improvement of its fleet over the past several years have been bank borrowings,
cash provided by operations, and proceeds from public offerings of securities,
consisting of the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock in August
1996, a second offering of Class A Common Stock in February 1997, the offering
of the 62% Trust Preferred Securities in 1997, and the offering of the Senior
Notes in February 1998. The significant increase in the Company's indebtedness
incurred to finance these acquisitions placed great demands on the Company's
revenues at an inopportune time, in that market forces beyond the Company's
control brought about a precipitous decline in revenues in the past year.
The Company derives its revenues from the daily use of its vessels for
hire by its customers. Thus, revenue from the Company's operations is primarily
a function of the size of the Company's fleet, the rates paid for the use of the
vessels ("day rates") and fleet utilization (also called "utilization rates").
Rates and utilization are primarily a function of offshore oil and gas
exploration, development and production activities, which are in turn heavily
dependent upon the prevailing price of crude oil and natural gas. Beginning in
late 1997 and continuing through 1998 and the first half of 1999, crude oil
prices declined substantially, which resulted in a severe downturn in offshore
oil and gas exploration, development and production activities, and in turn, the
Company's offshore energy support operations. In 1998, the Company's total
revenues were approximately $402 million, and it generated earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") of approximately $137
million. As a result of the substantial decline in the Company's offshore energy
support operations, revenues and EBITDA declined precipitously in the latter
half of 1998 and the first half of 1999. Annual revenues for 1999 are projected
to
36
<PAGE>
be approximately $293.3 million, and annual EBITDA is projected to be
approximately $52 million.
As a result of this decline in revenues, the Company has experienced a
liquidity crisis in the past year. As of September 30, 1998, the Company was not
in compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the Loan Agreement
it entered into with a group of banks (the "Bank Group") in February 1998. The
Loan Agreement provided for (i) a $175.0 million revolving credit facility
maturing in 2003, and (ii) a $150.0 million term loan maturing in 2005, payable
in equal quarterly installments beginning in June 1998. The Loan Agreement
required the Company to maintain specified ratios relating to leverage, debt
service and indebtedness. The Loan Agreement was amended as of September 30,
1998 to, among other things, modify those covenants and grant security interests
to the Bank Group in virtually all of the Company's assets. However, due to the
continuing decline in the Company's revenues, the Company was not in compliance
with the modified financial covenants at the end of the first quarter of 1999.
As a consequence, the Company's independent auditors issued a qualified report
accompanying the Company's annual financial statements for 1998 (issued at the
end of March 1999), stating that the Company's reduction in revenues and
noncompliance with the Loan Agreement covenants raised substantial doubt about
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
The Bank Group waived the Company's noncompliance with the covenants in
the Loan Agreement in a series of amendments from March through September 7,
1999. However, these amendments placed further financial burdens on the Company,
as the Bank Group increased the applicable rate of interest on Company
borrowings (eventually increasing the interest rate to 10.0% over the "base
rate" of Citibank, N.A., for a total annual interest rate of 18.25% at the
Commencement Date), and charged substantial waiver and other fees. The Company's
outstanding indebtedness under the Loan Agreement was $241.0 million at the
Commencement Date. In addition, the Company had contingent reimbursement
obligations under the Loan Agreement in respect of $3.2 million of outstanding
letters of credit.
In addition, an interest payment of approximately $12.5 million fell
due on the Senior Notes on August 16, 1999. The Company did not have sufficient
funds to make this payment.
The precipitous decline in Hvide's revenues in the past year imposed
hardships on all of Hvide's constituencies, including its many creditors and
shareholders and the 2,500 employees of Hvide. Management was forced to make
difficult choices in order to preserve the inherent value of the Hvide fleet
during the cyclical downturn in the markets in which it operates. Among other
steps, the Company engaged Seneca Financial Group, Inc. as financial advisor,
and with Seneca's assistance, developed a cash management program whereby, among
other things, the Company eliminated its new-build program, deferred certain
scheduled drydockings of vessels, consistent with safety and operational
considerations, canceled the construction of certain vessels, disposed of other
vessels under construction, and sold eight vessels (excluding vessels under
construction) for net proceeds of approximately $32 million.
Further, the Company has reduced operating and overhead expenses. These
reductions are estimated to generate annual savings of $11.5 million; however,
these reductions have been substantially offset by increased interest on
borrowings under the Loan Agreement, professional and other fees under the Loan
37
<PAGE>
Agreement, and other fees and costs resulting from the Company's financial
condition. The Company has also improved its working capital position by, among
other things, strengthening its efforts to collect receivables.
As the liquidity problem worsened, the Company made every effort over
the last several months to restructure its operations and balance sheet in order
to avoid seeking protection under the Bankruptcy Code. In addition to the
cost-cutting measures briefly described above, the Company also sought to
refinance the secured bank debt by means of a proposed offering of secured
notes. However, in late July 1999, the Company determined that it could not
proceed with the offering on acceptable terms. During the same time frame, the
Company was pursuing discussions with an ad hoc committee of holders of
approximately 63% in principal amount of the Company's outstanding Senior Notes
and approximately 50% of the Trust Convertible Securities issued by HMI's
subsidiary, Hvide Capital Trust.6 These discussions led to the instant chapter
11 filing by the Company and the filing of the Plan.
IV. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES
Since the Debtors commenced their Chapter 11 Cases, they have continued
to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors in possession
pursuant to Sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.
The following is a brief description of some of the major events during
the Chapter 11 Cases.
A. CONTINUATION OF BUSINESS; STAY OF LITIGATION
Following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors
continued to operate their businesses as debtors in possession under the
protection of the Bankruptcy Court. The Bankruptcy Court has certain supervisory
powers over the Debtors' operations during the Chapter 11 Case, which are
generally limited to reviewing and ruling on any objections raised to the
Debtors' operations or proposed outside of the ordinary course transactions. The
Debtors must notify parties in interest and obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of
any transactions that are outside the ordinary course of business, such as any
sale of a major asset of the Debtors. In addition, the Debtors must obtain
Bankruptcy Court approval of certain other transactions, such as the borrowing
of money on a secured basis or the employment of attorneys, accountants and
other professionals.
- ----------------
6 In connection with the pre-petition discussions with the ad hoc
committee, the Company paid (i) $395,440 in legal fees to counsel
retained by the ad hoc committee, Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP,
and (ii) fees of $250,000 to Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin, financial
advisors to the ad hoc committee, of which $60,000 was remitted to a
maritime consulting firm.
38
<PAGE>
An immediate effect of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases was the
imposition of the automatic stay under the Bankruptcy Code which, with limited
exceptions, enjoins the commencement or continuation of all pre-petition
litigation against, and efforts to collect funds from, the Debtors. This
injunction remains in effect unless modified or lifted by order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
B. APPOINTMENT OF THE CREDITORS' COMMITTEE
On September 23, 1999, the United States Trustee appointed an official
committee of unsecured creditors (the "Creditors' Committee"), pursuant to
Section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, to represent unsecured creditors of the
Debtor.
The Creditors' Committee currently consists of 5 members and includes
representatives of each of the principal constituencies of unsecured creditors
of Hvide. The current members of the Creditors' Committee are set forth below:
CREDITORS' COMMITTEE
Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P.
Lonestar Partners
Cohanzick Management
Halter Marine Group, Inc.
The Bank of New York, as Property Trustee
for the Trust Preferred Securities
C. REPRESENTATION OF DEBTORS AND COMMITTEE
The Debtors applied for and were granted authorization from the
Bankruptcy Court to retain the law firms of Kronish Lieb Weiner & Hellman LLP
and Young, Conaway, Stargatt & Taylor LLP as co-bankruptcy counsel. The Debtors
also applied for and were granted authorization from the Bankruptcy Court to
retain Seneca Financial Group, Inc. as financial advisors and have applied for
authorization from the Bankruptcy Court to retain Ernst & Young LLP as
accountants.
The Creditors' Committee applied for and was granted authorization from
the Bankruptcy Court to retain the law firms of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy
LLP as its general counsel and Ashby & Geddes as its local Delaware counsel. The
Creditors' Committee also applied for and was granted authorization
39
<PAGE>
from the Bankruptcy Court to retain Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin as financial
advisors.
D. DIP CREDIT FACILITY
Upon the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the restoration of trade
credit and support was of great importance to Hvide. To restore vendor support,
immediately upon the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors obtained
a post-petition working capital facility (the "DIP Credit Facility") from its
pre-petition lenders, a syndicate of institutions led by Citibank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and BankBoston, N.A., as Documentation Agent (the "DIP
Lenders"). Pursuant to the DIP Credit Facility, the DIP Lenders agreed to make
loans to, and to guarantee the issuance of letters of credit for, Hvide through
the earlier of February 28, 1999 and the date that a plan of reorganization
becomes effective. Pursuant to the DIP Credit Facility, the DIP Lenders extended
(i) a $60 million revolving credit facility, the proceeds of which are to fund
the Debtors' working capital needs, and (ii) a term loan in the amount of
approximately $241 million, the proceeds of which were used to repay the
Debtors' obligations to the DIP Lenders under the pre-petition Loan Agreement.
The DIP Credit Facility provides that the obligations of the Debtors to the DIP
Lenders constitute administrative expense obligations with priority over any and
all administrative expenses of the kinds specified in Sections 503(b) and 507(b)
of the Bankruptcy Code (with limited exceptions), secured by a superpriority
lien on a substantial portion of Hvide's assets.
On September 9, 1999, the Bankruptcy Court approved the DIP Credit
Facility on an interim basis and on September 30, 1999, the Bankruptcy Court
approved it on a final basis.
As of September 30, 1999, the Debtors' outstanding borrowings under the
DIP Credit Facility were approximately $241 million under the term loan and
approximately $13 million under the revolving credit facility, for a total of
approximately $254 million.
40
<PAGE>
E. EMPLOYEE RETENTION PLAN
To maintain the continued support, cooperation and morale of Hvide's
employees, Hvide moved for and was granted authorization from the Bankruptcy
Court to pay employees their prepetition wages, salaries and certain other
compensation and benefits. In addition, to ensure the retention of managerial
employees, Hvide has obtained Bankruptcy Court approval of an employee retention
plan that provides eligible employees with bonus compensation for remaining with
the Company through the Chapter 11 process until confirmation of the Plan. There
are two components to the retention plan. First, on the Effective Date of the
Plan, all salaried employees on the payroll as of the Commencement Date who
remain employed through the Effective Date will receive a bonus equal to the
amount of earnings forfeited for the period between April 1, 1999 and October 1,
1999 during which time the Company imposed an across-the-board 10% salary
reduction. Second, an aggregate bonus pool of $1.5 million will be established
for distribution on the Effective Date to salaried employees based on
exceptional performance consistently above the normal standards of the position
held. Awards will be determined initially by the head of each business unit,
profit center or administrative unit within the Company. The $1.5 million pool
will be divided among these units pro rata, based on the total payroll of such
unit in relation to the Company's total payroll as of the Commencement Date. The
recommendation of the head of such unit as to proposed award recipients and the
amounts to be awarded will then be reviewed by the Company's Human Resources
Committee, which consists of the Company's Chief Operating Officer and Chief
Financial Officer and the Director of Human Resources. Final approval of the
entire award package will be subject to the approval of the Chief Executive
Officer and the consent of the Creditors' Committee, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. (If there is a dispute with the Creditors' Committee, the
Company reserves the right to seek Court approval of the award package.) In the
case of the 24 senior executives of the Company, their bonuses will be closely
tied to the achievement of corporate goals during the reorganization process,
including the achievement of EBITDA forecasts, confirming a plan which becomes
effective by December 15, 1999, and limiting borrowings under the DIP Credit
Facility.
F. MOTION TO PAY CRITICAL VENDORS
On the Commencement Date, the Debtors sought and obtained Bankruptcy
Court approval to provisionally pay, in the ordinary course of business,
prepetition claims of essential trade creditors, up to an aggregate amount of
$17,600,000, inclusive of (i) domestic trade claims and accrued liabilities of
approximately $4,683,000; (ii) foreign trade claims and accrued liabilities of
approximately $10,348,000; (iii) mortgage payments relating to certain United
States Maritime Administration ("MARAD") obligations due September 4, 1999 in
the principal amount of $1,263,000 plus interest in the amount of $354,000; and
(iv) an operating lease payment in the approximate amount of $966,000 to U.S.
Trust relating to a certain bare boat charter.
41
<PAGE>
G. SCRAPPING OF THE SEABULK CHALLENGER
Early in the case, the Debtors sought and obtained approval for a
transaction involving the SEABULK CHALLENGER/S.T.L. 3901 (the "CHALLENGER"), an
integrated tug/tank barge previously engaged in the movement of oil in the
coastwise trade of the United States. Under the terms of the transaction, in
full satisfaction of its remaining drydocking and repair obligations under a
bareboat charter contract with the leaseholder/owner of the CHALLENGER (which
the Company estimated to range from $300,000 to $1,000,000, depending upon the
defects discovered when the ship arrived at its final port destination at the
end of the charter term), the Debtors agreed with the leaseholder/owner to
arrange, at the Debtors' cost, for the CHALLENGER to be scrapped, with all
proceeds of the scrapping to be paid to the leaseholder/owner. The transaction
further provided that the leaseholder/owner would be assured receipt of $1.1
million for the CHALLENGER, and if the scrapping proceeds did not yield that
amount, the Debtors would make up the difference. The Debtors arranged for the
scrapping of the CHALLENGER on terms that generated net proceeds of $824,875,
such that the Debtors' net financial obligation was only $275,125.
H. SCRAPPING OF THE HMI ASTRACHEM
The Debtors also moved for and obtained authority to scrap the HMI
ASTRACHEM, a U. S.-flagged specialty product and chemical tanker that was built
in 1970 and acquired by HMI in August 1996. The ASTRACHEM has a partial double
bottom and has twenty-five multiple cargo tanks configured to handle various
sized parcels of a wide variety of specialty chemicals, petrochemicals and more
conventional clean petroleum products. The ASTRACHEM's OPA 90 eligibility ends
in December 2000, after which it must be retrofitted or taken out of service,
failing which HMI could be subjected to unlimited liability in the event of a
catastrophic oil spill involving the ASTRACHEM. Accordingly, and in light of the
very substantial cost of retrofitting a single-hull or partial double-hull
vessel (such as the ASTRACHEM) with a full double hull, HMI determined to scrap
the ASTRACHEM and sought Bankruptcy Court authority to do so.
I. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN LEASES AND EXECUTORY CONTRACTS
As debtors in possession, the Debtors have the right, subject to
Bankruptcy Court approval, to assume or reject any executory contract or
unexpired lease, including, but not limited to, any employment or severance
contract or agreement, as contemplated by Section 365 of the Code, in effect
on the Filing Date between the Debtors and any other person (an "Executory
Contract"). In this context, assumption means that the Debtors agree to
perform their obligations and cure existing defaults under an Executory
Contract. Rejection of an Executory Contract relieves the Debtors from their
obligation to perform further under such Executory Contract. Damages
resulting to the other party from the rejection of an Executory Contract are
treated as a General Unsecured Claim (as defined in the Plan) arising prior
to the Filing Date and are included in the appropriate Class to the extent
such Claim is allowed by the Court. Claims arising out of the rejection of an
executory contract or unexpired lease must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court
no later than 30 days after notice of entry of an order approving the
rejection of such contract or lease.
42
<PAGE>
V. THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATIONV
The Plan is annexed hereto as Exhibit A and forms a part of this
Disclosure Statement. The summary of the Plan set forth below is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the more detailed provisions set forth in the Plan.
A. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT
OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
1. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
a. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS
Administrative Expense Claims are Claims constituting a cost or expense
of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases allowed under Section 503(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code. Such Claims include the Debtors' obligations under the DIP
Credit Facility, any actual and necessary costs and expenses of operating the
business of the Debtors in Possession, any indebtedness or obligations incurred
or assumed by the Debtors in Possession in connection with the conduct of their
businesses or the acquisition or lease of property or the rendition of services,
any allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses to the extent
allowed by a Final Order under Section 330 of the Bankruptcy Code, the actual,
necessary expenses of members of the Creditors' Committee, fees or charges
assessed against the Debtors' estates under Section 1930 of title 28 of the
United States Code and the DIP Claims.
Pursuant to the Plan, except to the extent that the holder of an
Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to a different treatment, the
Reorganized Debtors will provide to each holder of an Allowed Administrative
Expense Claim (x) Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Administrative Expense
Claim on the latest of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) the date such Administrative
Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim and (iii) the date
such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim is due in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the particular transaction(s) or governing documents or (y)
such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall have agreed upon in
writing, subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee, PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims (other than Claims under Section 330
of the Bankruptcy Code) representing obligations incurred in the ordinary course
of business of or assumed by the Debtors in Possession shall be paid in full and
performed by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transactions and any
agreements relating thereto. The Debtors estimate that Allowed Administrative
Expense Claims (exclusive of compensation and reimbursement of expenses payable
to professionals retained in the Chapter 11 Case) to be paid on the Effective
Date will be approximately $270 million, including $25.8 million projected to be
owed on the revolving credit portion of the DIP Credit Facility and $241 million
owed on the term loan portion of the DIP Credit Facility. In addition, the
Debtors estimate that there will be additional administrative expenses and other
costs relating to the Exit Financing Facility (as defined below).
43
<PAGE>
All payments to professionals for compensation and reimbursement of
expenses and all payments to reimburse expenses of members of the Creditors'
Committee will be made in accordance with the procedures established by the
Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules and the Bankruptcy Court relating to the
payment of interim and final compensation and expenses. The Debtors estimate
that Allowed Administrative Expenses, including compensation and reimbursement
of expenses of professionals retained in the Chapter 11 Case (not including
previously allowed payments) will be approximately $500,000. In addition, the
orders approving the retention by the Debtors of Seneca Financial Group, Inc.
and the retention by the Creditors' Committee of Houlihan, Lokey, Howard &
Zukin, in accordance with their respective engagements, contemplate the payment
of a fee of $1 million to each firm upon the consummation of the Plan. The
Bankruptcy Court will review and determine all requests for compensation and
reimbursement of expenses.
In addition to the foregoing, Section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code
provides for payment of compensation to creditors, indenture trustees and other
persons making a "substantial contribution" to a reorganization case, and to
attorneys for, and other professional advisors to, such persons. Also, certain
of the professionals retained by the Debtors or the Committee may request
approval and payment of additional bonus or success compensation. The Debtors
are not aware of whether any applications under Section 503(b) will be filed or
the amounts, if any, that may be sought. Requests for compensation must be
approved by the Bankruptcy Court after a hearing on notice at which the Debtors
and other parties in interest may participate and, if appropriate, object to the
allowance of any compensation and reimbursement of expenses.
b. PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
Priority Tax Claims are those Claims for taxes entitled to priority in
payment under Section 507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code. The aggregate amount of
Priority Tax Claims as reflected in the Debtors' Schedules is $0. The Debtors
estimate that the amount of Allowed Priority Tax Claims is $0.
Each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will receive, at the sole
option of the Reorganized Debtors, (i) Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed
Priority Tax Claim on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Priority
Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, or (ii) equal annual Cash
payments in an aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim,
together with interest in arrears at an annual rate equal to five percent (5%),
over a period through the sixth anniversary of the date of assessment of such
Allowed Priority Tax Claim, (iii) payment upon other terms determined by the
Bankruptcy Court to provide the holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim
deferred Cash payments having a value, as of the Effective Date, equal to such
Allowed Priority Tax Claim, or (iv) such other treatment as the Debtors and such
holders shall have agreed upon in writing subject to the consent of the
Creditors' Committee.
44
<PAGE>
2. CLASS 1 -- OTHER PRIORITY CLAIMS
The Other Priority Claims are Claims which are entitled to priority in
accordance with Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (other than Administrative
Expense Claims and Priority Tax Claims). Such Claims include (i) unsecured
claims for accrued employee compensation earned within ninety days prior to
commencement of the Chapter 11 Case to the extent of $4,300 per employee and
(ii) contributions to employee benefit plans arising from services rendered
within 180 days prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case, but only for
each such plan to the extent of (x) the number of employees covered by such plan
multiplied by $4,300, less (y) the aggregate amount paid to such employees from
the estates for wages, salaries and commissions. The Debtors estimate that the
amount of Other Priority Claims is $0.
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims, if any
exist, will be paid in full, in Cash, on the later of the Effective Date and the
date such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim. Class 1 is not impaired under the
Plan. Holders of Claims in Class 1 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject
the Plan.
3. CLASS 2 -- SECURED CLAIMS
Class 2 consists of all Secured Claims, each of which will be within a
separate subclass (with each subclass to be deemed a separate class for all
purposes under applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code), as follows:
a. CLASS 2A -- MARAD CLAIMS
Class 2A consists of all MARAD Claims. In the past, the Company has
financed various vessel acquisitions through U.S. government-guaranteed Title XI
ship financing bonds that are collateralized by first preferred mortgages on
those vessels. Those Bonds were issued pursuant to Title XI of the Merchant
Marine Act, 1936, as amended, and the repayment thereof is guaranteed by the
full faith and credit of the United States, acting through the Maritime
Administration ("MARAD"). As of the Commencement Date, the Company had
approximately $34 million of such secured indebtedness, which is classified in
the Plan as MARAD Claims.
Pursuant to the Plan, each of the MARAD Claims in Class 2A will be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall
have agreed upon in writing subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee,
and shall thereby be rendered unimpaired in accordance with Section 1124(2) of
the Bankruptcy Code. Further, the Plan provides that notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors will not amend, abridge or modify any
contractual right, covenant, term or condition of any kind under the documents,
instruments and agreements upon which the MARAD Claims are based, whether or not
such contractual rights, covenants, terms or conditions pertain to the payment
when due of principal and interest. The legal, equitable and contractual rights
of the holders of the MARAD Claims are not altered by the Plan. The Class 2A
MARAD Claims are not impaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of the Class
2A MARAD Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders
of Class 2A MARAD Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
45
<PAGE>
b. CLASS 2B -- CAPITAL LEASE CLAIMS
Class 2B consists of all obligations of the Debtors under or related to
six financing transactions, relating to eleven vessels, totalling approximately
$39,000,000. The following is a description of those transactions, which
constitute claims against one or more Debtors under capital leases:
HMI, as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with Norlease, Inc., as
lessor, for the vessels NEW RIVER SDM I and ST. JOHNS SDM II in November 1997.
The original balance due under the lease was $9,996,785. The 15-year lease term
began on November 26, 1997, and requires monthly payments of $77,775. The
current outstanding lease obligation is $9,491,992.
HMI, as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with AmSouth Leasing,
Ltd. ("AmSouth"), as lessor, for the vessel ESCAMBIA SDM III in May 1998. The
original balance due under the lease was $5,000,000. The 15-year lease term
began on May 29, 1998, and requires monthly payments of $41,806. The current
outstanding lease obligation is $4,795,831.
Debtor Seabulk Offshore, Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of HMI
("SOL"), as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with TA Marine I, Inc., as
lessor, for the vessel SEABULK ARIZONA in November 1998. The ten-year lease term
began on January 1, 1999, at which time an initial payment of $59,807 was made.
Forty quarterly payments of $223,228 each are due thereafter, totalling
$8,988,928 for the entire lease. The current outstanding lease obligation is
$7,579,083.
SOL, as lessee, entered into an equipment lease with TA Marine II,
Inc., as lessor, for the vessel SEABULK WISCONSIN in November 1998. The ten-year
lease term began on January 1, 1999, at which time an initial payment of $63,076
was made. Forty quarterly payments of $235,430 each are due thereafter,
totalling $9,480,284 for the entire lease. The current outstanding lease
obligation is $7,993,393.
SOL entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with Lawrence Bedrosian
(d/b/a Steel Style Marine) for the vessels SEABULK ST. ANDREW and SEABULK ST.
JAMES in December 1998. The seven-year charter term began in December 1998.
Monthly charter payments of $79,773 are required, totalling $6,354,083. The
current outstanding lease obligation is $4,799,536.
SOL, as shipowner, entered into a financing transaction with debis
Financial Services, Inc. ("debis") as lender, for the vessels SEABULK KANSAS and
SEABULK NEBRASKA in February 1999. In connection with this transaction, SOL
executed a $14,200,000 note in favor of debis and granted it a first preferred
mortgage as security thereunder. The 10-year note is due on February 17, 2009,
requiring monthly payments of $175,984, and the current outstanding balance is
$13,660,015.
Pursuant to the Plan, each of the Secured Claims in Class 2B will be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall
have agreed upon in writing subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee,
and shall thereby be rendered unimpaired in accordance with Section 1124(2) of
the
46
<PAGE>
Bankruptcy Code. The legal, equitable and contractual rights of the holders of
the Class 2B Secured Claims are not altered by the Plan. The Class 2B Secured
Claims are not impaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of the Class 2B
Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders of
Class 2B Secured Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
C. CLASS 2C -- OTHER SECURED CLAIMS
Class 2C consists of all Other Secured Claims. This Class of Secured
Claims consists primarily of miscellaneous notes payable and related ship
mortgage obligations entered into with respect to certain vessels. As of the
Commencement Date, these obligations totalled approximately $18.8 million. This
Class of Secured Claims also includes such Other Secured Claims, if any, as
exist. The Debtors do not believe any Other Secured Claims exist beyond those
identified herein.
Pursuant to the Plan, each of the Secured Claims in Class 2C will be
Reinstated or receive such other treatment as the Debtors and such holders shall
have agreed upon in writing subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee,
and shall thereby be rendered unimpaired in accordance with Section 1124(2) of
the Bankruptcy Code. The legal, equitable and contractual rights of the holders
of the Class 2C Secured Claims are not altered by the Plan. The Class 2C Secured
Claims are not impaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of the Class 2C
Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders of
Class 2C Secured Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
4. CLASS 3 -- UNSECURED CLAIMS
a. CLASS 3A B GENERAL UNSECURED CLAIMS
Class 3A consists of General Unsecured Claims against the Debtor, I.E.,
all Unsecured Claims other than Claims in Classes 3B, 3C and 3D. This Class of
Claims includes, but is not limited to, all Claims for payment for goods and
services rendered to the Debtors, all Claims in respect of rejection of leases
and executory contracts, accrued employee wages, vacation and other benefits and
other miscellaneous liabilities. The Debtors estimate that the total amount of
Claims in Class 3A is approximately $45,000,000.
Under the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Class 3A Claim will, at the
Debtors' option, (i) retain unaltered its legal, equitable and contractual
rights; (ii) receive payment in full in Cash on the Effective Date; (iii)
receive payment in any other manner agreed upon by the holder and the Debtors
with the consent of the Creditors' Committee; or (iv) receive such other
treatment as will render the Claim unimpaired. Such Claims shall remain subject
to all legal and equitable defenses of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
Class 3 is unimpaired by the Plan. Accordingly, the holders of Allowed
Class 3A Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan as holders
of Allowed Class 3A Claims and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
47
<PAGE>
b. CLASS 3B -- SENIOR NOTE CLAIMS
Class 3B consists of all Senior Note Claims and includes, among other
things, any claims arising from or related to the past or present ownership of
the Senior Notes. Pursuant to the Plan, the Senior Note Claims are deemed to be
Allowed Claims in the aggregate amount of $314,167,708, which includes the
principal amount of the Senior Notes ($300 million) and all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon as of the Commencement Date. Class 3B is impaired. Holders of
record of Senior Notes on the date the order approving the Disclosure Statement
is entered are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
Subject to the potential upward adjustments set forth in Section 12.5.3
of the Plan, the Plan provides that, on the Effective Date, in full satisfaction
of its Senior Note Claim, each holder of an Allowed Senior Note Claim will
receive its Pro Rata share of 9,800,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock.
The Plan provides that, subject to the applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Court authorization and approval to the extent
necessary, the Senior Note Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to payment of its
reasonable fees, costs and expenses, as provided under the Senior Note
Indenture, notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, including without
limitation Section 12.5.3 of the Plan or the absolute priority rule.
c. CLASS 3C -- TRUST PREFERRED CLAIMS
Class 3C consists of all Trust Preferred Claims.
In June 1997, 2,300,000 of the Trust Preferred Securities were sold in
a private offering by Hvide Capital Trust, a wholly owned subsidiary of HMI for
an aggregate consideration of approximately $118.6 million. Hvide Capital Trust
was formed for the sole purpose of issuing the Trust Preferred Securities and
investing the proceeds from their issuance in the Convertible Subordinated
Debentures issued simultaneously by HMI. By their terms, the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures are subordinated to "Senior Debt" of HMI, which is
defined to include, among other things, the Senior Notes.
Hvide Capital Trust continues to be the sole holder of the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures. Pursuant to the Trust Preferred Securities Declaration,
in the event that HMI commences a case under the Bankruptcy Code (as it has
done), Hvide Capital Trust is to be dissolved and liquidated and the holders of
Trust Preferred Securities are to receive in the liquidation an aggregate
principal amount of Convertible Subordinated Debentures equal to the liquidation
amount of their Trust Preferred Securities. Pursuant to the Plan, holders of
Trust Preferred Securities are in essence treated as holders of Convertible
Subordinated Debenture Claims, which are subordinated to the Senior Notes.
Holders of Class 3C Claims owned 2,300,000 Trust Preferred Claims as of
the Commencement Date. Class 3C is impaired. Holders of record of Trust
Preferred Claims on the date the order approving the Disclosure Statement is
entered are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
Subject to the potential adjustments set forth in Section 12.5.3 of the
Plan7, the Plan provides that, on
48
<PAGE>
the Effective Date, each holder of Allowed Trust Preferred Claims in Class 3C
will receive its Pro Rata share of (i) 200,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock
and (ii) 125,000 Class A Warrants, and the Trust Preferred Securities and
Convertible Subordinated Debentures will be cancelled. Fractional shares of New
HMI Common Stock and fractional Class A Warrants will be treated in accordance
with Section 6.2.6. of the Plan.
The Plan provides that, subject to the applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Court authorization and approval to the extent
necessary, each of (i) the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee under the
Trust Preferred Securities Declaration, (ii) the Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Indenture Trustee, as provided under the Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Indenture, and (iii) the Guarantee Trustee under the Guarantee
Agreement shall be entitled to payment of its actual, reasonable fees, costs and
expenses, as provided under the Trust Preferred Securities Declaration and the
Guarantee Agreement, respectively, notwithstanding any contrary provision in the
Plan, including without limitation Section 12.5.3 of the Plan or the absolute
priority rule.
The Debtors believe that the distributions to the holders of the
Allowed Class 3C Trust Preferred Claims do not violate any provision of the
Bankruptcy Code. If the Bankruptcy Court, however, finds that the distributions
to the holders of the Allowed Class 3C Trust Preferred Claims violate the
absolute priority rule or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code, the
Debtors reserve their right to modify the Plan to provide for no distributions
to the holders of Allowed Class 3C Trust Preferred Claims as and if necessary to
comply with the findings of the Bankruptcy Court.
d. CLASS 3D -- INTERCOMPANY CLAIMS
Class 3D consists of all Intercompany Claims. Under the Plan, on the
Effective Date, each Claim in Class 3D will be Reinstated, leaving unaltered the
legal, equitable and contractual rights to which such Claim entitles the holder
of such Claim.
5. CLASS 4 B DEBT SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
The Debtors know of no Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claims that
could be asserted or allowed. No Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claim has been
filed with the Bankruptcy Court and no litigation, action or proceeding against
the Debtors with respect to a Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claim has been
threatened or commenced. The Debtors know of no facts or viable legal theories
that could give rise to such a Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claim.
Accordingly, the Plan separately classifies the Class 4 Debt Securities Trading
Claims in accordance with Section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, will provide
for no distribution of property to such claimants, and will discharge such
Claims in accordance with Section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.
NOTICE IS GIVEN TO ALL PERSONS WHO MIGHT SEEK TO ASSERT OR BELIEVE THEY
POSSESS A DEBT SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM THAT, BASED ON THE FACT THAT NO
SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS HAVE BEEN THREATENED OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY OF THE
DEBTORS, THE PLAN CLASSIFIES THESE CLAIMS BUT PROVIDES FOR NO
49
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTION TO BE MADE TO SUCH CLASSES, AND ALL DEBT SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
WILL BE DEEMED TO BE DISCHARGED, SATISFIED AND BARRED BY THE ORDER TO BE ENTERED
ON OR ABOUT DECEMBER 1, 1999 CONFIRMING THE PLAN. ACCORDINGLY, ANY PERSON WHO
DESIRES TO ASSERT A SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM AGAINST ANY OF THE DEBTORS MUST DO
SO BY NOVEMBER 29, 1999 OR SUCH CLAIM WILL BE FOREVER WAIVED AND, UNDER THE PLAN
AND THE CONFIRMATION ORDER, DISCHARGED, SATISFIED AND BARRED. IN ORDER TO ASSERT
A SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM, SUCH CLAIM MUST BE FILED WITH THE COURT (WITH A COPY
TO CHAMBERS) AND SERVED SO THAT IT IS RECEIVED NO LATER THAN 4:00 P.M., EASTERN
STANDARD TIME, ON NOVEMBER 29, 1999, BY THE COURT, CHAMBERS AND THE FOLLOWING
PARTIES: (I) HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED, 2200 ELLER DRIVE, P.O. BOX 13038, FT.
LAUDERDALE, FLORIDA, 33316, ATTN: ROBERT B. LAMM, ESQ., AND (II) KRONISH LIEB
WEINER & HELLMAN LLP, 1114 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036,
ATTN: ROBERT J. FEINSTEIN, ESQ., CO-COUNSEL TO THE DEBTORS. ALL SECURITIES
TRADING CLAIMS SHALL STATE WITH PARTICULARITY THE BASIS AND NATURE OF THE CLAIM
IN CONFORMITY WITH RULE 7009 OF THE FEDERAL RULES OF BANKRUPTCY PROCEDURE, AND
STATE THE DOLLAR FACE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THE CLAIM.
a. CLASS 4A -- SENIOR NOTE SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
Class 4A consists of all Senior Note Securities Trading Claims. Class
4A is impaired. Because no distribution will be made under the Plan to holders
of Class 4A Senior Note Securities Trading Claims nor will such holders retain
any property on account of such Claims, holders of Class 4A Senior Note
Securities Trading Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or to reject the
Plan and are deemed to have rejected the Plan.
b. CLASS 4B -- CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE
SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
Class 4B consists of all Convertible Subordinated Debenture Trading
Securities Claims. Class 4B is impaired. Because no distribution will be made
under the Plan to holders of Class 4B Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Securities Trading Claims nor will such holders retain any property on account
of such Claims, holders of Class 4B Convertible Subordinated Debenture
Securities Trading Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or to reject the
Plan and are deemed to have rejected the Plan.
6. CLASS 5 -- COMMON STOCK IN SUBSIDIARY DEBTORS
Class 5 consists of the holders of all Interests directly or indirectly
arising from or under, or relating in any way to, the Interests in the
Subsidiary Debtors. Under the Plan, on the Effective Date, each Interest in
Class 5 will be Reinstated, leaving unaltered the legal, equitable and
contractual rights to which such Interest entitles the holder of such Interest.
50
<PAGE>
7. CLASS 6 -- HMI COMMON STOCK AND HMI COMMON STOCK SECURITIES
TRADING CLAIMS
Class 6 consists of all Interests directly or indirectly arising from
or under, or relating in any way to, HMI Common Stock and all HMI Common Stock
Securities Trading Claims. HMI has two outstanding classes of Common Stock,
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and Class B Common Stock, par
value $0.001 per share. As of the Commencement Date, there were 13,876,829
shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,677,590 shares of Class B Common Stock
outstanding. In addition, as of the Commencement Date, shares of Class A Common
Stock were issuable to certain officers and employees of the Company under
certain of its Stock Plans. All shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock and
all issuable shares of Class A Common Stock are included in Class 6 under the
Plan. The Debtors do not believe there are any HMI Common Stock Securities
Trading Claims.
NOTICE IS GIVEN TO ALL PERSONS WHO MIGHT SEEK TO ASSERT OR BELIEVE THEY
POSSESS AN HMI COMMON STOCK SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM THAT ALL HMI COMMON STOCK
SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS WILL BE DEEMED TO BE DISCHARGED, SATISFIED AND BARRED
BY THE ORDER TO BE ENTERED ON OR ABOUT DECEMBER 1, 1999 CONFIRMING THE PLAN.
ACCORDINGLY, ANY PERSON WHO DESIRES TO ASSERT AN HMI COMMON STOCK SECURITIES
TRADING CLAIM MUST DO SO BY NOVEMBER 29, 1999 OR SUCH CLAIM WILL BE FOREVER
WAIVED AND, UNDER THE PLAN AND THE CONFIRMATION ORDER, DISCHARGED, SATISFIED AND
BARRED. IN ORDER TO ASSERT AN HMI COMMON STOCK SECURITIES TRADING CLAIM, SUCH
CLAIM MUST BE FILED WITH THE COURT (WITH A COPY TO CHAMBERS) AND SERVED SO THAT
IT IS RECEIVED NO LATER THAN 4:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON NOVEMBER 29,
1999, BY THE COURT, CHAMBERS AND THE FOLLOWING PARTIES: (I) HVIDE MARINE
INCORPORATED, 2200 ELLER DRIVE, P.O. BOX 13038, FT. LAUDERDALE, FLORIDA, 33316,
ATTN: ROBERT B. LAMM, ESQ., AND (II) KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP, 1114
AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036, ATTN: ROBERT J. FEINSTEIN,
ESQ., CO-COUNSEL TO THE DEBTORS. ALL HMI COMMON STOCK SECURITIES TRADING CLAIMS
SHALL STATE WITH PARTICULARITY THE BASIS AND NATURE OF THE CLAIM IN CONFORMITY
WITH RULE 7009 OF THE FEDERAL RULES OF BANKRUPTCY PROCEDURE, AND STATE THE
NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THE CLAIM.
Holders of record of HMI Common Stock on the date the order approving
the Disclosure Statement is entered, and holders of Allowed HMI Common Stock
Securities Trading Claims, if any, are entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.
Subject to the potential adjustments set forth in Section 12.5.3. of
the Plan,8 the Plan provides that, on the Effective Date, each holder of a share
of HMI Common Stock (irrespective of whether such share is of Class A or Class B
Common Stock) and each holder of an Allowed HMI Common Stock Securities Trading
Claim will receive its Pro Rata share of 125,000 Class A Warrants. Fractional
Class A Warrants will be treated in accordance with Section 6.2.6. of the Plan.
The Debtors believe that the distributions to the holders of the
Allowed Class 6 HMI Common Stock
51
<PAGE>
Interests and HMI Common Stock Securities Trading Claims do not violate any
provision of the Bankruptcy Code. If the Bankruptcy Court, however, finds that
the distributions to the holders of the Allowed Class 6 HMI Common Stock
Interests and HMI Common Stock Securities Trading Claims violate the absolute
priority rule or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve
their right to modify the Plan to provide for no distributions to the holders of
Allowed Class 6 HMI Common Stock Interests and HMI Common Stock Securities
Trading Claims as and if necessary to comply with the findings of the Bankruptcy
Court.
8. CLASS 7 -- HMI OPTIONS
Class 7 consists of all Interests directly or indirectly arising from
or under, or relating in any way to HMI Options to purchase HMI Common Stock and
all other rights and awards issued pursuant to the Stock Plans, other than any
shares of Common Stock issuable but not earned or vested thereunder prior to the
Commencement Date (which shares are included in Class 7). As of the Commencement
Date, there were outstanding HMI Options to purchase 1,231,773 shares of HMI
Common Stock (I.E., 1,231,773 HMI Options), with exercise prices ranging from $6
to $28 per share.
Under the Plan, no distribution will be made to holders of HMI Option
Interests in Class 7 on account of such Interests, and such HMI Options will be
cancelled on the Effective Date.
B. SUMMARY OF OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN
The following paragraphs summarize certain other significant provisions
of the Plan. The Plan should be referred to for the complete text of these and
other provisions of the Plan.
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF NEW SECURITIES
a. NEW HMI COMMON STOCK
Pursuant to the Plan, Reorganized HMI will have authority to issue
20,000,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Under the New Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of Reorganized
HMI, copies of which are annexed to the Plan as Exhibits C and D, respectively,
holders of the New HMI Common Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends
as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors of Reorganized
HMI out of assets available therefor, after payment of dividends required to be
paid on outstanding preferred stock, if any. See Section X, "Certain Risk
Factors To Be Considered." In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of Reorganized HMI, the holders of New HMI Common Stock will be
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities,
subject to the prior distribution rights of the holders of preferred stock then
outstanding, if any. The New HMI Common Stock will have no preemptive or
conversion rights and will not be subject to further calls or assessments by
Reorganized HMI. The New HMI Common Stock will, upon issuance, pursuant to the
Plan, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
52
<PAGE>
Holders of New HMI Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per share
on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. For a more detailed
description of the process by which Reorganized HMI will elect its Board of
Directors, see Section VII.A.1, "Management of the Reorganized Debtor, Board of
Directors and Management, Composition of the Board of Directors." Certain
significant matters will require the approval of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock to the extent required by
Delaware law. See Section V.B.9, "The Plan of Reorganization, Summary of Other
Provisions of the Plan, Reorganized HMI Certificate of Incorporation and
By-laws."
b. THE CLASS A WARRANTS
Pursuant to the Plan, Reorganized HMI will have authority to issue
250,000 Class A Warrants. The following is a summary of certain terms and
provisions of the Warrant Agreement, a copy of which is annexed to the Plan as
Exhibit B.
The Class A Warrants will be issued pursuant to (i) the Warrant
Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement") between Reorganized HMI and the warrant
agent thereunder (the "Warrant Agent"). The warrant agent under the Warrant
Agreement has not been selected as of the date hereof. The following summary of
certain provisions of the Warrant Agreement does not purport to be complete and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Warrant Agreement, which is
annexed to the Plan of Reorganization as Exhibit B thereto.
GENERAL
Each Class A Warrant, when exercised, will entitle the holder thereof
to purchase one share of New HMI Common Stock at an exercise price of $38.49 per
share (the "Class A Exercise Price"). The exercise price and the number of
shares of New HMI Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Class A
Warrants (the "Warrant Shares") are both subject to adjustment in certain cases
referred to below. The Class A Warrants are exercisable at any time on or after
the Effective Date. Unless exercised, the Class A Warrants will automatically
expire at 5:00 p.m. on the date that is four years following the Effective Date
(the "Expiration Date"). The Class A Warrants will entitle the holders thereof
to purchase in the aggregate approximately 2.5% of the New HMI Common Stock
outstanding on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to consummation of the
Plan but without giving effect to the issuance of stock or stock options
pursuant to the New Long-Term Incentive Plan or the issuance of warrants, if
any, in connection with the Exit Financing Facility. The initial aggregate
exercise price of the Class A Warrants will be approximately $9.6 million.
The Class A Warrants may be exercised by surrendering to Reorganized
HMI the certificates evidencing such Class A Warrants, if any, with the
accompanying form of election to purchase, properly completed and executed,
together with payment of the Class A Exercise Price. Payment of the Class A
Exercise Price may be made in the form of cash or a certified or official bank
check, payable to the order of Reorganized HMI. Upon surrender of the Warrant
certificate and payment of the Class A Exercise Price, the Warrant Agent will
deliver or cause to be delivered, to or upon the written order of such holder,
stock
53
<PAGE>
certificates representing the number of whole Warrant Shares or other securities
or property to which such holder is entitled under the Class A Warrants and the
Warrant Agreement, including without limitation any cash payment to adjust for
fractional interests in Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise. If less than
all of the Class A Warrants evidenced by a Class A Warrant certificate are
exercised, a new Class A Warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining
number of Class A Warrants.
Reorganized HMI shall not issue fractional Warrant Shares on the
exercise of Class A Warrants. If more than one Class A Warrant shall be
presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same holder, the number
of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon such exercise will be
computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares acquirable on
exercise of the Class A Warrants so presented. If any fraction of a Warrant
Share would be issuable on the exercise of any Class A Warrant (or specified
portion thereof), Reorganized HMI shall direct the transfer agent to pay an
amount in cash calculated by it to equal the then current market price (as
defined in the Warrant Agreement) per Warrant Share multiplied by such fraction
computed to the nearest whole cent.
Certificates for Class A Warrants will be issued in registered form
only, and no service charge will be made for registration for transfer or
exchange upon surrender of any Warrant certificate at the office of the Warrant
Agent maintained for that purpose. Reorganized HMI may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any registration for transfer or exchange of Class A Warrant
certificates.
The holders of the Class A Warrants have no right to vote on matters
submitted to the stockholders of Reorganized HMI and have no right to receive
cash dividends. The holders of the Class A Warrants are not entitled to share in
the assets of Reorganized HMI in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of Reorganized HMI's affairs.
ADJUSTMENTS
The number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Class
A Warrants and the Exercise Price both will be subject to adjustment in certain
events, including in the event that Reorganized HMI (A) pays a dividend or make
a distribution on its New HMI Common Stock in shares of its capital stock
(whether shares of New HMI Common Stock or of capital stock of any other class),
(B) subdivides the outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock, (C) combines the
outstanding shares of New HMI Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or
(D) issues by reclassification of the shares of New HMI Common Stock any shares
of capital stock of Reorganized HMI. The Class A Exercise Price in effect and
the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of each Class A Warrant
immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the holder of any
Class A Warrant thereafter exercised shall be entitled to receive the number of
shares of capital stock of Reorganized HMI which such holder would have owned
immediately following such action had such Class A Warrant been exercised
immediately prior thereto.
In case of certain consolidations or mergers of Reorganized HMI, or the
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Reorganized HMI, each Warrant
shall thereafter be exercisable for the right to receive the kind and amount of
shares of stock or other securities or property to which such holder would have
been
54
<PAGE>
entitled as a result of such consolidation, merger or sale had the Class A
Warrants been exercised immediately prior thereto.
RESERVATION OF SHARES
The Company has authorized and reserved for issuance such number of
shares of New HMI Common Stock as will be issuable upon the exercise of all
outstanding Class A Warrants. Such shares of New HMI Common Stock, when paid for
and issued, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free
of preemptive rights and free from all taxes, liens, charges and security
interests with respect to the issue thereof.
AMENDMENT
From time to time, the Company and the Warrant Agent, without consent
of the holders of the Class A Warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant
Agreement for certain purposes, including curing defects or inconsistencies or
making changes that do not materially adversely affect the rights of any holder.
Any amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement that has a material adverse
effect on the interests of the holders of the Class A Warrants requires the
written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Class A
Warrants. The consent of each holder of the Class A Warrants affected is
required for any amendment pursuant to which the Exercise Price would be
increased or the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of Class A
Warrants would be decreased (other than pursuant to adjustments provided for in
the Class A Warrant Agreement as generally described above).
2. THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
On or prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, the Debtors and the
investment advisor or manager (the "Advisor") for certain holders or beneficial
owners of the New HMI Common Stock will enter into a registration rights
agreement that provides the following, among other things: (i) Reorganized HMI
will, if eligible, file a shelf registration statement (the "SRS") with the SEC
for the purpose of allowing the unrestricted re-sale of the New HMI Common
Stock; (ii) Reorganized HMI will file the SRS within 15 days after the Effective
Date of the Plan and obtain the effectiveness of the SRS within 90 days after
the Effective Date of the Plan; (iii) to the extent that the SRS is ineffective,
the Advisor shall have the right to demand registration at such time(s); (iv)
the Advisor will have unlimited piggyback rights to participate in capital
market transactions initiated by or on behalf of Reorganized HMI; and (v)
Reorganized HMI will use its reasonable best efforts to list the New HMI Common
Stock on a national exchange or for quotation on NASDAQ and will in any event
obtain and maintain trading symbols for the New HMI Common Stock.
55
<PAGE>
3. REPAYMENT OF THE DIP CREDIT FACILITY/EXIT FINANCING
In order to consummate the Plan, Reorganized HMI and its debtor and
non-debtor subsidiaries will enter into one or more credit facilities
(collectively, the "Exit Financing Facility") to repay the $240 million term
loan and outstanding revolving credit balance under the DIP Credit Facility and
to fund working capital requirements in the amount of not less than $25 million
and in any case in an amount which, as reasonably determined by the Debtors,
will provide the Reorganized Debtors with adequate working capital. In addition,
the Exit Financing Facility may be used for trade letters of credit and standby
letters of credit. The Company is currently negotiating an Exit Financing
Facility which is anticipated to be secured by substantially all of the
Company's unencumbered assets, and to contain customary affirmative and negative
covenants, financial covenants and events of default. It is expected that the
Exit Financing Facility will consist of one or more tranches of term loans (the
number and amount of which will be finalized prior to the closing of the Exit
Financing Facility) totaling $200 million and a revolving credit loan of up to
$25 million ratably secured by a senior lien on substantially all of the
Company's unencumbered assets, and senior secured second lien notes in the
amount of $75 million secured by a second priority security interest in such
assets. The Company expects that the terms and conditions of the Exit Financing
Facility should be no less favorable to the Company than the following:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TERM LOAN FACILITY A:
Principal: $75,000,000
Maturity: 5 Years
Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 2.25% or Eurodollar Rate plus 3.25%
Amortization: YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4 YEAR 5
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
$5,000,000 $7,500,000 $12,500,000 $22,500,000 $27,500,000
TERM LOAN FACILITY B:
Principal: $30,000,000
Maturity: 6 Years
Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 2.75% or Eurodollar Rate plus 3.75%
Amortization: YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4 YEAR 5 YEAR 6
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
$300,000 $300,000 $300,000 $300,000 $300,000 $28,500,000
TERM LOAN FACILITY C:
Principal: $95,000,000
Maturity: 7 Years
Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 3.25% or Eurodollar Rate plus 4.25%
Amortization: YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4 YEAR 5 YEAR 6 YEAR 7
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
$950,000 $950,000 $950,000 $950,000 $950,000 $950,000 $89,300,000
</TABLE>
56
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
REVOLVING LOAN FACILITY:
Principal: $25,000,000
Maturity: 5 Years
Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 2.25% or Eurodollar Rate plus 3.25%
SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES:
Principal: $75,000,000
Maturity: 7.5 Years
</TABLE>
The covenants relating to the Senior Secured Second Lien Notes are
expected to be generally similar to the covenants in a high-yield financing.
There is also a probability that holders of such Notes will be granted warrants
to purchase New HMI Stock on terms to be negotiated.
The foregoing is based upon discussions to date. Final rates, fees and
other terms will be determined through negotiations with the proposed lenders
and are expected to be customary.
4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE PLAN
The Plan will not become effective unless and until: (a) the Bankruptcy
Court shall have entered a Confirmation Order in form and substance satisfactory
to the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee providing, among other things: (i)
that all securities to be issued to holders of Claims and Interests pursuant to
the Plan, I.E., the New HMI Stock (including New HMI Stock issued upon the
exercise of the Class A Warrants) and the Class A Warrants, are exempt from
registration pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code; (ii) for the
approval of (A) the Class A Warrant Agreement, (B) the Registration Rights
Agreement, (C) the New By-laws of Reorganized HMI, (D) the New Certificate of
Incorporation of Reorganized HMI, (E) the Exit Financing Facility and (F) the
New Long-Term Incentive Plan, all of which shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Creditors' Committee, and such Order shall have become a
Final Order unless such requirement is waived by the mutual consent of the
Debtors and the Creditors' Committee; (b) the Reorganized Debtors shall have
closed on the Exit Financing Facility such that the Reorganized Debtors shall
have credit availability thereunder to repay the DIP Credit Facility in full and
to provide working capital sufficient to meet their requirements as determined
by the Reorganized Debtors and the Creditors' Committee; and (c) consummation of
the Plan, including distribution of the securities in accordance with the terms
of the Plan, shall not preclude the Reorganized Debtors from operating their
respective businesses in compliance with the Jones Act. In the event that any of
the conditions precedent specified in the Plan has not been satisfied or waived
on or before 60 days after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors may, upon
notification submitted by them to the Creditors' Committee and the Bankruptcy
Court, terminate the Plan, in which event (i) the Confirmation Order will be
vacated, (ii) no distributions will be made under the Plan, (iii) the Debtors
and all holders of Claims and Interests will be returned to the STATUS QUO ANTE
and (iv) all of the Debtors' obligations with respect to the Claims and
Interests will remain unchanged.
57
<PAGE>
5. TIME AND METHOD OF DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN
All distributions under the Plan will be made by the Reorganized
Debtors on the Effective Date or soon as practicable thereafter.
All distributions of New HMI Common Stock to be made to holders of
Senior Notes under the Plan will be made by Reorganized HMI to the indenture
trustee for such Senior Notes. All distributions of New HMI Common Stock and
Class A Warrants made to holders of Trust Preferred Securities under the Plan
will be made by Reorganized HMI to the Property Trustee of Hvide Capital Trust
(as defined under the Amended and Restated Declaration among Hvide Marine
Incorporated, as Depositor, The Bank of New York, as Property Trustee, The Bank
of New York (Delaware) as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named
therein, dated as of June 27, 1997 re: Hvide Capital Trust). All distributions
of Class A Warrants to holders of HMI Common Stock under the Plan will be made
by Reorganized HMI to the transfer agent for the HMI Common Stock. The Plan
further provides that each holder of a promissory note or other instrument
evidencing an obligation under the DIP Credit Facility shall surrender such
promissory note or instrument to Reorganized HMI; that holders of Class 3B
Senior Note Claims shall deliver to the Senior Note Indenture Trustee standard
and customary evidence of their Senior Notes; that holders of Class 3C Trust
Preferred Claims shall deliver to the Property Trustee standard and customary
evidence of their Trust Preferred Securities; and finally, that each holder of
an HMI Common Stock Interest in Class 6 shall surrender its share certificates
to the Transfer Agent for HMI Common Stock. The Plan also provides that no
distribution of property will be made to or on behalf of any such holders unless
and until they have complied with the foregoing requirements, and that
Reorganized HMI may require any entity delivering an affidavit of loss and
indemnity to furnish a surety bond in form and substance (including, without
limitation, with respect to amount) reasonably satisfactory to Reorganized HMI
from a surety company satisfactory to Reorganized HMI. Any holder that fails
within five (5) years after the date of entry of the Confirmation Order (i) to
surrender or cause to be surrendered such promissory note, share certificate or
instrument, (ii) to execute and deliver an affidavit of loss and indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to Reorganized HMI, or (iii) if requested, to furnish a
bond reasonably satisfactory to the Reorganized HMI upon request, shall be
deemed to have forfeited all rights, Claims, and interests and shall not
participate in any distribution hereunder.
In order to assure compliance with the Jones Act, the Certificate of
Incorporation of Reorganized HMI will contain provisions limiting the aggregate
ownership of "Non-Citizens" of each class of Reorganized HMI's capital stock to
24.99% of the outstanding shares of each such class (see V.B.9, "Reorganized HMI
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws," and IX.N., "Restrictions on Foreign
Ownership of Stock"). Consequently, in order to receive certificates for New HMI
Common Stock following the Effective Date, holders of Senior Notes and Trust
Preferred Securities will be required to provide information concerning
citizenship.
Any payment of Cash made by Reorganized HMI pursuant to the Plan will
be made by check drawn on a domestic bank, and shall be deemed made when the
check is transmitted. Any payment or distribution required to be made under the
Plan on a day other than a Business Day shall be due on the next succeeding
Business Day.
58
<PAGE>
6. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
The Bankruptcy Code gives the Debtors the power, subject to the
approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to assume or reject executory contracts and
unexpired leases. If an executory contract or other unexpired lease is rejected,
the other party to the agreement may file a claim for damages incurred by reason
of the rejection. In the case of rejection of leases of real property, such
damage claims are subject to certain limitations imposed by the Bankruptcy Code.
Pursuant to the Plan, all unexpired real property leases which exist between any
of the Debtors and any person are deemed assumed as of the Effective Date,
except for any unexpired lease (i) which has been rejected pursuant to a
Bankruptcy Court order entered on or prior to the Confirmation Date, or (ii) for
which a motion for approval to reject such lease has been filed and served on or
prior to the Confirmation Date.
The Plan provides that all executory contracts and leases existing
between any of the Debtors and any party (other than certain employee-related
matters) are to be assumed as of the Effective Date unless the executory
contract or lease (i) has been rejected pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order
entered on or prior to the Confirmation Date, (ii) is set forth on Schedule
7.1(a) to the Plan, or (iii) is the subject of a motion for the rejection of
such contract filed and served on or prior to the Confirmation Date. The
executory contracts set forth in Schedule 7.1(a) of the Plan, if any, will be
rejected as of the Effective Date. The Debtors will pay all amounts that have
come due and owing on or before the Effective Date with respect to obligations
under assumed executory contracts and leases immediately upon resolution of
amounts thereby owing, and execution of appropriate documents evidencing
withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further order of the Bankruptcy Court.
The Plan also provides that all employment and severance practices and
policies, and all employee compensation and benefit plans, policies and programs
of the Debtors for their employees, officers or directors, including, without
limitation, all savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, severance
benefit plans, incentive plans, worker's compensation programs and life,
disability and other insurance plans will be deemed to be, and will be treated
as, executory contracts assumed under the Plan (subject to any and all
modification and termination rights of the Debtor contained therein), unless any
such contract (i) has been rejected pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order entered
on or prior to the Confirmation Date, or (ii) is the subject of a motion for the
rejection of such contract filed and served on or prior to the Confirmation
Date.
Except as stated in Section VII, "Management of the Reorganized
Debtor," the Debtors' obligations under such agreements, plans, policies and
programs will be assumed pursuant to Section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code,
survive confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby and will not be
discharged in accordance with Section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors
will pay all amounts that have come due and owing on or before the Effective
Date with respect to assumed pension and related obligations immediately upon
resolution of amounts thereby owing, and execution of appropriate documents
evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further order of the
Bankruptcy Court.
59
<PAGE>
7. RETIREE BENEFITS
The Plan provides that, pursuant to Section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code, the Debtors will provide, for the duration of the period for which they
have obligated themselves to provide such benefits, payments due to any person
for the purpose of providing or reimbursing payments for retired employees and
their spouses and dependents for medical, surgical or hospital care or under any
plan, fund, or program (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise)
maintained or established in whole or in part by the Debtors prior to the
Commencement Date, and that such benefits will be continued for the duration of
the period the Debtors have obligated themselves to provide such benefits,
subject to any and all modification and termination rights of the Debtors
contained therein. The Debtors will pay all amounts that have come due and owing
on or before the Effective Date with respect to assumed retiree benefits
immediately upon resolution of amounts thereby owing, and execution of
appropriate documents evidencing withdrawal of claims therefor, or upon further
order of the Bankruptcy Court.
8. PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF DISPUTED CLAIMS
Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors will have
the exclusive right, except with respect to Claims of officers, directors and
employees and applications for the allowance of compensation and reimbursement
of expenses of professionals under Sections 330 and 503 of the Bankruptcy Code,
to object to the allowance of Claims filed with the Bankruptcy Court with
respect to which the liability is disputed in whole or in part. All objections
will be litigated to Final Order; however, the Debtors may compromise and settle
any objections to Claims, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court. All
objections to Claims will be served and filed no later than 90 days after the
Effective Date, or within such other time period as may be fixed by the
Bankruptcy Court, except as to Claims arising from the rejection of unexpired
leases and other executory contracts and other Claims filed after the
Confirmation Date.
At such time as a disputed claim is resolved by Final Order and is
Allowed, the holder thereof will receive, as soon as practicable thereafter, the
distributions to which such holder is then entitled under the Plan; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the undisputed portion of any disputed claim will be paid on the
Effective Date with interest thereon at to the same extent as an Allowed Claim
in the same Class as such Claim. As to the disputed portion of any disputed
claim, any distribution in respect thereof will be made in accordance with the
Plan to the holder of such Claim based upon the amount of such disputed portion
that becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense or Allowed Claim, as the case may
be, with interest thereon at to the same extent as an Allowed Claim in the same
Class as such Claim.
9. REORGANIZED HMI CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
On the Effective Date, HMI will be reincorporated as Reorganized HMI
under the laws of the State of Delaware. A new Certificate of Incorporation and
new By-laws of Reorganized HMI will be adopted substantially in the forms
attached as Exhibits C and D to the Plan (the "New Certificate" and "New
By-laws," respectively).
60
<PAGE>
The New Certificate will, among other things, authorize Reorganized HMI
to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, and up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value (the
"Preferred Stock"). The New Certificate will prohibit the issuance of nonvoting
equity securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any series of Preferred Stock having
the right, voting separately as a class, to elect any directors of HMI if and
when dividends payable on shares of Preferred Stock will have been in arrears
and unpaid for a specified period of time will not be deemed nonvoting equity
securities. For a more detailed description of New HMI Common Stock, see Section
V.B.1, "The Plan of Reorganization, Summary of Other Provisions of the Plan,
Reorganized Hvide Common Stock."
The New Certificate will provide that there will be a classified Board
of Directors, initially consisting of seven directors comprising three classes.
The New Certificate will also provide that the Board of Directors of Reorganized
HMI will be empowered, without the necessity of further action or authorization
of the stockholders (unless required in a specific case by applicable law, rules
or regulations), to cause Reorganized HMI to issue the Preferred Stock from time
to time in one or more series, and to fix by resolution the designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of
each such series, if any, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
each such series, if any. Each series of Preferred Stock may rank senior to or
PARI PASSU with New HMI Common Stock with respect to dividends and liquidation
rights. The Board of Directors of HMI believes it will be in the best interests
of Reorganized HMI to authorize the Preferred Stock in order to provide
Reorganized HMI with flexibility to respond to future developments and
opportunities without the delay and expense of a special stockholders' meeting.
The Preferred Stock provides such flexibility by providing an additional means
of raising equity capital and undertaking acquisitions, and for other general
corporate purposes.
The Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI will be authorized to
determine, among other things, with respect to each series of Preferred Stock
that may be issued: (i) the distinctive designation of such series, (ii) subject
to the requirements of Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code described
above, whether or not such shares have voting rights and the extent of such
voting rights, (iii) whether or not holders will have the right to elect
directors and, if so, the term of office, requirements for the filling of
vacancies and other terms of the directorship of such directors, (iv) dividend
rights, if any, including dividend rates, preferences with respect to other
series or classes of stock, times of payment and the date from which dividends
will be cumulative, (v) the redemption price, the terms of redemption and the
amount of and provisions regarding any sinking fund for the purchase or
redemption thereof, (vi) the liquidation preferences and the amounts payable on
dissolution or liquidation, and (vii) the terms and conditions, if any, under
which the shares of a series of Preferred Stock may be converted into any other
series or class of stock or debt of Reorganized HMI.
At the Effective Date, there will be no shares of Preferred Stock
outstanding, and there are no current agreements or understandings for the
designation of any series of Preferred Stock or the issuance of shares
thereunder. For a description of certain considerations relating to the
Preferred Stock, see Section IX.R., "Certain Risk Factors To Be Considered,
Preferred Stock."
Generally, matters to be acted upon by the stockholders of Reorganized
HMI, including without limitation amending certain provisions of the New By-laws
or New Certificate, will require the affirmative
61
<PAGE>
vote of a majority of the voting power of the corporation. The election of
directors will require a plurality of votes.
The first annual meeting of the stockholders of Reorganized HMI will be
held on a date in 2000 selected by the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI.
The New By-laws will provide, among other things, that (i) subsequent meetings
of the stockholders of Reorganized HMI shall be held on such date as shall be
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and (ii) special meetings
of the stockholders may be convened by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, by a committee of the
Board of Directors which has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and
whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the Board of
Directors or in the New By-Laws of the Corporation, include the power to call
such meetings. If and to the extent that any special meeting of stockholders may
be called by any other person or persons specified in any provisions of the New
Certificate or any amendment thereto, or any certificate filed under Section
151(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law designating the number of shares
of Preferred Stock to be issued and the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions granted to and imposed on the holders of such designated Preferred
Stock, as permitted by Section 5 of the New Certificate, then such special
meeting may also be called by such other person or persons in the manner, at the
times and for the purposes so specified.
The New Certificate contains a provision eliminating, to the fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the "GCL"),
directors' personal liability to Reorganized HMI and to its stockholders for
monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty. By virtue of this provision,
under the GCL a director will not be personally liable for monetary damages for
a breach of his or her fiduciary duty, except for liability arising out of (a) a
breach of duty of loyalty to Reorganized HMI or to its stockholders, (b) acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (c) dividends or stock repurchases or redemptions that are
unlawful under Delaware law and (d) any transaction from which such director
receives an improper personal benefit. This provision pertains only to breaches
of duty by directors as directors and not in any other corporate capacity, such
as officers.
The New Certificate further provides that Reorganized HMI shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by the GCL, indemnify each director, officer, employee
or agent against, and hold each director, officer, employee or agent harmless
from, all expenses, liabilities, and losses (including attorneys' fees)
reasonably incurred in connection with a proceeding brought against such
director or officer by reason of the fact that he or she was a director,
officer, employee or agent of Reorganized HMI or was serving at the request of
Reorganized HMI as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity. The
New Certificate requires Reorganized HMI to advance all reasonable costs
incurred in defending any such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law.
The New Certificate (i) contains provisions limiting the aggregate
percentage ownership by Non-Citizens (as defined below) of each class of
Reorganized HMI's capital stock (including New HMI Common Stock) to 24.99% of
the outstanding shares of each such class (the "Permitted Percentage") to ensure
that such foreign ownership will not exceed the maximum percentage permitted by
applicable federal law (presently 25.0%), (ii) requires the institution of a
dual stock certificate system to help determine such
62
<PAGE>
ownership, and (iii) permits the Board of Directors to make such determinations
as may reasonably be necessary to ascertain such ownership and implement such
limitations. These provisions are intended to protect Reorganized HMI's ability
to operate its vessels in the U.S. domestic trade governed by the Jones Act.
To provide a method to enable Reorganized HMI reasonably to determine
stock ownership by Non-Citizens, the New Certificate requires Reorganized HMI to
institute (and to implement through the transfer agent for the New HMI Common
Stock) a dual stock certificate system, pursuant to which certificates
representing shares of New HMI Common Stock will bear legends that designate
such certificates as either "citizen" or "non-citizen," depending on the
citizenship of the owner. Accordingly, stock certificates are denominated as
"citizen" (blue) in respect of New HMI Common Stock owned by Citizens and as
"non-citizen" (red) in respect of New HMI Common Stock owned by Non-Citizens.
Reorganized HMI may also issue non-certificated shares through depositories if
Reorganized HMI determines such depositories have established procedures that
allow Reorganized HMI to monitor the ownership of New HMI Common Stock by
Non-Citizens.
For purposes of the dual stock certificate system, a "Non-Citizen" is
defined as any person other than a Citizen, and a "Citizen" is defined as: (i)
any individual who is a citizen of the U.S. by birth, naturalization, or as
otherwise authorized by law; (ii) any corporation (a) organized under the laws
of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession thereof, (b) of
which title to not less than 75% of its stock is beneficially owned by and
vested in Citizens, free from any trust or fiduciary obligations in favor of
Non-Citizens, (c) of which not less than 75% of the voting power is vested in
Citizens, free from any contract or understanding through which such voting
power may be exercised directly or indirectly in behalf of Non-Citizens, (d) of
which there are no other means by which control is conferred upon or permitted
to be exercised by Non-Citizens, (e) whose president or chief executive officer,
chairman of the board of directors and all officers authorized to act in their
absence or disability, are Citizens, and (f) of which more than 50% of the
number of its directors necessary to constitute a quorum are Citizens; (iii) any
partnership (a) organized under the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory,
district, or possession thereof, (b) all general partners of which are Citizens,
and (c) of which not less than a 75% interest is beneficially owned and
controlled by, and vested in, Citizens, free and clear of any trust or fiduciary
obligation in favor of Non-Citizens; (iv) any association (a) organized under
the laws of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession thereof,
(b) of which 100% of the members are Citizens, (c) whose president, chief
executive officer, or equivalent position, chairman of the board of directors,
or equivalent committee or body, and all persons authorized to act in their
absence or disability, are Citizens, (d) of which not less than 75% of the
voting power is beneficially owned by Citizens, free and clear of any trust or
fiduciary obligation in favor of Non-Citizens, and (e) of which more than 50% of
that number of its directors or equivalent persons necessary to constitute a
quorum are Citizens; (v) any limited liability company (a) organized under the
law of the U.S., or a state, territory, district or possession thereof, (b) of
which not less than 75% of the membership interests are beneficially owned by
and vested in Citizens, free from any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of
Non-Citizens, and the remaining membership interests are beneficially owned by
and vested in persons meeting the requirements of 46 U.S.C. Section 12102(a),
(c) of which not less than 75% of the voting power is vested in Citizens, free
from any contract or understanding through which such voting
63
<PAGE>
power may be exercised directly or indirectly in behalf of Non-Citizens (d) of
which there are no other means by which control is conferred upon or permitted
to be exercised by Non-Citizens, (e) whose president or other chief executive
officer or equivalent position, chairman of the board of directors or equivalent
committee or body, managing members (or equivalent), if any, and all persons
authorized to act in their absence or disability are Citizens, free and clear of
any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of any Non-Citizens, and (f) of which
more than 50% of the number of its directors or equivalent persons necessary to
constitute a quorum are Citizens; (vi) any joint venture, if not an association,
corporation, partnership, or limited liability company, (a) organized under the
laws of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession thereof, and
(b) of which 100% of the equity is beneficially owned and vested in Citizens,
free and clear of any trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of any
Non-Citizens; and (vii) any trust (a) domiciled in and existing under the laws
of the U.S., or a state, territory, district, or possession thereof, (b) the
trustee of which is a Citizen, and (c) of which not less than a 75% interest is
held for the benefit of Citizens, free and clear of any trust or fiduciary
obligation in favor or any Non-Citizens. The foregoing definition is applicable
at all tiers of ownership and in both form and substance at each tier of
ownership.
Shares of New HMI Common Stock are transferable to Citizens at any time
and are transferable to Non-Citizens if, at the time of such transfer, the
transfer would not increase the aggregate ownership by Non-Citizens of HMI
Common Stock above the Permitted Percentage in relation to the total outstanding
shares of New HMI Common Stock. Non-Citizen certificates may be converted to
Citizen certificates upon a showing, satisfactory to Reorganized HMI, that the
holder is a Citizen. Any purported transfer to Non-Citizens of shares or of an
interest in shares of Reorganized HMI represented by a Citizen certificate in
excess of the Permitted Percentage will be ineffective as against Reorganized
HMI for all purposes (including for purposes of voting, dividends, and any other
distribution, upon liquidation or otherwise). In addition, the shares may not be
transferred on the books of Reorganized HMI, and Reorganized HMI, whether or not
such stock certificate is validly issued, may refuse to recognize the holder
thereof as a stockholder of the Company, except to the extent necessary to
effect any remedy available to Reorganized HMI. Subject to the foregoing
limitations, upon surrender of any stock certificate for transfer, the
transferee will receive citizen (blue) certificates or non-citizen (red)
certificates, as applicable.
The New Certificate establishes procedures with respect to the transfer
of shares to enforce the limitations referred to above and authorizes the Board
of Directors to implement such procedures. The Board of Directors may take other
ministerial actions or interpret Reorganized HMI's foreign ownership policy as
it deems necessary in order to implement the policy. Pursuant to the procedures
established in the New Certificate, as a condition precedent to each issuance
and/or transfer of stock certificates representing shares of New HMI Common
Stock, a citizenship certificate will be required from all transferees (and from
any recipient upon original issuance) of New HMI Common Stock, and, with respect
to the beneficial owner of the New HMI Common Stock being transferred, if the
transferee (or the original recipient) is acting as a fiduciary or nominee for
such beneficial owner. The registration (or original issuance) will be denied
upon refusal to furnish such citizenship certificate, which must provide
information about the purported transferee's or beneficial owner's citizenship.
Furthermore, as part of the dual stock certificate system, depositories holding
shares of New HMI Common Stock will be required to maintain separate accounts
for "Citizen" and "Non-Citizen" shares. When the beneficial ownership of such
shares is transferred, the
64
<PAGE>
depositories' participants will be required to advise such depositories as to
the account in which the transferred shares should be held. In addition, to the
extent necessary to enable Reorganized HMI to determine the number of shares
owned by Non-Citizens, Reorganized HMI may from time to time require record
holders and beneficial owners of shares of New HMI Common Stock to confirm their
citizenship status and may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors,
temporarily withhold dividends payable to, and deny voting rights to, any such
record holder or beneficial owner until confirmation of citizenship is received.
Should Reorganized HMI (or its transfer agent for the New HMI Common
Stock) become aware that the ownership by Non-Citizens of New HMI Common Stock
at any time exceeds the Permitted Percentage (the "Excess Shares"), the Board of
Directors is authorized to withhold dividends and other distributions
temporarily on the Excess Shares, pending the transfer of such shares to a
Citizen or the reduction in the percentage of shares owned by Non-Citizens to or
below the Permitted Percentage, and to deny voting rights with respect to the
Excess Shares. If dividends and distributions are to be withheld, they will be
set aside for the account for the Excess Shares. At such time as such shares are
transferred to a Citizen or the ownership of such shares by Non-Citizens will
not result in aggregate ownership by Non-Citizens in excess of the Permitted
Percentage, the dividends withheld shall be paid to the then record holders of
the related shares. Excess Shares shall, so long as the excess exists, not be
deemed to be outstanding for purposes of determining the vote required on any
matter brought before the stockholders for a vote. The New Certificate provides
that the Board of Directors has the power, in its reasonable discretion and
based upon the records maintained by Reorganized HMI's transfer agent, to
determine those shares of New HMI Common Stock that constitute the Excess
Shares. Such determination will be made by reference to the date or dates on
which such shares were purchased by Non-Citizens, starting with the most recent
acquisitions of shares by a Non-Citizen and including, in reverse chronological
order, all other acquisitions of shares by Non-Citizens from and after the
acquisition that first caused the Permitted Percentage to be exceeded; provided
that Excess Shares resulting from a determination that a record holder or
beneficial owner is no longer a Citizen will be deemed to have been acquired as
of the date of such determination.
To satisfy the Permitted Percentage described above, the New
Certificate authorizes the Board of Directors, in its discretion, to redeem
(upon written notice) Excess Shares in order to reduce the aggregate ownership
by Non-Citizens to the Permitted Percentage. As long as the shares of New HMI
Common Stock are authorized for listing on a national securities exchange or for
quotation on the NASDAQ National Market, the redemption price will be the
average of the closing sale price of the shares (as reported in composite
trading on all exchanges or by the NASDAQ National Market, as the case may be)
during the 30 trading days next preceding the date of the notice of redemption.
The redemption price for Excess Shares will be payable in cash.
The brief statements and descriptions set forth above concerning the
New Certificate and New By-laws do not purport to be complete, and are qualified
in their entirety by reference to the forms of New Certificate and New By-laws
of Reorganized HMI, copies of which are attached as Exhibits C and D to the
Plan, respectively, and to the GCL.
65
<PAGE>
10. DISCHARGE OF THE DEBTORS
The rights afforded in the Plan and the treatment of the Claims and
Interests therein will be in exchange for and in complete satisfaction,
discharge and release of all Claims and Interests of any nature whatsoever,
including any interest accrued thereon from and after the Commencement Date,
against the Debtors, or their estates, properties or interests in property.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, upon the Effective Date, all such
Claims against and Interests in the Debtors will be deemed satisfied, discharged
and released in full. Pursuant to the Confirmation Order, except as otherwise
provided in the Plan, all parties will be precluded from asserting against the
Reorganized Debtors, their successors, or its assets or properties, any other or
further Claims or Interests based upon any act or omission, transaction or other
activity of any kind or nature that occurred prior to the Confirmation Date.
11. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
The Plan provides that the Debtors may, with the consent of the
Creditors' Committee, alter, amend, or modify the treatment of any Claim
provided for under the Plan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the holder of such Claim
agrees or consents to any such alteration, amendment or modification.
The Plan also provides that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
the Plan, if an objection to confirmation of the Plan is filed by holders of
Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claims and is not withdrawn or overruled by
December 1, 1999, the Debtors may seek entry of the Confirmation Order
notwithstanding such objection and, to the extent necessary, will withhold
distributions to holders of Allowed Class 3C Trust Preferred Claims and/or
Allowed Class 6 HMI Common Stock Interests and HMI Common Stock Securities
Trading Claims until resolution of such objections and the allowance or
disallowance of such Class 4 Debt Securities Trading Claims. To the extent the
Bankruptcy Court finds that the Plan cannot be confirmed because any
distributions to holders of Allowed Class 3C Trust Preferred Claims and/or
Allowed Class 6 HMI Common Stock Interests and HMI Common Stock Securities
Trading Claims would violate Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan will
be modified to provide that such distributions will be provided to the holders
of Allowed Class 3B Senior Notes Claims in accordance with the absolute priority
rule.
12. INDEMNIFICATION
The Plan provides that the obligations of the Debtors to indemnify,
reimburse or limit the liability of certain officers, directors and employees of
the Debtors will remain unaffected by the Plan and will not be discharged.
Specifically, the indemnification, reimbursement and limitation of liability
obligations of the Debtors will continue as to any present or former officer,
director or employee who was an officer, director or employee of any of the
Debtors on the Commencement Date or who became an officer, director or employee
of any of the Debtors after the Commencement Date. The continuation of such
obligations as to such persons applies to any event occurring before, on or
after the Commencement Date.
66
<PAGE>
13. REVOCATION OF THE PLAN
The Debtors may revoke or withdraw the Plan at any time prior to the
Confirmation Date, subject to the consent of the Creditors' Committee which may
not be unreasonably withheld. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan prior
to the Confirmation Date, then it will be deemed null and void.
14. PRESERVATION OF CAUSES OF ACTION
Under Sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code,
a debtor in possession has certain powers to recover money or other assets for
the debtor's estate, eliminate security interests in estate property or
eliminate debt incurred by the estate. Under the Plan, any rights of action
accruing to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession, including those arising under
Sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall remain
assets of the estates of the Reorganized Debtors. The Plan further provides that
to the extent necessary, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed representatives
of the estate under Section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
15. TERMINATION OF CREDITORS' COMMITTEE
Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.4 of the Plan, on the date
by which both (a) the Effective Date has occurred and (b) the Confirmation Order
has become a Final Order, the Creditors' Committee shall cease to exist, and its
members and employees or agents (including, without limitation, attorneys,
investment bankers, financial advisors, accountants and other professionals)
will be released and discharged from any further authority, duties,
responsibilities and obligations relating to, arising from, or in connection
with their service on the Creditors' Committee. The Creditors' Committee will
continue to exist after such date solely with respect to (i) applications filed
pursuant to Section 330 and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code seeking payment of fees
and expenses incurred by any professional, (ii) any post-confirmation
modifications to, or motions seeking the enforcement of, the Plan or the
Confirmation Order, and (iii) any matters pending as of the Effective Date in
the Chapter 11 Cases, until such matters are finally resolved.
16. EXCULPATION AND RELEASES
In accordance with the Plan, neither the Reorganized Debtors, the
Creditors' Committee, nor any of their respective members, officers, directors,
employees, advisors or agents will have or incur any liability to any holder of
a Claim or Interest for any act or omission in connection with, or arising out
of, the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the consummation of the Plan or the
administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the Plan
except for willful misconduct or gross negligence, and, in all respects, the
Reorganized Debtors, the Creditors' Committee and each of their respective
members, officers, directors, employees, advisors and agents will be entitled to
rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and
responsibilities under the Plan.
The Debtors do not believe that there are any potential claims against
its present and former officers and directors. Accordingly, the Plan
contemplates that upon the Effective Date, pursuant to Section
67
<PAGE>
1123(b)(3)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all claims held by the Debtors
against any present or former officers or directors shall be forever settled,
waived, released and discharged, and will not be retained or enforced by the
Reorganized Debtors. Further, to the extent allowable under applicable
bankruptcy law, the Plan further provides that on the Effective Date any and all
claims and causes of action, whether direct or derivative, against any present
or former officer or director of the Debtors by any holder of an Allowed Claim
or Allowed Interest under the Plan will similarly be forever settled, waived,
released and discharged, and not retained or enforced by such holder.
In accordance with the Plan, Reorganized HMI will indemnify and hold
harmless each of the members of the Creditors' Committee, and their respective
members, officers, directors, partners, employees, attorneys, agents, and
advisors and each of their respective successors and assigns from and against
any and all claims, suits, actions, liabilities, and judgments and costs related
thereto (including any defense costs associated therewith on an "as incurred"
basis) arising under or with respect to any act or omission in connection with,
or arising out of, (i) the negotiation, documentation or implementation of the
transactions contemplated in the Plan (including the consideration of
alternatives thereto (if any)), (ii) the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan,
(iii) the consummation of the Plan or (iv) the administration of the Plan or
property to be distributed under the Plan, except if such claim or liability is
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen as a direct
result of such entity's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
17. TERMINATION OF HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST
The Plan provides that on the Effective Date, pursuant to the
Confirmation Order, Hvide Capital Trust will be terminated and dissolved.
18. SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTS
On or before substantial consummation of the Plan, the Debtors will
file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and
conditions of the Plan. Copies may be obtained by contacting Bankruptcy
Services LLC at (212) 376-8494.
68
<PAGE>
VI. CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION PROCEDURE
A. SOLICITATION OF VOTES
In accordance with Sections 1126 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the
Claims and Interests in Classes 3B, 3C and 6 of the Plan are impaired and the
holders of Claims and Interests in such Classes are entitled to vote to accept
or reject the Plan. The holders of Allowed Claims and Interests in Classes 1, 2,
3A, 3D and 5 are unimpaired. Accordingly, such holders are conclusively presumed
to have accepted the Plan and the solicitation of acceptances with respect to
such Classes is not required under Section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Because no distribution will be made to the holders of Debt Securities Trading
Claims in Class 4 and HMI Option Interests in Class 9, such holders are impaired
and conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan.
As to classes of Claims entitled to vote on a plan, the Bankruptcy Code
defines acceptance of a plan by a class of creditors as acceptance by holders of
at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in number of the
claims of that class that have timely voted to accept or reject a plan. A vote
may be disregarded if the Bankruptcy Court determines, after notice and a
hearing, that such acceptance or rejection was not solicited or procured in good
faith or in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
Any creditor of an impaired Class whose Claim is an Allowed Claim is
entitled to vote.
Each holder of Class 3A Senior Notes, Class 3B Trust Preferred Claims
and Class 6 HMI Common Stock as of the date of the order approving the
Disclosure Statement is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
B. THE CONFIRMATION HEARING
The Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court, after notice, to
hold a confirmation hearing. The Confirmation Hearing in respect of the Plan has
been scheduled for December 1, 1999 at 11:30 a.m., Eastern Standard Time before
the Honorable Peter J. Walsh, United States Bankruptcy Judge at the United
States Bankruptcy Court, 824 Market Street, 6th Floor, Wilmington, Delaware
19801. The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the
Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for an announcement of the
adjourned date made at the Confirmation Hearing. Any objection to confirmation
must be made in writing and specify in detail the name and address of the
objector, all grounds for the objection and the amount of the Claim or number of
shares of stock held by the objector. Any such objection must be filed with the
Bankruptcy Court and served so that it is received by the Bankruptcy Court and
the following parties on or before November 29, 1999 at 4:00 p.m., Eastern
Standard Time:
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
2200 Eller Drive
P.O. Box 13038
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33316
Attn: Robert B. Lamm, Esq.
69
<PAGE>
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036-7798
Attn: Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR LLP
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
Rodney Square North, 11th Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, DE 19899-0391
Attn: Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & MCCLOY LLP
Co-Counsel for the Creditors' Committee
One Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY 10005-1413
Attn: Luc A. Despins, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
ASHBY & GEDDES
One Rodney Square
P.O. Box 1150
Wilmington, DE 19899
Attn: William P. Bowden, Esq.
Objections to confirmation of the Plan are governed by Bankruptcy Rule 9014.
C. CONFIRMATION
At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan
only if all of the requirements of Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are met.
Among the requirements for confirmation of a plan are that the plan is (i)
accepted by all impaired classes of claims and equity interests or, if rejected
by an impaired class, that the plan "does not discriminate unfairly" and is
"fair and equitable" as to such class, (ii) feasible, and (iii) in the "best
interests" of creditors and stockholders which are impaired under the plan.
1. ACCEPTANCE
Classes 3B, 3C and 6 of the Plan are impaired under the Plan and are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. The Debtors reserve the right to
seek nonconsensual confirmation of the Plan under Section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Class of Claims or Interests that rejects or
is deemed to reject the Plan.
70
<PAGE>
2. UNFAIR DISCRIMINATION AND FAIR AND EQUITABLE TESTS
To obtain nonconsensual confirmation of the Plan, it must be
demonstrated to the Bankruptcy Court that the Plan "does not discriminate
unfairly" and is "fair and equitable" with respect to each impaired,
nonaccepting Class. The Bankruptcy Code provides a non-exclusive definition of
the phrase "fair and equitable." The Bankruptcy Code establishes "cram down"
tests for secured creditors, unsecured creditors and equity holders, as follows:
a. SECURED CREDITORS
Either (i) each impaired secured creditor retains its liens securing
its secured claim and receives on account of its secured claim deferred cash
payments having a present value equal to the amount of its allowed secured
claim, (ii) each impaired secured creditor realizes the "indubitable equivalent"
of its allowed secured claim or (iii) the property securing the claim is sold
free and clear of liens with such liens to attach to the proceeds of the sale
and the treatment of such liens on proceeds is provided in clause (i) or (ii) of
this subparagraph.
b. UNSECURED CREDITORS
Either (i) each impaired unsecured creditor receives or retains under
the plan property of a value equal to the amount of its allowed claim or (ii)
the holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the
dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the plan.
C. INTERESTS
Either (i) each holder of an equity interest will receive or retain
under the plan property of a value equal to the greatest of the fixed
liquidation preference to which such holder is entitled, the fixed redemption
price to which such holder is entitled or the value of the interest or (ii) the
holder of an interest that is junior to the nonaccepting class will not receive
or retain any property under the plan.
The Debtors believe that the Plan and the treatment of all Classes of
Claims and Interests under the Plan satisfy the foregoing requirements for
nonconsensual confirmation of the Plan.
71
<PAGE>
3. FEASIBILITY
The Bankruptcy Code requires that confirmation of a plan is not likely
to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization.
For purposes of determining whether the Plan meets this requirement, the Debtors
have analyzed the Reorganized Debtors' ability to meet their obligations under
the Plan. As part of this analysis, the Debtors have prepared consolidated
projections of the Reorganized Debtors' financial performance for the four
fiscal years in the period ending December 31, 2003 (the "Projection Period").
These projections, and the assumptions on which they are based, are included in
Reorganized HMI's Projected Financial Information annexed hereto as Exhibit E.
Based upon such projections, the Debtors believe that the Reorganized Debtors
will be able to make all payments required pursuant to the Plan and, therefore,
that confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the
need for further reorganization. The Debtors further believe that Reorganized
Debtors will be able to repay or refinance any and all of the then-outstanding
secured indebtedness under the Plan at or prior to the maturity of such
indebtedness.
The Projected Financial Information appended to this Disclosure
Statement as Exhibit E includes the following:
- Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet of Reorganized HMI as of
November 30, 1999;
- Projected Consolidated Balance Sheet of Reorganized HMI for each of
the four fiscal years through the year ending December 31, 2003;
- Projected Consolidated Income Statements of Reorganized HMI for
each of the four fiscal years through the year ending December 31,
2003;
- Projected Consolidated Cash Flow Statements of Reorganized HMI for
each of the four fiscal years through the year ending December 31,
2003.
The pro forma financial information and the projections are based on
the assumption that the Plan will be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court and, for
projection purposes, that the Effective Date of the Plan and the initial
distributions thereunder take place as of November 30, 1999. Although the
projections and information are based upon a November 30, 1999, Effective Date,
the Debtors believe that an actual Effective Date later in 1999 would not have
any material effect on the projections.
The Debtors have prepared these financial projections based upon
certain assumptions which they believes to be reasonable under the
circumstances. Those assumptions considered to be significant are described in
the Projected Financial Information, annexed hereto as Exhibit E. The Projected
Financial Information has not been examined or compiled by independent
accountants. The Debtors make no representation as to the accuracy of the
projections or the Reorganized Debtors' ability to achieve the projected
results. Many of the assumptions on which the projections are based are subject
to significant uncertainties. See Section IX.A., "Certain Risk Factors to be
Considered, Projected Financial Information." Inevitably, some assumptions will
not materialize and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the actual
financial results. Therefore, the actual results achieved throughout the
Projection Period may vary from the projected results and the variations may be
material. All holders of Claims and Interests that are
72
<PAGE>
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan are urged to examine carefully all
of the assumptions on which the Projected Financial Information is based in
evaluating the Plan.
4. BEST INTERESTS TEST
With respect to each impaired Class of Claims and Interests,
confirmation of the Plan requires that each holder of a Claim or Interest either
(i) accept the Plan or (ii) receive or retain under the Plan property of a
value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount such holder
would receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code. To determine what holders of Claims and Interests of each
impaired Class would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under Chapter 7, the
Bankruptcy Court must determine the dollar amount that would be generated from
the liquidation of the Debtors' assets and properties in the context of a
Chapter 7 liquidation case. The cash amount which would be available for
satisfaction of Unsecured Claims and Interests would consist of the proceeds
resulting from the disposition of the unencumbered assets of the Debtors,
augmented by the unencumbered cash held by the Debtors at the time of the
commencement of the liquidation case. Such cash amount would be reduced by the
amount of the costs and expenses of the liquidation and by such additional
administrative and priority claims that may result from the termination of the
Debtors' businesses and the use of Chapter 7 for the purposes of liquidation.
The Debtors' costs of liquidation under chapter 7 would include the
fees payable to a trustee in bankruptcy, as well as those which might be payable
to attorneys and other professionals that such a trustee may engage. In
addition, claims would arise by reason of the breach or rejection of obligations
incurred and leases and executory contracts assumed or entered into by the
Debtors in Possession during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. The foregoing
types of claims and other claims which may arise in a liquidation case or result
from the pending Chapter 11 Cases, including any unpaid expenses incurred by the
Debtors in Possession during the Chapter 11 Cases such as compensation for
attorneys, financial advisors and accountants, would be paid in full from the
liquidation proceeds before the balance of those proceeds would be made
available to pay prepetition Unsecured Claims.
To determine if the Plan is in the best interests of each impaired
class, the present value of the distributions from the proceeds of the
liquidation of the Debtors' unencumbered assets and properties, after
subtracting the amounts attributable to the foregoing Claims, are then compared
with the value of the property offered to such Classes of Claims and Interests
under the Plan.
After considering the effects that a Chapter 7 liquidation would have
on the ultimate proceeds available for distribution to creditors in the Chapter
11 Cases, including (i) the increased costs and expenses of a liquidation under
chapter 7 arising from fees payable to a trustee in bankruptcy and professional
advisors to such trustee, (ii) the erosion in value of assets in a chapter 7
case in the context of the expeditious liquidation required under Chapter 7 and
the "forced sale" atmosphere that would prevail and (iii) the substantial
increases in Claims which would be satisfied on a priority basis or on parity
with creditors in the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors have determined that
confirmation of the Plan will provide each holder of an Allowed Claim or Equity
Interest with a recovery that is not less than such holder would
73
<PAGE>
receive pursuant to liquidation of the Debtors under Chapter 7.
The Debtors also believe that the value of any distributions to each
Class of Allowed Claims in a Chapter 7 case, including all Secured Claims, would
be less than the value of distributions under the Plan because such
distributions in a Chapter 7 case would not occur for a substantial period of
time. It is likely that distribution of the proceeds of the liquidation could be
delayed for two years after the completion of such liquidation in order to
resolve claims and prepare for distributions. In the likely event litigation was
necessary to resolve claims asserted in the Chapter 7 case, the delay could be
prolonged.
The HMI Liquidation Analysis is attached hereto as Exhibit F. The
information set forth in Exhibit F provides a summary of the liquidation values
of the Debtors' assets assuming a Chapter 7 liquidation in which a trustee
appointed by the Bankruptcy Court would liquidate the assets of the Debtors'
estate. Reference should be made to the Liquidation Analysis for a complete
discussion and presentation of the Liquidation Analysis.
Underlying the Liquidation Analysis are a number of estimates and
assumptions that, although developed and considered reasonable by management,
are inherently subject to significant economic and competitive uncertainties and
contingencies beyond the control of the Debtors and management. The Liquidation
Analysis is also based upon assumptions with regard to liquidation decisions
that are subject to change. Accordingly, the values reflected may not be
realized if the Debtors were, in fact, to undergo such a liquidation. The
liquidation period is assumed to be a period of approximately six months,
allowing for the (i) discontinuation of operations, (ii) sale of assets, and
(iii) collection of receivables.
5. VALUATION
In order to comply with the "best interests" test as well as to
determine the relative distributions to parties in interest under a potential
plan of reorganization, an estimated reorganization value (hereinafter,
"Reorganization Value") has been prepared by Seneca Financial Group, Inc.
("Seneca"), financial advisor to the Debtors. Seneca has made a determination of
the Reorganization Value of the Company at the assumed effective date of
December 31, 1999, giving effect to the implementation of the Plan.
In reaching its conclusions on Reorganization Value, Seneca undertook
an analysis of the Company's operations and projections, as well as the markets
in which the Company competes. Among other analyses, Seneca: (a) reviewed
certain historical financial information of the Company, (b) reviewed certain
internal operating reports, including management-prepared financial projections
and analyses, (c) discussed historical and projected financial performance with
senior management and industry experts, (d) reviewed industry trends and
operating statistics as well as analyzed the effects of certain economic factors
on the industry, (e) analyzed the capital structures, financial performance and
market valuations of the Company's competitors, and (f) prepared such other
analyses as Seneca deemed necessary to its valuation determination.
Seneca relied on the accuracy and reasonableness of the projections,
historical financial information
74
<PAGE>
and underlying assumptions as provided by the Company's management. Seneca's
valuation assumes that the operating results anticipated by management will be
achieved in all material respects, including revenue growth and improvements in
operating margins, earnings and cash flow. Certain of the projected results are
materially better than those achieved in the past. However, the Company has in
the past exceeded performance levels contemplated in projections. To the extent
that the valuation is dependent on the Company's achievement of the projections
contained in this Disclosure Statement, the valuation must be considered
speculative.
In addition to relying on management's projections, Seneca's valuation
analysis makes a number of assumptions, including but not limited to: (a) a
successful and timely reorganization of the Company's capital structure, (b) the
continuation of current market conditions through the Effective Date as well as
the forecast period for the operating projections, (c) the Plan becoming
effective in accordance with its proposed terms, and (d) the continuity of
present operating management of the Company following consummation of the Plan.
The Reorganization Value reflects the Company's going concern value,
which includes the value of the Company's operating businesses and certain
investments in unconsolidated operations. Seneca utilized both discounted cash
flow and comparable company multiple methodologies to arrive at the going
concern value of the Company's business. By using these valuation techniques,
Seneca has considered both the market's current views of the Company and its
industry as well as a longer-term view of intrinsic value embedded in the
projected cash flows in the Company's operating plan. The valuation multiples
and discount rates used by Seneca in its analyses were based on the public
market valuation of selected public companies deemed generally comparable
("comparables") to the Company. In selecting comparables and evaluating
appropriate multiples and discount rates, Seneca considered factors such as the
markets in which the comparables compete, current and projected operating
performance relative to the Company and other industry participants, and the
comparables' relative capital structures and the associated inherent risks of
financial distress.
Based on the analysis performed to date, Seneca estimates the
Reorganization Value as of December 31, 1999 to be from $565.0 million to $595.0
million, with a mid-point of $580.0 million. Based on this range, and assumed
total debt (including the Exit Financing Facility, MARAD Claims, Capital Lease
Claims and other Reinstated liabilities) of approximately $359.3 million, Seneca
estimates a range of equity value for the Reorganized Debtors (I.E., the value
of the New HMI Common Stock to be issued under the Plan, before dilution) of
approximately $205.7 million to $235.7 million with a mid-point value of $220.7
million. It is thus apparent that the holders of Class 3B Senior Note Claims,
who are to receive 98% of the New HMI Common Stock to be issued to be under the
Plan, or stock valued at a mid-point of $216.3 million under the foregoing
analysis, in satisfaction of their Allowed Senior Note Claims in the amount of
$314,167,708, are receiving far less than a full recovery.
THE REORGANIZATION VALUE REPRESENTS THE GOING CONCERN VALUE OF HVIDE ON
AN UNLEVERAGED BASIS, GIVING EFFECT TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN. AS SUCH,
THE REORGANIZATION VALUE IS NOT A
75
<PAGE>
PREDICTION OF THE FUTURE TRADING PRICES OF SECURITIES OF REORGANIZED HMI. THE
REORGANIZATION VALUE DOES NOT REPRESENT A LIQUIDATION VALUE OF THE COMPANY, OR
ITS ASSETS; A LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS HAS BEEN PREPARED AND PROVIDED SEPARATELY IN
EXHIBIT F. THE VALUATION ALSO DOES NOT REPRESENT AN APPRAISAL OF THE COMPANY'S
ASSETS.
D. CONSUMMATION
The Plan will be consummated following the Effective Date. The
Effective Date of the Plan is the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on
which the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan, as set forth in
Section 10.1 thereof, are satisfied or waived. For a more detailed discussion of
the conditions precedent to the Plan and the impact of the failure to meet such
conditions, see Section V.B.4, "The Plan of Reorganization, Summary of Other
Provisions of the Plan, Conditions Precedent to the Plan."
The Plan is to be implemented pursuant to the provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code.
VII. MANAGEMENT OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR
As of the Effective Date, the management, control and operation of the
Reorganized Debtors will become the general responsibility of their respective
Boards of Directors.
A. BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENTA.BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT
1. COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
As of the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI
shall initially consist of seven individuals designated by the Creditors'
Committee after consultation with the Debtors, whose names shall be disclosed
prior to the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan.
2. IDENTITY OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
It is currently anticipated that the current officers of the Debtor
immediately prior to the Effective Date will continue in their then current
positions as the initial officers of Reorganized HMI. Set forth below is the
name, age and position with Hvide of each current officer, together with a
description of each officer's prior business experience. Also set forth is the
same information with regard to the current directors of HMI.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE CURRENT POSITION
- ---- --- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Jean Fitzgerald (1) 73 Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
John H. Blankley (1)(2) 52 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
76
<PAGE>
Eugene F. Sweeney (1) 56 Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Andrew W. Brauninger 53 Senior Vice President--Offshore Division and President--Seabulk Offshore, Ltd.
Robert B. Lamm 52 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Walter S. Zorkers 53 Senior Vice President--Corporate Development
Leo T. Carey 47 Vice President--Ship Management
Arthur T. Denning 44 Vice President--Engineering
James S. Kimbrell 61 Vice President and President of Hvide Marine Towing, Inc.
William R. Ludt 52 Vice President, President--Sun State Marine Services, Inc. and Managing
Director of Seabulk Offshore, Ltd.
John J. O'Connell, Jr. 55 Vice President--Corporate Communications
L. Stephen Willrich 47 Vice President and President--Ocean Specialty Tankers Corporation
Robert B. Calhoun, Jr. (2)(3) 57 Director
Gerald Farmer (3)(4) 54 Director
J. Erik Hvide (1)(2) 51 Director
John J. Lee (4) 63 Director
Josiah O. Low, III (4) 60 Director
Walter C. Mink (3) 73 Director
Robert Rice (3) 77 Director
Raymond B. Vickers (4) 50 Director
</TABLE>
(1) Member of the Executive Committee.
(2) Member of the Special Acquisitions Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee.
MR. FITZGERALD has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company since June 2, 1999. He has served as a director of the Company
since March 1994. Since 1992, he has served as the Chairman of Florida Alliance,
Inc., a consortium of maritime interests. From 1990 to 1992, he was Executive
Vice President of NDE Testing & Equipment, Inc., a nationwide storage-tank
testing company. From 1988 to 1990, he was with Frederic R. Harris, Inc., an
international consulting engineering firm. Mr. Fitzgerald was a co-founder and
the President of American Tank Testing Service, Inc., a firm that was
subsequently acquired by NDE Environmental Corporation, from 1986 to 1987. In
1982 and 1983, he served as the Company's Vice President for Governmental
Affairs. His other business experience includes service as President of Tracor
Marine, Inc. from 1976 to 1979 and Director of Engineering of Tracor's Systems
Technology Division from 1974 to 1976. Mr. Fitzgerald retired from the U.S. Navy
in 1974 in the rank of Captain. During his naval career he commanded major fleet
units at sea and served in the offices of the Chief of Naval Operations and the
Secretary of Defense. He is a past Commissioner and Chairman of the Port
Everglades Authority.
77
<PAGE>
MR. BLANKLEY has been a director of the Company since 1991 and
Executive Vice President--Chief Financial Officer since September 1995. He
served as a director and Chief Financial Officer of Harris Chemical Group Inc.,
a chemical manufacturing company, from April 1993 to August 1994. He served as
Executive Vice President--Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Stolt-Nielsen,
Inc., a publicly traded international operator of specialty chemical tankers,
from 1985 to 1991. From 1983 until 1985, Mr. Blankley was a director, Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of BP North America Inc. Mr. Blankley
is also a director of MC Shipping, a publicly traded operator of petroleum
product and gas carriers and multi-purpose container feeder vessels.
MR. SWEENEY has been Chief Operating Officer since April 1998,
Executive Vice President since September 1994 and a director since 1984. He was
Senior Vice President--Operations of the Company from 1991 to September 1994. He
joined the Company in 1981 as Vice President--Ship Management. Prior to joining
the Company, Mr. Sweeney was employed for 17 years by Texaco, Inc., where he
served in seagoing and shore management positions, including operations manager
of Texaco's U.S. tanker fleet. Mr. Sweeney is on the board of directors of the
Chamber of Shipping of America and is a member of the American Bureau of
Shipping.
MR. BRAUNINGER has been Senior Vice President--Offshore Division since
August 1997. He was Vice President--Offshore Division from 1990 until July 1997
and has been President of Seabulk Offshore, Ltd., the Company's offshore energy
support services subsidiary, since September 1994. He was Vice President of
Offshore Operations from 1990 to September 1994 and Vice President--Development
from 1989 to 1990. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Brauninger was President of OMI
Offshore Services, Inc., an operator of offshore service vessels. Previously, he
was employed by Sabine Towing and Transportation Company, where he held a
variety of posts including Vice President--Harbor Division.
MR. LAMM has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
since July 1998. He was formerly Vice President and Secretary of W. R. Grace &
Co., where he was employed for more than 18 years. Prior to that, he served as
Assistant Secretary of Studebaker-Worthington, Inc. and was earlier associated
with the New York law firm of Wofsey, Certilman, Haft, Snow & Becker. He is a
member of the American and New York Bar Associations, an affiliate member of the
Florida Bar and a member and director of the American Society of Corporate
Secretaries and a member of the Society's Securities Law and Finance Committees.
Mr. Lamm is President and a director of the Alzheimer's Association Greater Palm
Beach Area Chapter and a director of the Association of Public Corporations
(Miami).
MR. ZORKERS has been Senior Vice President--Corporate Development since
April 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Zorkers was the principal of
Commonwealth Management Group, a management consulting firm. From 1993 to 1995
he served as Executive Vice President of Boston Pacific Medical, Inc., a
manufacturer of disposable medical products, and from 1991 to 1993 he was a
Senior Vice President of Metcalf & Eddy, Inc., an environmental engineering and
consulting firm.
MR. CAREY has been Vice President--Ship Management since November 1996.
He previously served as Director of Operations for the Company's fleet of
chemical and petroleum product carriers. He joined the Company in 1981 as
Superintendent Engineer. Prior to that, he served with El Paso Marine Co. as a
deck
78
<PAGE>
officer and maintenance manager.
MR. DENNING has been Vice President--Engineering since August 1997. He
previously served as Director of Engineering of the Company from November 1994
to July 1997, and as Superintendent Engineering from September 1986 to October
1994.
MR. KIMBRELL has been a Vice President of the Company and President of
Hvide Marine Towing, Inc. since August 1998. He was formerly Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and a director of Bay Transportation Company,
Inc. of Tampa, Florida, which the Company acquired in October 1997. He joined
the former St. Philip Towing in 1965. He is a member of the American Waterways
Operators, the Tampa Club, the University Club (Tampa) and the Harvard Business
School Club of the West Coast of Florida.
MR. LUDT has been Vice President since January 1995. He has also been a
managing director of Seabulk Offshore, Ltd. since September 1998 and the
President of Sun State Marine Services, Inc., the Company's energy tug and barge
subsidiary, since 1994. He was Director--Fleet Operations of the Company from
1982 to 1994. Since joining the Company in 1979, he has also served as Fleet
Manager and Port Engineer. He served as President of the Chemical Carriers
Association from 1989 to 1990 and as its Vice President from 1990 to 1992. Mr.
Ludt has also served on various working groups within the U.S. Coast Guard's
Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee concerning issues such as vapor
control and marine occupational safety and health. Mr. Ludt holds a dual license
as a Third Mate and Third Assistant Engineer, Steam and Motor Vessels.
MR. O'CONNELL has been Vice President--Corporate Communications since
August 1996, when he joined the Company. From September 1995 to August 1996 he
was an independent consultant. Previously, he served in a variety of management
positions with W. R. Grace & Co. for 20 years, most recently as Director of
Public Affairs. Mr. O'Connell was a member of the President's Private Sector
Survey on Cost Control in the Federal Government from 1982 to 1984.
MR. WILLRICH has been a Vice President of the Company and President of
OSTC since March 1998. He was Senior Vice President of OSTC from August 1996. He
served as Vice President of Chartering of OSTC from January 1988. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Willrich was employed by Diamond Shamrock Chemical
Company from 1975 to 1988, where he rose to Division General Manager. Prior to
his service with Diamond Shamrock, he worked for Gulf Oil Corporation as a Third
Assistant Engineer on various company tankers. He has more than 24 years of
experience in the management of Jones Act product tankers.
MR. CALHOUN has been a director of the Company since September 1994.
Mr. Calhoun has been a Managing Director of Monitor Clipper Partners, L.P., a
private investment firm, since 1997. Mr. Calhoun has been President of Clipper
Asset Management Corporation, the sole general partner of The Clipper Group,
L.P., a private investment firm, since 1991. From 1975 to 1991, Mr. Calhoun was
a Managing Director of CS First Boston Corporation, an investment banking firm.
Mr. Calhoun serves as a director of Avondale Mills, Inc., a textile company,
Interstate Bakeries Corporation, a national distributor of baked goods, as well
as several privately held companies.
79
<PAGE>
MR. FARMER has served as a director of the Company since 1975. He was
Executive Vice President--Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company
from September 1994 until September 1, 1995. In September 1995 Mr. Farmer
retired as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and continued to serve as an
Executive Vice President of the Company through December 15, 1995. He was Senior
Vice President--Finance and Administration from January 1991 to September 1994,
having joined the Company in 1973 as Vice President--Finance. From 1967 to 1973,
Mr. Farmer was a Certified Public Accountant with Haskins & Sells, the
international auditing firm. He is President of JLF Investments, Inc., an
investment management and financial advisory firm and is a past member of both
the American Institute and Florida Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
MR. HVIDE has served as a director of the Company since 1973. Until his
resignation on June 2, 1999, he had served as the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer since 1991 and its Chairman since September 1994. Mr. Hvide is
a past director of the American Waterways Operators, a participant on the
Transportation Committee of the American Petroleum Institute, a member of the
American Bureau of Shipping, a past Chairman of the Board of the American
Institute of Merchant Shipping and a past appointee to the U.S. Coast Guard's
Towing Safety Advisory Committee. In 1998, he was inducted into the
International Maritime Hall of Fame. He is a past president of the Port
Everglades Association and a former director of the United Way of Broward
County. Mr. Hvide is the son of Hans J. Hvide, the founder of the Company.
MR. LEE has been a director of the Company since September 1994 and is
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hexcel Corporation, an advanced
materials manufacturer. Mr. Lee has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of Lee Development Corporation, a corporation providing investment and
merchant banking services, since 1987. He was a director of XTRA Corporation, a
Massachusetts-based transportation and equipment leasing company, from 1990
through January 1996 and a director of Aviva Petroleum, Inc. from 1993 to 1998.
Mr. Lee also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Seminole
Corporation, a fertilizer manufacturer, from July 1989 through April 1993 and
director of Tosco Corporation, a refiner, from April 1988 through April 1993 and
was President and Chief Operating Officer of Tosco Corporation from April 1990
through April 1993.
MR. LOW has been a director of the Company since March 1998. He has
been an investment banker with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation since 1985, where he is currently a Managing Director. Mr. Low
serves as a director of Musicland Stores Corporation, Centex Development
Corporation and St. Laurent Paperboard, Inc.
MR. MINK has been a director of the Company since October 1990. He is
President of Walter C. Mink & Associates, a maritime advisory and consulting
firm in Las Vegas, Nevada. From 1978 to 1986, Mr. Mink was President of Mobil
Shipping and Transportation Company. Previously, he was President of Seabrokers,
Inc., a marine brokerage firm, and was earlier employed by Lago Oil, Esso
Tankers and Mobil Oil Transport. Mr. Mink is a director of First Olsen Tankers
Ltd. He served on the Board of Managers of the American Bureau of Shipping and
is a member of the Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers.
80
<PAGE>
MR. RICE has been a director of the Company since January 1992. A
financial consultant, he was Senior Vice President of Citibank, N.A. from 1954
to his retirement in 1983. Mr. Rice is a director of ATCO Ltd., First Olsen
Tankers Ltd. and Pride Refining Inc.
DR. VICKERS has been a director of the Company since March 1994. An
attorney in private practice in Florida, he has represented more than a hundred
financial institutions. He is the author of PANIC IN PARADISE: FLORIDA'S BANKING
CRASH OF 1926 and an adjunct professor of U.S. economic and business history at
Florida State University. From 1975 to 1979, he served as Assistant Comptroller
of the State of Florida.
B. COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
A presentation of the compensation of the five most highly compensated
executive officers whose individual remuneration exceeded $100,000 for 1996,
1997 and 1998, including the former Chief Executive Officer, J. Erik Hvide, is
set forth in the Form 10-K/A Amendment to HMI's 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K
(Exhibit C).
C. NEW LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The New Long-Term Incentive Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto as
Exhibit G, will become effective on the Effective Date, subject to its approval
by Reorganized HMI's stockholders within 12 months of such adoption. The New
Long-Term Incentive Plan will replace the existing Stock Plans which will
terminate on the Effective Date.
The principal features of the New Long-Term Incentive Plan are as
follows:
A total of 500,000 shares of New HMI Common Stock will be reserved for
issuance upon the exercise of options to be issued pursuant to the New Long-Term
Incentive Plan, which will be adopted and become effective on the Effective
Date. The exercise period of the options will be seven (7) years, subject to an
earlier exercise requirement in the event that a recipient of options
voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company or is terminated for
cause. Options to purchase a total of 200,000 shares will be granted on the
Effective Date to senior employees of the Company; half of these options will
vest automatically on the Effective Date of the Plan and the remaining options
will vest automatically on the 91st day following the Effective Date. The
exercise price of these options will be established based upon the value of
Reorganized HMI as of the Effective Date of the Plan. Set forth below is a table
summarizing the allocation of the options that will be granted on the Effective
Date.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VESTED AT
OPTIONS TOTAL EFFECTIVE
PER OPTIONS TO VESTED AT DATE
POSITION NUMBER EMPLOYEE BE GRANTED EFFECTIVE DATE + 91 DAYS
-------- ------ -------- ---------- -------------- ---------
81
<PAGE>
VESTED AT
OPTIONS TOTAL EFFECTIVE
PER OPTIONS TO VESTED AT DATE
POSITION NUMBER EMPLOYEE BE GRANTED EFFECTIVE DATE + 91 DAYS
-------- ------ -------- ---------- -------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Chief Executive Officer 1 20,000 20,000 10,000 10,000
Executive Vice President 2 18,000 36,000 18,000 18,000
Senior Vice President 3 16,000 48,000 24,000 24,000
Vice President, Managing Director 10 8,000 80,000 40,000 40,000
Other key employees 8 2,000 16,000 8,000 8,000
-- -------- ------- -------
Total 24 200,000 100,000 100,000
</TABLE>
The 300,000 options that will not be granted on the Effective Date will
be awarded following the Effective Date based upon incentive programs to be
developed by the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI. Options held by
employees who resign or are terminated must be exercised within 60 days
following the date of termination of employment.
D. POST-EFFECTIVE DATE SECURITY OWNERSHIP
OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
The following table sets forth those entities which, to the knowledge
of the Debtor, will own beneficially more than five percent of the New HMI
Common Stock as of the Effective Date:
Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P.
VIII. APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL AND OTHER SECURITIES
LAWS TO THE REORGANIZED HMI COMMON STOCK AND
CLASS A WARRANTS TO BE DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE PLAN
A. ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES
1. GENERALLY
The Confirmation Order will authorize the issuance of the New HMI
Common Stock (including the New HMI Common Stock issuable on exercise of the
Class A Warrants) and the Class A Warrants (collectively, the "New Securities")
to be issued under the Plan. The New Securities distributed to holders of
Allowed Claims and Interests will be issued without registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or under any state or
local law, in reliance on the exemptions set forth in Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code.
In order for the issuance of New Securities to be exempt from
registration under Section 1145 of the
82
<PAGE>
Bankruptcy Code, three principal requirements must be satisfied: (a) the
securities must be issued by a debtor, its successor under a plan of
reorganization, or an affiliate participating in a joint plan of reorganization
with the debtor (for this purpose Reorganized HMI is considered a debtor or the
successor to HMI); (b) each recipient of the securities must hold a claim
against the debtor or an affiliate, an interest in the debtor or an affiliate,
or a claim for an administrative expense against the debtor or an affiliate; and
(c) the securities must be issued in exchange for the recipient's claim against
or interest in the debtor or an affiliate, or "principally" in such exchange and
"partly" for cash or other property.
The Debtors believe that the issuance of the New Securities will
satisfy all three requirements because (a) the securities to be issued will be
securities of Reorganized HMI, which is a debtor or a successor thereto, and the
issuance of the securities is specifically mandated under the Plan; (b) the
recipients of the securities are holders of Claims or Interests; and (c) the
recipients of the securities will receive such securities in exchange for their
Claims and Interests.
2. RESALE CONSIDERATIONS
The Debtors believe that the resale or disposition by the recipients of
the New Securities will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act if
the recipients are not deemed to be "underwriters" under Section 1145(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code. Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines four types of
underwriters: (a) a person who purchases a claim against, interest in, or claim
for administrative expense in the case concerning, a debtor with a view to
distributing any security received in exchange for that claim or interest; (b) a
person who offers to sell securities offered or sold under a plan for the
holders of those securities; (c) a person who offers to buy those securities
from the holders of those securities, if the offer is (i) made with a view to
distribution of the securities, and (ii) made under an agreement made in
connection with the plan, its consummation or the offer or sale of securities
under the plan; and (d) a person who is an "issuer" with respect to the
securities as the term "issuer" is defined in Section 2(11) of the Securities
Act.
Under Section 2(11) of the Securities Act an "issuer" will include any
person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by Reorganized HMI, or
any person under direct or indirect common control with Reorganized HMI (an
"Affiliate"). Whether a person is an Affiliate, and therefore an "underwriter",
with respect to Reorganized HMI for purposes of Section 1145(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code will depend on a number of factors. These factors include: (a)
the person's equity interest in Reorganized HMI; (b) the distribution and
concentration of other equity interests in Reorganized HMI; (c) whether the
person is an officer or director of Reorganized HMI; (d) whether the person,
either alone or acting in concert with others, has a contractual or other
relationship giving that person power over management policies and decisions of
Reorganized HMI; and (e) whether the person actually has that power
notwithstanding the absence of formal indicia of control. An officer or director
of Reorganized HMI may be deemed an Affiliate.
To the extent that a person deemed to be an "underwriter" receives
securities, resales by that person would not be exempted by Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act except in "ordinary
trading transactions" (within the meaning of Section 1145(b)(1) of the
Bankruptcy Code).
83
<PAGE>
The Bankruptcy Code does not define the term "ordinary trading
transactions," and the SEC has not given definitive guidance with respect to the
proper construction of the term. In a no-action letter the staff of the SEC has,
however, concurred in the view that a transaction will be an "ordinary trading
transaction" if it is carried out on an exchange or in the over-the-counter
market at a time when the issuer of the traded securities is a reporting company
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and does NOT
involve any of the following factors:
(i) (x) concerted action by two or more recipients of
securities issued under a plan of reorganization in connection with the
sale of those securities, or (y) concerted action by distributors on
behalf of one or more such recipients in connection with sales;
(ii) the preparation or use of informational documents
concerning the offering of the securities to assist in the resale of
the securities, other than the disclosure statement approved in
connection with the plan (and any supplement thereto) and documents
filed with the SEC by the debtor or the reorganized company pursuant to
the Exchange Act; or
(iii) special compensation to brokers or dealers in connection
with the sale of the securities designed as a special incentive to
resell the securities, other than compensation that would be paid
pursuant to arm's-length negotiations between a seller and a broker or
dealer, each acting unilaterally, that is not greater than the
compensation that would be paid for a routine similar-sized sale of
similar securities of a similar issuer.
In addition, a person deemed to be an "underwriter" solely because he
is an Affiliate may be able to sell securities without registration, in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits public sales of
securities received pursuant to a plan by statutory underwriters subject to
volume limitations and certain other conditions. Based on the views of the SEC
expressed in no-action letters, a person deemed to be an underwriter solely
because he is an Affiliate may be able to sell securities without registration
in accordance with Rule 144, without complying with the holding period
requirement of Rule 144(d).
Because of the complex, subjective nature of the question whether a
particular holder may be an underwriter, the Debtors make no representation
concerning the ability of any person to dispose of the New Securities. The
Debtors recommend that recipients of securities under the Plan consult with
their own counsel concerning the limitations on their ability to dispose of
those securities.
84
<PAGE>
3. DELIVERY OF DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
Under Section 1145(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, "stockbrokers" (as
that term is defined in Section 101(53A) of the Bankruptcy Code) are required to
deliver to their customers, for the first 40 days after the Effective Date of
the Plan, a copy of this Disclosure Statement (and any supplement to it ordered
by the Bankruptcy Court) at or before the time of delivery of any security
issued under the Plan. This requirement specifically applies to trading and
other after-market transactions in the securities issued under the Plan. In this
regard, however, the staff of the SEC has stated in no-action letters that when
a company is and will be a "reporting person" required to file current
information with the SEC under the Exchange Act, it would not recommend
enforcement action if a stockbroker did not comply with the disclosure statement
delivery requirements of Section 1145(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code. HMI has
complied, and following the Effective Date of the Plan, Reorganized HMI will
comply, with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, including by the
filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other
required information.
IX. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS SHOULD READ AND
CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW, AS WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION
SET FORTH IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (AND THE DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TOGETHER
HEREWITH AND/OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN), PRIOR TO VOTING TO ACCEPT OR
REJECT THE PLAN. THESE RISK FACTORS SHOULD NOT, HOWEVER, BE REGARDED AS
CONSTITUTING THE ONLY RISKS INVOLVED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN AND ITS
IMPLEMENTATION.
The ultimate recoveries under the Plan to holders of Claims (other than
those holders whose Claims are paid in Cash or are Reinstated under the Plan)
and Interests depend upon the realizable value of the New HMI Common Stock and
Class A Warrants to be issued pursuant to the Plan. The New Securities to be
issued pursuant to the Plan are subject to a number of material risks,
including, but not limited to, those specified below. The factors specified
below assume that the Plan is approved by the Bankruptcy Court and that the
Effective Date occurs on or about December 31, 1999. Prior to voting on the
Plan, each holder of a Claim or Interest entitled to vote should carefully
consider the risk factors specified or referred to below, the Exhibits annexed
hereto, as well as all of the information contained in the Plan and all exhibits
thereto.
85
<PAGE>
A. PROJECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Projected Financial Information included in this Disclosure
Statement is dependent upon the successful implementation of the business plan
upon which the Projected Financial Information is based and upon the validity of
the other assumptions contained therein. These projections reflect numerous
assumptions, including confirmation and consummation of the Plan in accordance
with its terms, the anticipated future performance of Hvide, industry
performance, certain assumptions with respect to competitors of Hvide, general
business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the
control of Hvide. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances occurring
subsequent to the preparation of the Projected Financial Information may affect
the actual financial results of Hvide. Moreover, there is an inherent
uncertainty as to questions of valuation of the New HMI Common Stock for tax
purposes. Although the Debtors believe that the assumptions are reasonable,
there is a risk that the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will challenge these
assumptions, which could affect Hvide's ability to utilize its pre-confirmation
net operating losses, resulting in increased federal income taxes due in any
given year. Although the Debtors believe that the projections are reasonably
attainable, some or all of the estimates will vary and variations between the
actual financial results and those projected may be material.
B. DEPRESSED INDUSTRY CONDITIONS AND SUBSTANTIAL CASH
REQUIREMENTS HAVE ADVERSELY AFFECTED THE COMPANY'S LIQUIDITY
Since mid-1998, there has been a severe downturn in offshore oil and
gas exploration, development and production activities in the Gulf of Mexico. A
similar downturn began in late 1998 in international markets. These downturns
are primarily a result of a worldwide decline in oil and gas prices. This has
resulted in a substantial decline in offshore energy support vessel day rates
and utilization, which has adversely affected the Company's operating results.
For supply boats operated by the Company in the Gulf of Mexico, average day
rates declined from $8,214 during the second quarter of 1998 to $4,049 in the
second quarter of 1999, while utilization declined from 80% to 69%. For anchor
handling tug/supply boats operated by the Company in foreign waters, average day
rates declined from $6,008 in the second quarter of 1998 to $5,433 in the second
quarter of 1999, while utilization declined from 77% to 49%. As a result, the
Company experienced a decline in revenue from $195.8 million for the second
quarter of 1998 to $160.5 million for the second quarter of 1999 and a decline
in EBITDA from $72.5 million to $32.7 million for the same periods. The Company
reported a net loss of $32.8 million for the second quarter of 1999 as compared
to net income of $15.0 million for the same period in 1998. The Company
experienced further declines in vessel day rates and utilization in some of its
operating sectors during the second quarter of 1999.
For the six months ending December 31, 1999, the Company estimates
that, in addition to working capital requirements, its cash requirements will be
approximately $35.9 million, consisting of approximately $21.7 million for
principal and interest payments on its debt and capital leases (at current
rates), approximately $12 million for vessel maintenance and improvements and
approximately $2.2 million for vessel operating lease obligations. Assuming that
industry conditions do not improve significantly, the Company's cash flow from
operations and cash on hand will not be sufficient to satisfy its short-term
working capital needs, capital expenditures, debt service requirements and lease
and other payment obligations.
86
<PAGE>
C. RECENT ADVERSE PUBLICITY ABOUT THE COMPANY,
INCLUDING ITS CHAPTER 11 FILING, HAS HARMED THE COMPANY'S
ABILITY TO COMPETE IN HIGHLY COMPETITIVE BUSINESSES
The marine transportation industry is highly competitive, and some of
the Company's competitors have significantly greater financial resources than
the Company. Recent adverse publicity concerning the Company's financial
condition has harmed its ability to attract new customers and its ability to
maintain favorable relationships with its existing customers and suppliers. For
example, some of the Company's suppliers are requiring cash payments rather than
extending credit, which adversely affects the Company's liquidity. Further, as a
result of the Company's current financial condition, it has experienced
attrition of employees in key functions. This attrition has had and is likely to
continue to have an adverse effect on its ability to compete.
D. THE COMPANY IS DEPENDENT ON THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY, WHICH IS CYCLICAL
The Company's business and operations are substantially dependent upon
conditions in the oil and gas industry, particularly expenditures by oil and gas
companies for offshore exploration and production activities. These
expenditures, and hence the demand for offshore energy support and
transportation services, are directly influenced by oil and gas prices,
expectations concerning future prices, the cost of producing and delivering oil
and gas and government regulation and policies regarding exploration and
development of oil and gas reserves, including the ability of OPEC to set and
maintain production levels and prices. Since mid-1998, there has been a severe
downturn in the level of offshore exploration and production activity, which has
adversely affected the rates for and utilization of the Company's offshore
energy support vessels. Offshore exploration and production expenditures are not
expected to increase in the near future. The Company's business will continue to
be adversely affected by oil and gas prices until there is a significant,
sustained increase in such prices. It cannot be predicted when prices might
reach a level that will significantly reverse the recent declines in vessel
utilization and rates.
E. EXCESS VESSEL SUPPLY AND VESSEL NEWBUILDS ARE DEPRESSING
DAY RATES AND ADVERSELY AFFECTING OPERATING RESULTS
In addition to price, service and reputation, which affect all of the
Company's operations, its offshore energy support business is affected by the
supply of and demand for offshore energy support vessels. During periods when
supply exceeds demand, as it currently does, there is significant downward
pressure on the rates at which the Company can contract its vessels. Because
vessel operating costs cannot be significantly reduced, any reduction in rates
adversely affects the Company's results of operations.
F. EXCESS VESSEL SUPPLY AND VESSEL NEWBUILDS ARE LIKELY TO CAUSE ANY
RECOVERY OF THE OFFSHORE ENERGY SUPPORT MARKET TO LAG INCREASES IN OIL
AND GAS PRICES
87
<PAGE>
Although oil and gas prices have recently increased, there is likely to
be a substantial lag between such increases and any recovery of the offshore
energy support market. Currently, the industry supply of offshore energy support
vessels significantly exceeds the demand for such vessels, and this imbalance is
expected to increase with the delivery of additional vessels currently under
construction or on order. The Company estimates that there are currently
approximately 150 offshore energy support vessel newbuilds scheduled to be
delivered industry-wide by the end of 2000. Newbuilds generally have
substantially more cargo capacity than older vessels, thereby exacerbating the
oversupply. In addition, because the supply of vessels currently exceeds demand,
vessel operators, including the Company, have elected to defer drydocking and
other significant maintenance capital expenditures and have "cold stacked"
vessels, thereby creating an additional source of vessels if vessel demand
increases. Thus, before there is significant improvement in vessel day rates and
utilization, exploration and production activities will have to increase to
levels that will generate demand for the current excess supply, cold stacked
vessels and the newbuilds that come into service. Such an increase in
exploration and production activities is not expected to occur until there is a
significant, sustained increase in oil and gas prices.
G. THE COMPANY MAY BE AT A COMPETITIVE DISADVANTAGE IN RESPONDING
TO ANY IMPROVED DEMAND IN THE OFFSHORE ENERGY SUPPORT INDUSTRY
As a result of its need to reduce capital expenditures, the Company is
deferring required drydockings of a number of its offshore energy support
vessels that are laid up due to lack of demand. If and when increased demand
should provide employment opportunities for these vessels, the Company might not
have the capital resources with which to proceed with the required drydockings
or to proceed with them on as timely a basis as its competitors that have such
resources. The Company estimates that it would require aggregate expenditures of
$9.4 million to return to service its 42 vessels that are currently laid up or
otherwise not in seagoing condition. Additional amounts will be required to
undertake the maintenance that will be deferred in 1999 and future periods as
the Company implements its program to reduce expenditures.
H. THE COMPANY'S PLANS TO CANCEL THE CONSTRUCTION OF VESSELS
CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION COULD SUBJECT IT TO LIABILITIES
As part of its plan to conserve cash, the Company is seeking to cancel
the construction or dispose of three vessels currently under construction. The
aggregate purchase price of these vessels and certain other equipment is $17.2
million, of which $2.8 million had been paid at June 30, 1999. If the Company is
unable to negotiate mutually agreeable arrangements with its shipbuilders and
proceeds with canceling construction of the vessels, the shipbuilders may take
legal action against the Company, which could cause it to incur significant
legal expenses and subject it to significant liability for the remaining cost of
construction.
88
<PAGE>
I. THE COMPANY CONDUCTS INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS, WHICH INVOLVE ADDITIONAL
RISKS
The Company operates vessels worldwide. Operations outside the United
States involve additional risks, including the possibility of vessel seizure,
foreign taxation, political instability, foreign and domestic monetary and tax
policies, expropriation, nationalization, loss of contract rights, war and civil
disturbances or other risks that may limit or disrupt markets. Additionally, the
Company's ability to compete in the international offshore energy support market
may be adversely affected by foreign government regulations that favor or
require the awarding of contracts to local persons, or that require foreign
persons to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular
jurisdiction. Further, the Company's foreign subsidiaries may face
governmentally imposed restrictions on their ability to transfer funds to their
parent company.
J. THE COMPANY'S OFFSHORE ENERGY SUPPORT FLEET INCLUDES MANY OLDER VESSELS
The average age of the Company's offshore energy support vessels (based
on the later of the date of construction or rebuilding) is approximately 16
years, and approximately 31% of these vessels are more than 20 years old. The
Company believes that after a vessel has been in service for approximately 30
years, repair, vessel certification and maintenance costs may not be
economically justifiable. The Company may not be able to maintain its fleet by
extending the economic life of existing vessels through major refurbishment or
by acquiring new or used vessels.
K. THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO ENVIRONMENTAL RISK AND REGULATIONS
Current laws and regulations could impose substantial liability on the
Company for damages, remediation costs and penalties associated with oil or
hazardous-substance spills or other discharges into the environment involving
its vessel operations. Its shoreside operations are also subject to federal,
state and local environmental laws and regulations. In addition, tanker owners
and operators are required to establish and maintain evidence of financial
responsibility with respect to potential oil spill liability. The Company
currently satisfies this requirement through self-insurance or third-party
insurance. Amendments to existing laws and regulations or new laws and
regulations may be adopted that could limit the Company's ability to do business
or increase its cost of doing business.
L. THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS INVOLVES HAZARDOUS ACTIVITIES AND OTHER RISKS OF
LOSS AGAINST WHICH IT MAY NOT BE ADEQUATELY INSURED
The business of the Company is affected by a number of risks, including
the mechanical failure of its vessels, collisions, vessel loss or damage, cargo
loss or damage, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, the operation of any
vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of a catastrophic marine disaster,
including oil, fuel or chemical spills and other environmental mishaps, as well
as other liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels. Any such event
may result in the loss of revenues and increased costs and other liabilities.
Although the Company's losses from such hazards have not historically exceeded
its insurance coverage, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be
the case.
OPA 90, by imposing virtually unlimited liability upon vessel owners,
operators and certain charterers for certain oil pollution accidents in the
United States, has made liability insurance more
89
<PAGE>
expensive and has also prompted insurers to consider reducing available
liability coverage. While the Company maintains insurance, there can be no
assurance that all risks are adequately insured against, particularly in light
of the virtually unlimited liability imposed by OPA 90, that any particular
claim will be paid, or that the Company will be able to procure adequate
insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. Because it
maintains mutual insurance, the Company is subject to funding requirements and
coverage shortfalls in the event claims exceed available funds and reinsurance,
and to premium increases based on prior loss experience. Any such shortfalls
could have a material adverse impact on the Company.
M. THE COMPANY COULD LOSE JONES ACT PROTECTION
A substantial portion of the Company's operations is conducted in the
U.S. domestic trade, which, under the U.S. coastwise laws, or the Jones Act, is
restricted to vessels built in the United States, owned and crewed by U.S.
citizens and registered under U.S. law. There have been repeated attempts to
repeal the Jones Act, and these attempts are expected to continue in the future.
Repeal of the Jones Act would result in additional competition from vessels
built in lower-cost foreign shipyards and manned by foreign nationals accepting
lower wages than U.S. citizens, which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business.
N. RESTRICTION ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF STOCK
In order to maintain the eligibility of the Company to operate vessels
in the U.S. domestic trade, 75% of each class of the outstanding capital stock,
and 75% of the voting power, of Reorganized HMI is required to be held by U.S.
citizens. See "Business B Environmental and Other Regulation." Although the New
Certificate of Reorganized HMI contains provisions limiting Non-Citizen
ownership of the capital stock of Reorganized HMI (see Section V.B.9., "Summary
of Other Provisions of the Plan; Reorganized HMI Certificate of Incorporation
and By-laws."), Reorganized HMI could lose its ability to conduct operations in
the U.S. domestic trade if such provisions prove unsuccessful in maintaining the
required level of Citizen ownership. Such loss would have a material adverse
effect on Reorganized HMI.
As a result of this limitation upon the Non-Citizen ownership of New
HMI Common Stock, any Non-Citizen holder of New HMI Common Stock will, to the
extent such ownership would cause 25% of the outstanding New HMI Common Stock to
be held by Non-Citizens, be required to sell its New HMI Common Stock to
Reorganized HMI.
90
<PAGE>
O. THE COMPANY WILL HAVE TO REMOVE SOME OF ITS VESSELS FROM THE JONES ACT
TRADE
OPA 90 establishes a phase-out schedule, depending upon vessel size
and age, for single-hull vessels carrying crude oil and petroleum products.
The phase-out dates for the Company's single-hull carriers are as follows:
HMI ASTRACHEM B2000, HMI TRADER B2000, SEABULK MAGNACHEM B2007, HMI DEFENDER
B2008, HMI Dynachem B2011, HMI PETROCHEM B2011 and SEABULK AMERICA B2015. The
phase-out date for some of its fuel barges is 2015. As a result of this
requirement, these vessels will be prohibited from transporting petroleum
products in U.S. waters after their phase-out dates. However, these vessels
may be taken out of service for other reasons prior to their OPA 90 phase-out
dates. For example, the SEABULK CHALLENGER was taken out of service in 1999.
Although the Company's remaining vessels are not subject to mandatory
retirement, and it employs what it believes to be a rigorous maintenance
program for all its vessels, the Company may not be able to maintain its
fleet by extending the economic lives of existing vessels or acquiring new or
used vessels.
P. THE COMPANY HAS BEEN REQUIRED TO CONSOLIDATE CERTAIN DEBT,
CAUSINGFURTHER DETERIORATION IN ITS REPORTED FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Company currently holds a 50.75% equity interest in companies that
own five recently delivered double-hull product carriers. The aggregate cost of
the carriers was approximately $280.0 million, of which approximately $230.0
million has been financed with the proceeds of U.S. government-guaranteed debt.
As the Company intends to reduce its equity interest to less than 50%, this
investment has been considered temporary and has been accounted for under the
equity method, which means that the related debt has not been included on the
Company's balance sheet. However, because the Company has been unable to reduce
its equity interest to below 50%, it has been required to include this debt on
its balance sheet as of September 30, 1999, and include the related interest
expense on its statements of operations, causing further deterioration in its
reported financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance that the Company's efforts to reduce its equity interest in the
carriers to below 50% will be successful.
Q. THERE IS NO ESTABLISHED TRADING MARKET FOR THE NEW SECURITIES
The New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants will be new issues of
securities and will not have an established trading market. There is no
assurance that an active trading market will develop for the New Securities.
R. DIVIDEND POLICY
Reorganized HMI does not anticipate paying any dividends on the New HMI
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the covenants in certain
debt instruments to which Reorganized HMI will be a party will likely prohibit
payment of dividends. Certain institutional investors may only invest in
dividend-paying equity securities or may operate under other restrictions which
may prohibit or limit their ability to invest in New HMI Common Stock.
91
<PAGE>
S. PREFERRED STOCKS. PREFERRED STOCK
Until such time (if any) as the Board of Directors of Reorganized HMI
should issue preferred stock and establish the respective rights of the holders
of one or more series thereof, it is not possible to state the actual effect of
authorization of the preferred stock upon the rights of holders of New HMI
Common Stock. The effects of such issuance could include, however: (i) reduction
of the amount of cash otherwise available for payment of dividends on New HMI
Common Stock, (ii) dilution of the voting power of New HMI Common Stock if the
preferred stock has voting rights, and (iii) restriction of the rights of
holders of New HMI Common Stock to share in Reorganized HMI's assets upon
liquidation until satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the
holders of preferred stock. In addition, so-called "blank check" preferred stock
may be viewed as having possible anti-takeover effects, if it were used to make
a third party's attempt to gain control of Reorganized HMI more difficult, time
consuming or costly. HMI has no current plans pursuant to which preferred stock
would be issued as an anti-takeover device or otherwise.
X. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN
The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax
consequences of the implementation of the Plan to the Company and certain
holders of Claims and Interests. The following summary does not address the
federal income tax consequences to holders whose Claims are entitled to
reinstatement or payment in full in cash under the Plan.
The following summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder,
judicial decisions and published administrative rules and pronouncements of the
IRS as in effect on the date hereof. Changes in such rules or new
interpretations thereof may have retroactive effect and could significantly
affect the federal income tax consequences described below.
The federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex and are
subject to significant uncertainties. The Company has not requested a ruling
from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to any of the tax aspects of
the Plan. Thus, no assurance can be given as to the interpretation that the IRS
or a reviewing court might adopt. In addition, this summary does not address
foreign, state or local tax consequences of the Plan, nor does it purport to
address the federal income tax consequences of the Plan to special classes of
taxpayers (such as foreign taxpayers, broker-dealers, banks, mutual funds,
insurance companies, financial institutions, small business investment
companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations and
investors in pass-through entities).
ACCORDINGLY, THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR
CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES
PERTAINING TO A HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR EQUITY INTEREST. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR
INTERESTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR THE FEDERAL, STATE,
LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE UNDER THE PLAN.
92
<PAGE>
A. CONSEQUENCES TO THE COMPANY
As of December 31, 1998, the Company had consolidated net operating
loss ("NOL") carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately
$75.6 million, approximately $23.8 million of which were already subject to an
annual limitation of approximately $3.3 million under Section 382 of the Code.
The Company's NOL carryforwards remain subject to examination by the IRS and
thus subject to possible reduction. Moreover, as discussed below, such NOL
carryforwards (and possibly certain other tax attributes of the Company) will
likely be reduced or eliminated, and any remaining NOL carryforwards may be
subject to limitation, upon the implementation of the Plan.
1. CANCELLATION OF DEBT
In general, the Code provides that a debtor in a bankruptcy case must
reduce certain of its tax attributes (such as its NOL carryforwards and possibly
its tax basis in its assets) by the amount of any cancellation of debt, that is,
the amount by which debt discharged exceeds any consideration given in exchange
therefor. Any reduction in tax attributes generally occurs on a separate company
basis, even though the debtor files a consolidated federal income tax return.
The Company believes that it will suffer substantial attribute
reduction as a result of the discharge of the Allowed Senior Note Claims and the
Allowed Trust Preferred Securities Interests (which are treated for federal
income tax purposes as interests in the Convertible Subordinated Debentures held
by Hvide Capital Trust) pursuant to the Plan.
2. LIMITATIONS ON NOL CARRYFORWARDS AND OTHER TAX ATTRIBUTES
Following the implementation of the Plan, any remaining consolidated
NOLs (and carryforwards thereof) and certain other tax attributes of the Company
allocable to periods prior to the Effective Date will be subject to the rules of
Section 382 of the Code.
Under Section 382, if a loss corporation undergoes an "ownership
change," the amount of its pre-change losses that may be utilized to offset
future taxable income is, in general, subject to an annual limitation. Such
limitation also may apply to certain losses or deductions that are "built-in"
(i.e., economically accrued but unrecognized) as of the date of the ownership
change and are subsequently recognized. The Company will undergo an ownership
change as a result of the issuance of the New HMI Common Stock pursuant to the
Plan. The following discussion is based on the Section 382 rules as applied to
ownership changes pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan.
The amount of the annual limitation to which a loss corporation
undergoing such an ownership change is subject generally equals the product of
(i) the lesser of the value of the equity of the reorganized loss corporation
immediately after the ownership change or the value of the loss corporation's
gross assets immediately before such change (with certain adjustments) and (ii)
the "long-term tax-exempt rate" in effect
93
<PAGE>
for the month in which the ownership change occurs (5.45% for ownership changes
occurring in October 1999). However, if the loss corporation does not continue
its historic business or use a significant portion of its historic assets in a
new business for two years after the ownership change, the annual limitation is
zero. The annual limitation is determined on a consolidated basis.
As indicated above, Section 382 also can operate to limit built-in
losses recognized subsequent to the date of the ownership change. If the loss
corporation has a net unrealized built-in loss at the time of the ownership
change (taking into account most assets and all items of built-in income and
deduction), then any built-in losses recognized during the following five years
(up to the amount of the original net built-in loss) generally will be treated
as a pre-change loss and will be subject to the annual limitation. Conversely,
if the loss corporation has a net unrealized built-in gain at the time of the
ownership change, any built-in gains recognized during the following five years
(up to the amount of the original net built-in gain) generally will increase the
annual limitation in the year recognized, so that the loss corporation is
permitted to use its pre-change losses against such built-in gain income in
addition to its regular annual allowance. In general, a loss corporation's net
unrealized built-in gain or loss will be deemed to be zero unless it is greater
than the lesser of (i) $10 million or (ii) 15% of the fair market value of the
loss corporation's assets (with certain adjustments) before the ownership
change. Net unrealized built-in gain or loss is determined on a consolidated
basis. It is not known whether the Company will be in a net unrealized built-in
gain or a net unrealized built-in loss position on the Effective Date.
An exception to the foregoing annual limitation (and built-in gain and
loss) rules generally applies where stockholders and qualified (so-called "old
and cold") creditors of the loss corporation receive at least 50% of the vote
and value of the stock of the reorganized loss corporation pursuant to a
confirmed chapter 11 plan. Under this exception, the debtor's pre-change losses
are not limited on an annual basis but are reduced by the amount of any interest
deductions claimed during the three taxable years preceding the date of the
reorganization, and during the part of the taxable year prior to and including
the reorganization, in respect of the debt converted into stock in the
reorganization. Moreover, if this exception applies, any further ownership
change of the debtor within a two-year period will preclude the utilization of
any pre-change losses at the time of the subsequent ownership change against
future taxable income.
An old and cold creditor includes a creditor that has held its debt for
at least 18 months prior to the filing of the chapter 11 case. In addition, any
stock received by a creditor that does not become a direct or indirect 5-percent
shareholder of the reorganized debtor generally will be treated as received by
an old and cold creditor, other than in the case of any creditor whose
participation in the plan makes evident to the debtor that the creditor has not
owned the debt for the requisite period.
Even if a loss corporation qualifies for this exception, it may elect
not to apply the exception and instead remain subject to the annual limitation
and built-in gain and loss rules described above. The Code and the regulations
issued thereunder do not address whether the exception can be applied on a
consolidated basis or only to the debtor whose qualified creditors receive
stock.
94
<PAGE>
3. ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX
In general, an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") is imposed on a
corporation's alternative minimum taxable income at a 20% rate to the extent
such tax exceeds the corporation's regular federal income tax. For purposes of
computing taxable income for AMT purposes, certain tax deductions and other
beneficial allowances are modified or eliminated. In particular, even though a
corporation may be able to offset all of its taxable income for regular tax
purposes by available NOL carryforwards, only 90% of the corporation's taxable
income for AMT purposes may be offset by available NOL carryforwards (as
recomputed for AMT purposes).
In addition, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change" within
the meaning of Section 382 and is in a net unrealized built-in loss position (
as determined for AMT purposes) on the date of the ownership change, the
corporation's aggregate tax basis in its assets is reduced for certain AMT
purposes to reflect the fair market value of such assets as of the change date.
Any AMT that a corporation pays generally will be allowed as a
nonrefundable credit against its regular federal income tax liability in future
taxable years when the corporation is no longer subject to the AMT.
B. CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF SENIOR NOTES
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Senior Notes will receive, in
discharge of their Allowed Claims, New HMI Common Stock.
The federal income tax consequences of the Plan to a holder of Senior
Notes depend, in part, on whether such Notes constitute "securities" for federal
income tax purposes. The term "security" is not defined in the Code or in the
regulations issued thereunder and has not been clearly defined by judicial
decisions. The determination of whether a particular debt constitutes a
"security" depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt. One of
the most significant factors considered in determining whether a particular debt
is a security is its original term. In general, debt obligations issued with a
weighted average maturity at issuance of five years or less (e.g., trade debt
and revolving credit obligations) do not constitute securities, whereas debt
obligations with a weighted average maturity at issuance of 10 years or more
constitute securities. The following discussion assumes that the Senior Notes
constitute "securities" for federal income tax purposes. However, each holder is
urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the status of such Notes.
1. GAIN OR LOSS
In general, each holder of Senior Notes will not recognize any gain or
loss upon the implementation of the Plan, except as described below under
"Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest."
95
<PAGE>
A holder's aggregate tax basis in the New HMI Common Stock received
(except to the extent the New HMI Common Stock was issued in respect of accrued
interest) will equal the holder's adjusted tax basis in its Senior Notes. In
general, the holder's holding period for the New HMI Common Stock received will
include the holder's holding period for the Senior Notes (except to the extent
the New HMI Common Stock was issued in respect of accrued interest). The
holder's tax basis in any New HMI Common Stock issued in respect of accrued
interest will be the fair market value thereof on the Effective Date, and the
holder's holding period therefor will begin the day following the Effective
Date.
2. DISTRIBUTIONS IN DISCHARGE OF ACCRUED INTEREST
In general, to the extent any amount received (whether stock, cash or
other property) by a holder of a debt is received in satisfaction of interest
accrued during its holding period, such amount will be taxable to the holder as
interest income (if not previously included in the holder's gross income).
Conversely, a holder generally recognizes a deductible loss to the extent any
accrued interest was previously included in its gross income and is not paid in
full.
Each holder of Senior Notes is urged to consult its tax advisor
regarding the allocation of consideration and the deductibility of unpaid
interest for tax purposes.
3. SUBSEQUENT SALE OF NEW HMI COMMON STOCK
Any gain recognized by a holder of Senior Notes upon a subsequent
taxable disposition of New HMI Common Stock received pursuant to the Plan (or
any stock or other property received for it in a later tax-free exchange) will
be treated as ordinary income to the extent of (i) any bad debt deductions (or
additions to a bad debt reserve) claimed with respect to its Senior Notes and
(ii) with respect to a cash-basis holder, also any amount that would have been
included in its gross income if the holder's Senior Notes had been satisfied in
full but that was not included by reason of the cash method of accounting.
In addition, the Treasury Department is expected to promulgate
regulations that will provide that any accrued "market discount" not treated as
ordinary income upon a tax-free exchange of market discount bonds would carry
over to the nonrecognition property received in the exchange. If such
regulations are promulgated and applicable to the Plan, any holder of Senior
Notes that have accrued market discount would carry over such accrued market
discount to the New HMI Common Stock received pursuant to the Plan. Any gain
recognized by the holder upon a subsequent disposition of such New HMI Common
Stock would be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market
discount not previously included in income. In general, a Senior Note will have
accrued "market discount" if such Note was acquired after its original issuance
at a discount to its issue price.
96
<PAGE>
4. WITHHOLDING
All distributions to holders of allowed claims under the Plan are
subject to any applicable withholding (including employment tax withholding).
Under federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments
may, under certain circumstances, be subject to "backup withholding" at a 31%
rate. Backup withholding generally applies if the holder (a) fails to furnish
its social security number or other taxpayer identification number ("TIN"), (b)
furnishes an incorrect TIN, (c) fails properly to report interest or dividends,
or (d) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement,
signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and
that it is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the
extent it results in an overpayment of tax. Certain persons are exempt from
backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and
financial institutions.
C. CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Trust Preferred Securities will
receive, in discharge of their Allowed Interests, a combination of New HMI
Common Stock and Class A Warrants.
For federal income tax purposes, holders of Trust Preferred Securities
are generally treated as owning undivided interests in the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures held by the Hvide Capital Trust. Accordingly, the
federal income tax consequences of the Plan to a holder of Trust Preferred
Securities depend on whether such Debentures constitute "securities" for federal
income tax purposes. The following discussion assumes that the Convertible
Subordinated Debentures constitute "securities" for federal income tax purposes.
However, each holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the status of
such Debentures.
1. GAIN OR LOSS
In general, holders of Trust Preferred Securities will not recognize
any gain or loss upon the implementation of the Plan, except as described below
under "Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID."
A holder's aggregate tax basis in the New HMI Common Stock and Class A
Warrants received (except to the extent the New HMI Common Stock or Class A
Warrants were issued in respect of accrued interest or original issue discount
("OID")) will equal the holder's adjusted tax basis in its Trust Preferred
Securities, allocated between the New HMI Common Stock and the Class A Warrants
in proportion to their fair market values. In general, the holder's holding
period for the New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants received will include
the holder's holding period for the Trust Preferred Securities (except to the
extent the New HMI Common Stock or Class A Warrants were issued in respect of
accrued interest or OID). The holder's tax basis in any New HMI Common Stock or
Class A Warrants issued in respect of accrued interest or OID will be the fair
market value thereof on the Effective Date, and the holder's holding period
therefor will begin the day following the Effective Date.
97
<PAGE>
2. DISTRIBUTIONS IN DISCHARGE OF ACCRUED INTEREST OR OID
In general, to the extent any amount received (whether stock, cash or
other property) by a holder of a debt is received in satisfaction of interest
accrued during its holding period, such amount will be taxable to the holder as
interest income (if not previously included in the holder's gross income).
Conversely, a holder generally recognizes a deductible loss to the extent any
accrued interest was previously included in its gross income and is not paid in
full. However, the IRS has privately ruled that a holder of a security, in an
otherwise tax-free exchange for stock, could not claim a current deduction with
respect to any unpaid OID. Accordingly, it is unclear whether a holder of Trust
Preferred Securities would be entitled to a current deduction to the extent
unpaid accrued interest on the Convertible Subordinated Debentures was properly
includible in such holder's gross income as OID.
Each holder of Trust Preferred Securities is urged to consult its tax
advisor regarding the allocation of consideration and the deductibility of
unpaid interest for tax purposes.
3. SUBSEQUENT SALE OF NEW HMI COMMON STOCK
Any gain recognized by a holder of Trust Preferred Securities upon a
subsequent taxable disposition of New HMI Common Stock received pursuant to the
Plan (or any stock or other property received for it in a later tax-free
exchange) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of (i) any bad debt
deductions (or additions to a bad debt reserve) claimed with respect to its
Trust Preferred Securities, and (ii) with respect to a cash-basis holder, any
amount that would have been included in its gross income if the holder's Trust
Preferred Securities had been satisfied in full but that was not included by
reason of the cash method of accounting.
In addition, the Treasury Department is expected to promulgate
regulations that will provide that any accrued "market discount" not treated as
ordinary income upon a tax-free exchange of market discount bonds would carry
over to the nonrecognition property received in the exchange. If such
regulations are promulgated and applicable to the Plan, any holder of Trust
Preferred Securities that have accrued market discount would carry over such
accrued market discount to the New HMI Common Stock and Class A Warrants
received pursuant to the Plan, so that any gain recognized by the holder upon a
subsequent disposition of such New HMI Common Stock or Class A Warrants would be
treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount not
previously included in income. In general, a Trust Preferred Security will have
accrued "market discount" if such Security was acquired after its original
issuance at a discount to its issue price.
98
<PAGE>
4. WITHHOLDING
All distributions to holders of allowed interests under the Plan are
subject to any applicable withholding (including employment tax withholding).
Under federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments
may, under certain circumstances, be subject to "backup withholding" at a 31%
rate. Backup withholding generally applies if the holder (a) fails to furnish
its TIN, (b) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (c) fails properly to report interest
or dividends, or (d) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified
statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct
number and that it is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is
not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to
the extent it results in an overpayment of tax. Certain persons are exempt from
backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and
financial institutions.
D. CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF EXISTING HMI COMMON STOCK
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of existing HMI Common Stock will
receive, in discharge of their Allowed Interests, Class A Warrants.
In general, each holder of existing HMI Common Stock will recognize
gain or loss upon the implementation of the Plan in an amount equal to the
difference between (i) the aggregate fair market value of the Class A Warrants
received and (ii) its tax basis in its existing HMI Common Stock. Such gain or
loss will generally be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain
or loss if the holder has held its existing HMI Common Stock for more than one
year on the Effective Date. A holder's tax basis in the Class A Warrants
received will be the fair market value thereof on the Effective Date, and the
holder's holding period therefor will begin the day following the Effective
Date.
THE FOREGOING SUMMARY HAS BEEN PROVIDED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES
ONLY. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX
ADVISORS CONCERNING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES
APPLICABLE UNDER THE PLAN.
XI. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND
CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN
If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the Debtors' alternatives
include (i) liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code
and (ii) the preparation and presentation of an alternative plan or plans of
reorganization.
99
<PAGE>
A. LIQUIDATION UNDER CHAPTER 7
If no Chapter 11 plan can be confirmed, the Chapter 11 Cases may be
converted to cases under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in which a trustee
would be elected or appointed to liquidate the assets of the Debtors. A
discussion of the effect that a Chapter 7 liquidation would have on the recovery
of holders of Claims and Interests is set forth in Section VI.C.4.,
"Confirmation and Consummation Procedure, Best Interests Test." The Debtors
believe that liquidation under chapter 7 would result in (i) smaller
distributions being made to creditors and Equity Interest Holders than those
provided for in the Plan because of the additional administrative expenses
involved in the appointment of a trustee and attorneys and other professionals
to assist such trustee, (ii) additional expenses and claims, some of which would
be entitled to priority, which would be generated during the liquidation and
from the rejection of leases and other executory contracts in connection with a
cessation of the Debtors' operations and (iii) the failure to realize the
greater, going concern value of the Debtors' assets.
B. ALTERNATIVE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors or any other party in
interest could attempt to formulate a different plan of reorganization. Such a
plan might involve either a reorganization and continuation of the Debtors'
business or an orderly liquidation of their assets.
The Debtors believe that the Plan enables the Debtors to successfully
and expeditiously emerge from Chapter 11, preserves their businesses and allows
creditors and shareholders to realize the highest recoveries under the
circumstances. In a liquidation under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the
assets of the Debtor would be sold in an orderly fashion over a more extended
period of time than in a liquidation under Chapter 7 and a trustee need not be
appointed. Accordingly, creditors and shareholders would receive greater
recoveries than in a Chapter 7 liquidation. Although a Chapter 11 liquidation is
preferable to a Chapter 7 liquidation, the Debtors believe that a liquidation
under Chapter 11 is a much less attractive alternative to creditors and
shareholders because a greater return is provided for in the Plan to creditors
and shareholders.
XII. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
The Debtors believe that confirmation and implementation of the Plan is
preferable to any of the alternatives described above because it will provide
the greatest recoveries to holders of Claims and Interests. In addition, other
alternatives would involve significant delay, uncertainty and substantial
additional administrative costs. The Creditors' Committee also believes that
confirmation and implementation of the Plan is preferable to any of the
alternatives described above because it will provide the greatest recoveries to
holders of Unsecured Claims. The Debtors urge holders of impaired Claims and
Interests entitled to vote on the Plan to vote to accept the Plan and to
evidence such acceptance by returning their Ballots so that they will be
received not later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on November 29, 1999.
100
<PAGE>
Dated: November 1, 1999
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED,
By:
-----------------------
HVIDE MARINE INTERNATIONAL,
INC.
HVIDE MARINE TRANSPORT, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING, INC.
HVIDE MARINE TOWING SERVICES,
INC.
HVIDE CAPITAL TRUST
HMI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, INC.
HMI OPERATORS, INC.
LIGHTSHIP LIMITED PARTNER
HOLDINGS, LLC
LONE STAR MARINE SERVICES, INC.
OCEAN SPECIALTY TANKERS
CORPORATION
OFFSHORE MARINE MANAGEMENT
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK ALBANY, INC.
SEABULK ALKATAR, INC.
SEABULK AMERICA PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK ARABIAN, INC.
SEABULK ARCTIC EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK ARIES II, INC.
SEABULK ARZANAH, INC.
SEABULK BARRACUDA, INC.
SEABULK BATON ROUGE, INC.
SEABULK BECKY, INC.
SEABULK BETSY, INC.
SEABULK BUL HANIN, INC.
SEABULK CAPRICORN, INC.
SEABULK CARDINAL, INC.
SEABULK CAROL, INC.
SEABULK CAROLYN, INC.
SEABULK CHAMP, INC.
SEABULK CHRISTOPHER, INC
SEABULK CLAIBORNE, INC.
SEABULK CLIPPER, INC.
101
<PAGE>
SEABULK COMMAND, INC.
SEABULK CONDOR, INC.
SEABULK CONSTRUCTOR, INC.
SEABULK COOT I, INC.
SEABULK COOT II, INC.
SEABULK CORMORANT, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET I, INC.
SEABULK CYGNET II, INC.
SEABULK DANAH, INC.
SEABULK DAYNA, INC.
SEABULK DEBBIE, INC.
SEABULK DEFENDER, INC.
SEABULK DIANA, INC.
SEABULK DISCOVERY, INC.
SEABULK DUKE, INC.
SEABULK EAGLE II, INC.
SEABULK EAGLE, INC.
SEABULK EMERALD, INC.
SEABULK ENERGY, INC.
SEABULK EXPLORER, INC.
SEABULK FALCON II, INC.
SEABULK FALCON, INC.
SEABULK FREEDOM, INC.
SEABULK FULMAR, INC.
SEABULK GABRIELLE, INC.
SEABULK GANNET I, INC.
SEABULK GANNET II, INC.
SEABULK GAZELLE, INC.
SEABULK GIANT, INC.
SEABULK GREBE, INC.
SEABULK HABARA, INC.
SEABULK HAMOUR, INC.
SEABULK HARRIER, INC.
SEABULK HATTA, INC.
SEABULK HAWAII, INC.
SEABULK HAWK, INC.
SEABULK HERCULES, INC.
SEABULK HERON, INC.
SEABULK HORIZON, INC.
SEABULK HOUBARE, INC.
SEABULK IBEX, INC.
SEABULK ISABEL, INC.
SEABULK JASPER, INC.
SEABULK JEBEL ALI, INC
102
<PAGE>
SEABULK KATIE, INC..
SEABULK KESTREL, INC.
SEABULK KING, INC.
SEABULK KNIGHT, INC.
SEABULK LAKE EXPRESS, INC.
SEABULK LARA, INC.
SEABULK LARK, INC.
SEABULK LIBERTY, INC.
SEABULK LINCOLN, INC.
SEABULK LULU, INC.
SEABULK MAINTAINER, INC.
SEABULK MALLARD, INC.
SEABULK MARLENE, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN I, INC.
SEABULK MARTIN II, INC.
SEABULK MASTER, INC.
SEABULK MERLIN, INC.
SEABULK MUBARRAK, INC.
SEABULK NEPTUNE, INC.
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
CORPORATION
SEABULK OCEAN SYSTEMS
HOLDINGS CORPORATION
SEABULK OFFSHORE ABU DHABI,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE DUBAI, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE GLOBAL
HOLDINGS, INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE LTD.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS,
INC.
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
NIGERIA LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE OPERATORS
TRINIDAD LIMITED
SEABULK OFFSHORE U.K. LTD.
SEABULK OREGON, INC.
SEABULK ORYX INC.
SEABULK OSPREY, INC.
SEABULK PELICAN, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN I, INC.
SEABULK PENGUIN II, INC.
103
<PAGE>
SEABULK PENNY, INC.
SEABULK PERSISTENCE, INC.
SEABULK PETREL, INC.
SEABULK PLOVER, INC.
SEABULK POWER, INC.
SEABULK PRIDE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCE, INC.
SEABULK PRINCESS, INC.
SEABULK PUFFIN, INC.
SEABULK QUEEN, INC.
SEABULK RAVEN, INC
SEABULK RED TERN LIMITED
SEABULK ROOSTER, INC.
SEABULK SABINE, INC.
SEABULK SALIHU, INC.
SEABULK SAPPHIRE, INC.
SEABULK SARA, INC.
SEABULK SEAHORSE, INC.
SEABULK SENGALI, INC.
SEABULK SERVICE, INC.
SEABULK SHARI, INC.
SEABULK SHINDAGA, INC.
SEABULK SKUA I, INC.
SEABULK SNIPE, INC.
SEABULK SUHAIL, INC.
SEABULK SWAN, INC.
SEABULK SWIFT, INC.
SEABULK TANKERS, LTD.
SEABULK TAURUS, INC.
SEABULK TENDER, INC.
SEABULK TIMS I, INC.
SEABULK TITAN, INC.
SEABULK TOOTA, INC.
SEABULK TOUCAN, INC.
SEABULK TRADER, INC.
SEABULK TRANSMARINE II, INC
SEABULK TRANSMARINE
PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
SEABULK TREASURE ISLAND, INC.
SEABULK UMM SHAIF, INC.
SEABULK VERITAS, INC.
SEABULK VIRGO I, INC.
SEABULK VOYAGER, INC.
SEABULK ZAKUM, INC.
104
<PAGE>
SEAMARK LTD. INC.
SUN STATE MARINE SERVICES, INC.
HVIDE MARINE de VENEZUELA, S.R.L.
By:
------------------------------
MARANTA, S.A.
By:
------------------------------
KRONISH LIEB WEINER & HELLMAN LLP
By:
------------------------------
Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-7798
(212) 479-6000
-and-
YOUNG, CONAWAY, STARGATT & TAYLOR
By:
------------------------------
Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
Rodney Square North, 11 Floor
P.O. Box 391
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-0391
(302) 571-6600
Co-Counsel for the Debtors and
Debtors in Possession
105
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
By and Between
LOOMIS, SAYLES & COMPANY, L.P.
and
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
Dated as of December 15, 1999
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THIS TABLE OF CONTENTS IS NOT PART OF THE AGREEMENT TO WHICH IT IS
ATTACHED BUT IS INSERTED FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
No.
----
<S> <C> <C>
1. REGISTRATIONS ..............................................................2
(a) SHELF REGISTRATION ................................................2
(b) REGISTRATION REQUESTS .............................................3
(c) LIMITATIONS ON REQUESTED REGISTRATIONS ............................5
(d) REGISTRATION STATEMENT FORM .....................................5
(e) REGISTRATION EXPENSES ...........................................6
(f) PRIORITY IN CUTBACK REGISTRATIONS ...............................6
(g) PREEMPTION OF REQUESTED REGISTRATION ............................6
2. PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS ....................................................6
(a) RIGHT TO INCLUDE REGISTRABLE SECURITIES ...........................6
(b) REGISTRATION EXPENSES ...........................................7
(c) PRIORITY IN CUTBACK REGISTRATIONS ...............................7
3. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES ....................................................8
4. UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS ....................................................12
(a) UNDERWRITTEN REQUESTED OFFERINGS .................................12
(b) UNDERWRITTEN PIGGYBACK OFFERINGS ...............................13
5. HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS .......................................................14
(a) BY THE HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES .......................14
(b) BY THE COMPANY AND OTHER SECURITYHOLDERS .........................14
(c) EXCEPTION ......................................................14
6. INDEMNIFICATION ...........................................................15
(a) INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY .................................15
(b) INDEMNIFICATION BY THE HOLDERS .................................15
(c) NOTICES OF CLAIMS, ETC ..........................................16
(d) CONTRIBUTION ...................................................17
(e) OTHER INDEMNIFICATION ..........................................18
(f) INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENTS .......................................18
-i-
<PAGE>
7. COVENANT RELATING TO RULE 144 .............................................18
8. OTHER REGISTRATION RIGHTS .................................................18
(a) NO EXISTING AGREEMENTS ...........................................18
(b) FUTURE AGREEMENTS ................................................19
(c) BEST REGISTRATION RIGHTS. .................................................19
9. DEFINITIONS ...............................................................19
10. MISCELLANEOUS ............................................................24
(a) NOTICES ........................................................24
(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT .................................................25
(c) AMENDMENT ......................................................25
(d) WAIVER ...........................................................25
(e) CONSENTS AND WAIVERS BY HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES ........25
(f) NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY .......................................26
(g) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ...........................................26
(h) HEADINGS .........................................................26
(i) INVALID PROVISIONS .............................................26
(j) REMEDIES .........................................................26
(k) GOVERNING LAW ....................................................27
(l) COUNTERPARTS ....................................................27
</TABLE>
-ii-
<PAGE>
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of December 15, 1999 is
made and entered into by and between Hvide Marine Incorporated, a Delaware
corporation (together with its predecessor and including its successors and
assigns, the "COMPANY") and Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership, as an investment manager or advisor for certain discretionary
accounts (including its successors and assigns, the "INVESTOR") that were
holders or beneficial owners of the 8 3/8% Senior Notes due 2008 and the 6 1/2%
Trust Convertible Preferred Securities, issued by the Company and a subsidiary
of the Company, respectively, and that are (or are to be) holders or beneficial
owners of the Common Stock (as defined below). Capitalized terms not otherwise
defined herein have the meanings set forth in SECTION 9.
WHEREAS, on September 8, 1999, the Company filed a voluntary petition
for reorganization under Chapter 11 of title 11, 11 U.S.C. Sections 101 - 1330
(as amended, tHE "BANKRUPTCY CODE"), with the United States Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Delaware (the "BANKRUPTCY COURT"), commencing Chapter 11 Case
No. 99-3024 (PJW) (the "BANKRUPTCY CASE");
WHEREAS, on October 1, 1999, the Company filed that certain Plan of
Reorganization (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "PLAN") in
the Bankruptcy Case;
WHEREAS, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan pursuant to the order
under section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, dated December 9, 1999 (the
"CONFIRMATION ORDER");
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order, Investor will
receive, among other things, approximately six million two hundred eighty seven
thousand five hundred seventeen (6,287,517) shares of Common Stock (the
"SHARES") and Class A Warrants (as defined in the Plan) to purchase
approximately fifty seven thousand sixty five (57,065) additional shares of
Common Stock in exchange for $189,680,000 in aggregate principal amount of
8 3/8% Senior Notes due 2008 and 1,050,000 6 1/2% Trust Convertible Preferred
Securities on the Effective Date (as defined in the Plan) of the Plan;
WHEREAS, in connection with the Plan, the Company will issue 12 1/2%
Senior Secured Notes due 2007, Series A (the "SERIES A NOTES"), under an
Indenture dated as of December 15, 1999 by and among the Company, the Guarantors
and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, N.A., as trustee (the
"INDENTURE")
WHEREAS, Investor will also acquire $27,777,000 in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of Series A Notes of the Company along with warrants to
purchase one hundred fifty six thousand seven hundred seventy seven (156,777)
additional shares of Common Stock (which warrants, together with the Class A
Warrants, are referred to herein as the "WARRANTS");
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, in order to induce Investor to support the Plan, and as a
condition to the occurrence of the Effective Date of the Plan, the Plan requires
that the Company enter into this Agreement with Investor on or prior to the
Effective Date;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:
1. REGISTRATIONS.
(a) SHELF REGISTRATION.
(i) The Company shall comply with all the provisions
of SECTIONS 3(b) to 3(l) and shall use its best efforts to file as
promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after the
date hereof) with the Commission, and thereafter shall use its
reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective within 120
days after the date hereof, an Equity Shelf Registration Statement,
covering all of the Registrable Equity Securities, and relating to the
offer and sale of the Registrable Equity Securities, by the holders of
the Registrable Equity Securities from time to time in accordance with
the methods of distribution set forth in the Equity Shelf Registration
Statement (unless an Equity Shelf Registration Statement is then not
legally permitted under the applicable rules of the Commission or
otherwise, in which case the Company shall use its reasonable best
efforts to cause a Requested Registration with respect to the
Registrable Equity Securities to become effective).
(ii) The Company shall comply with all the provisions
of SECTIONS 3(b) and 3(l) and shall use its best efforts to file as
promptly as practicable (but in no event later than the earlier of 120
days after receiving written notice from the Investor that it has
acquired or purchased any Registrable Debt Securities and the close of
the Exchange Offer (as defined in the Indenture)), and thereafter shall
use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective
within 180 days after the date of receiving such notice, a Debt Shelf
Registration Statement, covering all of the Registrable Debt
Securities), and relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Debt
Securities, by holders of the Registrable Debt Securities from time to
time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the
Debt Shelf Registration Statement (unless a Debt Shelf Registration
Statement is then not legally permitted under the applicable rules of
the Commission or otherwise, in which case the Company shall use its
reasonable best efforts to cause a Requested Registration with respect
to the Registrable Debt Securities to become effective). At the option
of the Company and if permitted by the applicable rules of the
Commission, the Debt Shelf Registration Statement may be filed as a
post-effective amendment to the Equity Shelf Registration Statement and
may include the Registrable Equity Securities, in which case the
references in this Agreement to the Equity Shelf Registration Statement
shall thereafter be deemed to refer, without duplication, to the Debt
Shelf Registration Statement.
-2-
<PAGE>
(iii) The Company shall use its best efforts to keep
the applicable Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in
order to permit any prospectus forming part thereof to be used by the
holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby for a period
ending on the earlier of (A) the period that will terminate when all
the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement
have been sold pursuant thereto and (B) the date on which such
Registrable Securities become eligible for resale without volume
restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in any such
case, such period being called the "SHELF REGISTRATION EFFECTIVENESS
PERIOD"). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its best efforts
to keep the applicable Shelf Registration Statement effective during
the Shelf Registration Effectiveness Period if it voluntarily takes any
action that would result in the holders of the Registrable Securities
covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Registrable
Securities during the Shelf Registration Effectiveness Period, unless
such action is required by applicable law.
(iv) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the
Company will use its best efforts to ensure that (A) any Shelf
Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus
forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all
material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations
of the Commission thereunder, (B) any Shelf Registration Statement and
any amendment thereto (in either case, other than with respect to
information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with
information furnished in writing or confirmed in writing to the Company
by or on behalf of the holder of such Registrable Securities
specifically for use therein (the "INVESTOR'S INFORMATION")) does not
contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading and (C) any prospectus forming part
of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such
prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Investor's
Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading.
(v) The Company will pay all Registration Expenses
incurred in connection with the Equity Shelf Registration Statement and
the Debt Shelf Registration Statement, if any.
(b) REGISTRATION REQUESTS.
(i) If the Company has failed to cause the Equity
Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective within 120 days
after the date hereof or, if prior to such 120th day the Company shall
have effected a Public Offering, upon the written request of one or
more Requesting Holders requesting that the Company effect the
registration under the Securities Act of all or part of such Requesting
Holders' Registrable Equity Securities and specifying the number of
Registrable Equity Securities to be registered and the intended method
of disposition thereof, the Company will promptly, and in no event more
than five (5) Business Days after receipt of such request, give written
notice (a "NOTICE OF
-3-
<PAGE>
REQUESTED REGISTRATION") of such request to all other holders of
Registrable Equity Securities, and thereupon will use its reasonable
best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the
Registrable Equity Securities which the Company has been so requested
to register in writing within ten (10) Business Days after receiving
the Notice of Requested Registration by such Requesting Holder or
Holders, all to the extent requisite to permit the disposition (in
accordance with the intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Equity
Securities so to be registered. If requested by the holders of a
majority of the Registrable Equity Securities requested to be included
in any Requested Registration, the method of disposition of Registrable
Equity Securities and any other securities included in such
registration shall be an underwritten offering effected in accordance
with SECTION 4(a).
(ii) If the Company has failed to cause the Debt
Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective within 180 days
after the date on which the Company receives written notice from the
Investor that it has acquired or purchased Registrable Debt Securities,
upon the written request of one or more Requesting Holders requesting
that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of
all or part of such Requesting Holders' Registrable Debt Securities and
specifying the number of Registrable Debt Securities to be registered
and the intended method of disposition thereof, the Company will
promptly, and in no event more than five (5) Business Days after
receipt of such request, give a Notice of Requested Registration of
such request to all other holders of Registrable Debt Securities and
thereupon will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the
registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Debt
Securities which the Company has been so requested to register in
writing within ten (10) Business Days after receiving the Notice of
Requested Registration by such Requesting Holder or Holders, all to the
extent requisite to permit the disposition (in accordance with the
intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Debt Securities so to be
registered.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may
postpone taking action with respect to a Requested Registration for a
reasonable period of time after receipt of the original request (not
exceeding forty-five (45) days) if, in the good faith opinion of the
Company's Board of Directors, effecting the registration would
adversely affect a material financing, acquisition, disposition of
assets or stock, merger or other comparable transaction or would
require the Company to make public disclosure of information the public
disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect upon the
Company, PROVIDED that the Company shall not delay such action pursuant
to this sentence more than once in any twelve (12) month period.
Neither the Company nor any of its securityholders shall have the right
to include any of the Company's securities (other than Registrable
Securities) in a registration statement to be filed as part of a
Requested Registration unless (i) such securities are of the same class
or series as the Registrable Securities covered by such registration
statement, (ii) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities
covered by such registration statement consent to such inclusion in
writing and (iii) if such Requested Registration is an underwritten
offering, the Company or such securityholders, as applicable, agree in
writing to sell, subject to PARAGRAPH (f), their securities on the same
-4-
<PAGE>
terms and conditions as apply to the Registrable Securities being sold.
If any securityholders of the Company (other than the holders of
Registrable Securities in such capacity) register securities of the
Company in a Requested Registration in accordance with this Section,
such holders shall pay the fees and expenses of their counsel and their
PRO RATA share, on the basis of the respective amounts of the
securities included in such registration on behalf of each such holder,
of the Registration Expenses if the Registration Expenses for such
registration are not paid by the Company for any reason.
(c) LIMITATIONS ON REQUESTED REGISTRATIONS. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to honor a
request for a Requested Registration if:
(i) the Registrable Equity Securities requested by
Requesting Holders to be so registered do not
constitute at least ten percent (10%) of the
total Registrable Equity Securities;
(ii) the Registrable Debt Securities requested by
Requesting Holders to be so registered do not
constitute at least ten percent (10%) in
aggregate principal amount of the total
Registrable Debt Securities;
(iii) such request is received from any Requesting
Holder with respect to Registrable Securities
that may immediately be sold by such Requesting
Holder under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)
day period; or
(iv) such request is received by the Company less
than one hundred eighty (180) days following
the effective date of any previous registration
statement relating to such Registrable
Securities filed in connection with a Requested
Registration, regardless of whether any holder
of the Registrable Securities covered thereby
exercised its rights under this Agreement with
respect to such registration, unless such
previous registration constituted a Cutback
Registration in which the number of Registrable
Securities actually included in such
registration was not at least eighty-five
percent (85%) of the number of Registrable
Securities requested to be included in such
registration.
(d) REGISTRATION STATEMENT FORM. A Shelf Registration
Statement and any Requested Registrations shall be on such appropriate
registration form promulgated by the Commission as shall be selected by the
Company, and shall be reasonably acceptable to the holders of a majority of the
Registrable Equity Securities or Registrable Debt Securities (or, if such
registration involves an underwritten Public Offering, the Managing
Underwriter), as the case may be, to which such registration relates, and shall
permit the disposition of such Registrable
-5-
<PAGE>
Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods specified in their
request for such registration.
(e) REGISTRATION EXPENSES. The Company will pay all
Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any Requested Registration.
(f) PRIORITY IN CUTBACK REGISTRATIONS. If a Requested
Registration becomes a Cutback Registration, the Company will include in any
such registration, to the extent of the number which the Managing Underwriter
advises the Company can be sold in such offering, (i) FIRST, Registrable
Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Requesting
Holders, PRO RATA on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested
to be included by such holders, (ii) SECOND, other Registrable Securities
requested to be included in such registration by the other Requesting Holders
(if any), PRO RATA on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities
requested to be included by such holders, and (iii) THIRD other securities of
the Company proposed to be included in such registration, allocated among the
holders thereof in accordance with the priorities then existing among the
Company and the holders of such other securities; and any securities so excluded
shall be withdrawn from and shall not be included in such Requested
Registration. If the Requesting Holders are unable to register at least
eighty-five percent (85%) of the Registrable Securities which they have
requested to be registered, then such registration shall not count as a
Requested Registration for purposes of this Section 1, and the Requesting
Holders will be entitled to request the registration of their Registrable
Securities on an additional occasion.
(g) PREEMPTION OF REQUESTED REGISTRATION. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, at any time within thirty (30) days
after receiving a written request for a Requested Registration of Registrable
Equity Securities, the Company may elect to effect an underwritten primary
registration in lieu of the Requested Registration if the Company's Board of
Directors believes that such primary registration would be in the best interests
of the Company or if the Managing Underwriter, if any, for the Requested
Registration advises the Company in writing that in its opinion, in order to
sell the Registrable Securities to be sold, the Company should include its own
securities. If the Company so elects to effect a primary registration, the
Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Equity
Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and shall afford the
holders of the Registrable Equity Securities rights contained in SECTION 2 with
respect to Piggyback Registrations. In the event that the Company so elects to
effect a primary registration after receiving a request for a Requested
Registration, the requests for a Requested Registration shall be deemed to have
been withdrawn and such primary registration shall not be deemed to be an
Effective Registration.
2. PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS.
(a) RIGHT TO INCLUDE REGISTRABLE SECURITIES. Notwithstanding
any limitation contained in SECTION 1, if the Company at any time proposes after
the date hereof to effect a Piggyback Registration, including in accordance with
SECTION 1(g), it will each such time give prompt written notice (a "NOTICE OF
PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION"), at least thirty (30) days prior to the anticipated
filing date, to all holders of Registrable Equity Securities of its intention to
do so and
-6-
<PAGE>
of such holders' rights under this SECTION 2, which Notice of Piggyback
Registration shall include a description of the intended method of disposition
of such securities. Upon the written request of any such holder made within
twenty (20) days after receipt of a Notice of Piggyback Registration (which
request shall specify the Registrable Equity Securities intended to be disposed
of by such holder and the intended method of disposition thereof), the Company
will, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, include in the
registration statement relating to such Piggyback Registration all Registrable
Equity Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, all to
the extent requisite to permit the disposition of such Registrable Equity
Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition set forth in
the Notice of Piggyback Registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at any
time after giving a Notice of Piggyback Registration and prior to the effective
date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration,
the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay
registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written
notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Equity Securities
and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be
relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Equity Securities in
connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the
Registration Expenses in connection therewith) without prejudice, however, to
the rights of any Requesting Holder entitled to do so to request that such
registration be effected as a Requested Registration under SECTION 1, and (ii)
in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be permitted to delay
registering any Registrable Equity Securities for the same period as the delay
in registering such other securities. No registration effected under this
SECTION 2 shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect a Requested
Registration under SECTION 1.
(b) REGISTRATION EXPENSES. The Company will pay all
Registration Expenses incurred in connection with each Piggyback Registration.
(c) PRIORITY IN CUTBACK REGISTRATIONS. If a Piggyback
Registration becomes a Cutback Registration, the Company will include in such
registration, to the extent of the amount or kind of securities which the
Managing Underwriter advises the Company can be sold in such offering without
adversely affecting the success of such offering:
(i) if such registration as initially proposed by the Company
was solely a primary registration of its securities, (x)
FIRST, the securities proposed by the Company to be sold for
its own account, (y) SECOND, any Registrable Equity Securities
requested to be included in such registration by Requesting
Holders, PRO RATA on the basis of the number of Registrable
Equity Securities requested to be included by such holders,
and (z) THIRD, any other securities of the Company proposed to
be included in such registration, allocated among the holders
thereof in accordance with the priorities then existing among
the Company and such holders; and
(ii) if such registration as initially proposed by the Company
was in whole or in part requested by holders of securities of
the Company, other than holders of Registrable Equity
Securities in their capacities as such, pursuant to demand
registration rights, (x) FIRST, such securities held by the
holders initiating such
-7-
<PAGE>
registration and, if applicable, any securities proposed by
the Company to be sold for its own account, allocated in
accordance with the priorities then existing among the Company
and such holders, (y) SECOND, any Registrable Equity
Securities requested to be included in such registration by
Requesting Holders, PRO RATA on the basis of the number of
Registrable Equity Securities requested to be included by such
holders, and (z) THIRD, any other securities of the Company
proposed to be included in such registration, allocated among
the holders thereof in accordance with the priorities then
existing among the Company and the holders of such other
securities;
and any securities so excluded shall be withdrawn from and shall not be included
in such Piggyback Registration.
3. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. If and whenever the Company is
required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the
Securities Act pursuant to SECTION 1 or SECTION 2, the Company will use its best
efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in
accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof. Without limiting the
foregoing, the Company in each such case will, as expeditiously as possible:
(a) use its best efforts to prepare and file with the
Commission, not later than thirty (30) days after the Company's receipt
of the request therefor from the Requesting Holders (or as soon
thereafter as possible) the requisite registration statement to effect
such registration and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such
registration statement to become effective, PROVIDED that as far in
advance as practical before filing such registration statement or any
amendment thereto, the Company will furnish to the Requesting Holders
of the Registrable Equity Securities or the Registrable Debt
Securities, as the case may be, copies of reasonably complete drafts of
all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits), and any
such holder shall have the opportunity to object to any information
pertaining solely to such holder that is contained therein and the
Company will make the corrections reasonably requested by such holder
with respect to such information prior to filing any such registration
statement or amendment;
(b) use its best efforts to prepare and file with the
Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration
statement and any prospectus used in connection therewith as may be
necessary to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement
and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to
the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such
registration statement, in accordance with the intended methods of
disposition thereof, until (i) the Effectiveness Period or (ii) the
Shelf Registration Effectiveness Period has ended;
(c) promptly notify each Requesting Holder and the underwriter
or underwriters, if any:
-8-
<PAGE>
(i) when such registration statement or any
prospectus used in connection therewith, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, has been filed and, with respect to such
registration statement or any post-effective amendment
thereto, when the same has become effective;
(ii) of any written comments from the Commission with
respect to any filing referred to in clause (i) and of any
written request by the Commission for amendments or
supplements to such registration statement or prospectus;
(iii) of the notification to the Company by the
Commission of the issuance of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation
of any proceeding with respect to the issuance by the
Commission of any such stop order; and
(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any
notification with respect to the suspension of the
qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the
applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction;
(d) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered
by such registration statement such number of conformed copies of such
registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in
each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by
reference), such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such
registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any
summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424
promulgated under the Securities Act relating to such holder's
Registrable Securities, and such other documents, as such seller may
reasonably request to facilitate the disposition of its Registrable
Securities;
(e) use its best efforts to register or qualify all
Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under
such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each
holder thereof shall reasonably request, to keep such registration or
qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement
remains in effect, and to take any other action which may be reasonably
necessary or advisable to enable such holder to consummate the
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned
by such holder, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose
be required (i) to qualify generally to do business as a foreign
corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the
requirements of this PARAGRAPH (e) be obligated to be so qualified,
(ii) to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) to
consent to general service of process in any jurisdiction;
(f) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with
or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may
be necessary to enable each holder thereof to consummate the
disposition of such Registrable Securities;
-9-
<PAGE>
(g) furnish to each Requesting Holder a signed counterpart,
addressed to such holder (and the underwriters, if any), of
(i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the
effective date of such registration statement (or, if such
registration includes an underwritten Public Offering, dated
the date of any closing under the underwriting agreement),
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such holder,
and
(ii) a "comfort" letter, dated the effective date of
such registration statement (and, if such registration
includes an underwritten Public Offering, dated the date of
any closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the
independent public accountants who have certified the
Company's financial statements included in such registration
statement,
in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to
such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and,
in the case of the accountants' letter, with respect to events
subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily
covered in opinions of issuer's counsel and in accountants' letters
delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of
securities and, in the case of the accountants' letter, such other
financial matters as such holder (or the underwriters, if any) may
reasonably request;
(h) notify each holder of Registrable Securities covered by
such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating
thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the
happening of any event as a result of which any prospectus included in
such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue
statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading, and at the request of any such holder promptly prepare
and furnish to such holder a reasonable number of copies of a
supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so
that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities,
such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(i) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with
all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make
available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an
earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months,
but not more than eighteen (18) months, beginning with the first full
calendar month after the effective date of such registration statement,
which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a)
of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder;
-10-
<PAGE>
(j) make available for inspection by any Requesting Holder,
any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such
registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent
retained by any such seller or underwriter (collectively, the
"INSPECTORS"), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the "RECORDS")
as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due
diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's officers, directors
and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any
such Inspector in connection with such registration statement, and
permit the Inspectors to participate in the preparation of such
registration statement and any prospectus contained therein and any
amendment or supplement thereto. Records which the Company determines,
in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors
are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i)
the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a
material misstatement in or omission from the registration statement,
(ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or
other order from a court of competent jurisdiction or (iii) the
information in such Records has been made generally available to the
public. The seller of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of
such Registrable Securities that it will, upon learning that disclosure
of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give
notice to the Company and allow the Company, at the Company's expense,
to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records
deemed confidential;
(k) provide a transfer agent and a registrar for all
Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later
than the effective date of such registration statement;
(l) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed, upon
official notice of issuance, on any securities exchange or included in
any automatic quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed
or quoted, and, in any event, obtain and maintain a ticker symbol for
the Common Stock; and
(m) use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Requested
Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon
as practicable (taking into account the legal requirements for
registration from time to time) but in any event no later than one
hundred twenty (120) days following the Company's receipt of the
request therefor from the Requesting Holders, and to use its best
efforts to keep the Requested Registration continuously effective under
the Securities Act during the Effectiveness Period.
(n) issue, upon the request of any Requesting Holder of
Registrable Debt Securities, exchange notes having an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the
Registrable Debt Securities surrendered to the Company by such
Requesting Holder in exchange therefor; such exchange notes to be
identical in all material respects to the Registrable Debt Securities
being surrendered except that they shall contain no restrictive legend
thereon and the resale thereof shall be registered under the Securities
-11-
<PAGE>
Act; in return, the Registrable Debt Securities being exchanged by such
Requesting Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation.
(o) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities not
later than the effective date of the applicable Shelf Registration
Statement or Requested Registration and, in the case of Registrable
Debt Securities, provide the trustee under the applicable indenture
with printed certificates for the Registrable Debt Securities which are
in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
The Company may require each holder of Registrable Securities
as to which any registration is being effected to, and each such holder, as a
condition to including Registrable Securities in such registration, shall,
furnish the Company with such information and affidavits regarding such holder
and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time
reasonably request in writing in connection with such registration.
Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of
such Registrable Securities that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of
the happening of any event of the kind described in PARAGRAPH (h), such holder
will forthwith discontinue such holder's disposition of Registrable Securities
pursuant to the registration statement relating to such Registrable Securities
until such holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended
prospectus contemplated by PARAGRAPH (h) and, if so directed by the Company,
will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than
permanent file copies, then in such holder's possession of the prospectus
relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such
notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the Effectiveness
Period shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during
the period from and including the giving of notice pursuant to PARAGRAPH (h) and
to and including the date when each holder of any Registrable Securities covered
by such registration statement shall receive the copies of the supplemented or
amended prospectus contemplated by PARAGRAPH (h).
4. UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS.
(a) UNDERWRITTEN REQUESTED OFFERINGS. In the case of any
underwritten Public Offering being effected pursuant to any Shelf Registration
Statement or a Requested Registration, the Managing Underwriter and any other
underwriter or underwriters with respect to such offering shall be selected by
the Company with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable
Equity Securities to be included in such underwritten offering or a majority in
principal amount of the Registrable Debt Securities to be included in such
underwritten offering, as the case may be, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement in
customary form with such underwriter or underwriters, which shall include, among
other provisions, indemnities to the effect and to the extent provided in
SECTION 6. The holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such
underwriters shall be parties to such underwriting agreement and may, at their
option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and
the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such
underwriters also be made to and for their benefit and that any or all of the
conditions precedent to the
-12-
<PAGE>
obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also be
conditions precedent to their obligations. No holder of Registrable Securities
shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements
with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or
agreements regarding such holder and its ownership of the securities being
registered on its behalf and such holder's intended method of distribution and
any other representation required by law. Subject to the preceding sentence, no
Requesting Holder may participate in such underwritten offering unless such
holder agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in such
underwriting agreement and completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
attorney, indemnities and other documents reasonably required under the terms of
such underwriting agreement. If any Requesting Holder disapproves of the terms
of an underwriting, such holder may elect to withdraw therefrom and from such
registration by notice to the Company and the Managing Underwriter, and each of
the remaining Requesting Holders shall be entitled to increase the amount of
Registrable Securities being registered to the extent of the Registrable
Securities so withdrawn in the proportion which the amount of Registrable
Securities being registered by such remaining Requesting Holder bears to the
total amount of Registrable Securities being registered by all such remaining
Requesting Holders.
(b) UNDERWRITTEN PIGGYBACK OFFERINGS. If the Company at any
time proposes to register any of its securities in a Piggyback Registration and
such securities are to be distributed by or through one or more underwriters,
the Company will, subject to the provisions of SECTION 2(c), use its reasonable
best efforts, if requested by any holder of Registrable Equity Securities, to
arrange for such underwriters to include the Registrable Equity Securities to be
offered and sold by Requesting Holders among the securities to be distributed by
such underwriters, and such holders shall be obligated to sell their Registrable
Equity Securities in such Piggyback Registration through such underwriters on
the same terms and conditions as apply to the other Company securities to be
sold by such underwriters in connection with such Piggyback Registration. The
holders of Registrable Equity Securities to be distributed by such underwriters
shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such
underwriter or underwriters and may, at their option, require that any or all of
the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of,
the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters also be made to and for
their benefit and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations
of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also be conditions
precedent to their obligations. No holder of Registrable Equity Securities shall
be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the
Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements
regarding such holder and its ownership of the securities being registered on
its behalf and such holder's intended method of distribution and any other
representation required by law. Subject to the preceding sentence, no Requesting
Holder may participate in such underwritten offering unless such holder agrees
to sell its Registrable Equity Securities on the basis provided in such
underwriting agreement and completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
attorney, indemnities and other documents reasonably required under the terms of
such underwriting agreement. If any Requesting Holder disapproves of the terms
of an underwriting, such holder may elect to withdraw therefrom and from such
registration by notice to the Company and the Managing Underwriter, and each of
the remaining Requesting Holders shall be entitled to increase the number of
Registrable Equity Securities being
-13-
<PAGE>
registered to the extent of the Registrable Equity Securities so withdrawn in
the proportion which the number of Registrable Equity Securities being
registered by such remaining Requesting Holder bears to the total number of
Registrable Equity Securities being registered by all such remaining Requesting
Holders.
5. HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS.
(a) BY THE HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES. If and to the
extent requested by the Managing Underwriter (or, in the case of a
non-underwritten Public Offering, the Company), each holder of Registrable
Securities, by acquisition of such Registrable Securities, agrees, to the extent
permitted by law, not to effect any public sale or distribution (including a
sale under Rule 144) of such securities, or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the ten (10) days prior
to and the ninety (90) days after the effective date of any registration
statement filed by the Company in connection with a primary offering of Common
Stock on behalf of the Company (or for such shorter period of time as is
sufficient and appropriate, in the opinion of the Managing Underwriter (or, in
the case of a non-underwritten Public Offering, the Company), in order to
complete the sale and distribution of the securities included in such
registration), except as part of such registration statement, whether or not
such holder participates in such registration.
(b) BY THE COMPANY AND OTHER SECURITYHOLDERS. Other than with
respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees (x) not to effect
any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the
ten (10) days prior to and the ninety (90) days after the effective date of the
registration statement filed in connection with an underwritten offering made
pursuant to a Requested Registration (or for such shorter period of time as is
sufficient and appropriate, in the opinion of the Managing Underwriter, in order
to complete the sale and distribution of the securities included in such
registration), except as part of such underwritten registration and except
pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated by the Commission
or any successor or similar forms thereto, and (y) to cause each holder of its
equity securities, or of any securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for such securities, in each case purchased from the Company at any
time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a Public Offering), to
agree, to the extent permitted by law, not to effect any such public sale or
distribution of such securities (including a sale under Rule 144), during such
period, except as part of such underwritten registration, in each case without
the written consent of the Investor and unless the Managing Underwriter
otherwise agrees.
(c) EXCEPTION. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to
any holder of securities of the Company to the extent such holder is prohibited
by applicable law from agreeing to withhold from sale or to the extent such
holder is acting in its capacity as a fiduciary or an investment adviser.
Without limiting the scope of the term "fiduciary", a holder shall be deemed to
be acting as a fiduciary or an investment adviser if its actions or the shares
proposed to be sold are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act,
the Investment Company Act of
-14-
<PAGE>
1940 or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or if such shares are held in a
separate account under applicable insurance law or regulation.
6. INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY. The Company shall, to the
full extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless each holder of
Registrable Securities included in any registration statement filed in
connection with a Shelf Registration Statement, a Requested Registration or a
Piggyback Registration, its directors and officers, and each other Person, if
any, who controls any such holder within the meaning of the Securities Act,
against any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, joint or several
(together, "LOSSES"), to which such holder or any such director or officer or
controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise,
insofar as such Losses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or
threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any such
registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary
prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a
prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading, and the Company will reimburse such holder and each such director,
officer and controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending against any such
Loss (or action or proceeding in respect thereof); PROVIDED that the Company
shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Loss (or action
or proceeding in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (x) an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in
any such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus,
summary prospectus, amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished or confirmed in writing to the Company through an
instrument duly executed by such holder specifically stating that it is for use
in the preparation thereof or (y) such holder's failure to send or give a copy
of the final prospectus (including any supplements thereto) to the Persons
asserting an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of Registrable
Securities to such Person if such statement or omission was corrected in such
final prospectus (including any supplements thereto). Such indemnity shall
remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on
behalf of such holder or any such director, officer or controlling Person, and
shall survive the transfer of such securities by such holder. The Company shall
also indemnify each other Person who participates (including as an underwriter)
in the offering or sale of Registrable Securities, their officers and directors
and each other Person, if any, who controls any such participating Person within
the meaning of the Securities Act to the same extent as provided above with
respect to holders of Registrable Securities.
(b) INDEMNIFICATION BY THE HOLDERS. Each holder of Registrable
Securities which are included or are to be included in any registration
statement filed in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement, a Requested
Registration or a Piggyback Registration, as a condition to including
Registrable Securities in such registration statement, shall, to the full extent
permitted
-15-
<PAGE>
by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers, and
each other Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the
Securities Act, against any Losses to which the Company or any such director or
officer or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act or
otherwise, insofar as such Losses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced
or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any such
registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary
prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a
prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading, if such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
furnished or confirmed in writing to the Company through an instrument duly
executed by such holder specifically stating that it is for use in the
preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final
prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the obligation to provide indemnification pursuant to this SECTION 6(b) shall be
several, and not joint and several, among such Indemnifying Parties on the basis
of the number of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement
and the aggregate amount which may be recovered from any holder of Registrable
Securities pursuant to the indemnification provided for in this SECTION 6(b) in
connection with any registration and sale of Registrable Securities shall be
limited to the total proceeds received by such holder from the sale of such
Registrable Securities. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such
director, officer or controlling Person and shall survive the transfer of such
securities by such holder. Such holders shall also indemnify each other Person
who participates (including as an underwriter) in the offering or sale of
Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each other Person, if
any, who controls any such participating Person within the meaning of the
Securities Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the Company.
(c) NOTICES OF CLAIMS, ETC. Promptly after receipt by an
Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding
involving a claim referred to in the preceding PARAGRAPH (a) OR (b) of this
SECTION 6, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be
made against an Indemnifying Party pursuant to such paragraphs, give written
notice to the latter of the commencement of such action, PROVIDED that the
failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not
relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs
of this SECTION 6, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is actually
prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought
against an Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to
participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other
Indemnifying Party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and after notice from
the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume
the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such
Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the
latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation; PROVIDED that the Indemnified Party may participate in such
defense at the Indemnified Party's expense; and PROVIDED FURTHER that the
Indemnified Party (or
-16-
<PAGE>
Indemnified Parties) shall have the right to employ one counsel to represent it
(or them, collectively) if, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party
or Indemnified Parties, it is advisable for it (or them) to be represented by
separate counsel by reason of having legal defenses which are different from or
in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Party, and in that event the
reasonable fees and expenses of such one counsel shall be paid by the
Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party is not entitled to, or elects not
to, assume the defense of a claim, it will not be obligated to pay the fees and
expenses of more than one counsel for the Indemnified Parties with respect to
such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any Indemnified Party a
conflict of interest may exist between such Indemnified Party and any other
Indemnified Parties with respect to such claim, in which event the Indemnifying
Party shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of such additional counsel
for each Indemnified Party having a conflict of interest. No Indemnifying Party
shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement without the
consent of the Indemnified Party which does not include as an unconditional term
thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a
release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. No
Indemnifying Party shall be subject to any liability for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Party or
any person who controls an Indemnified Party shall have requested an
Indemnifying Party to reimburse an Indemnified Party or such control person for
reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by counsel for which such
Indemnified Party or person is entitled to be so reimbursed pursuant to this
Agreement, the Indemnifying Party agrees that it shall be liable for any
settlement of any proceeding effected without its consent if (i) such settlement
is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such Indemnifying Party of
the aforesaid request and (ii) such Indemnifying Party shall not have reimbursed
the Indemnified Party or such control person in accordance with such request
prior to the date of such settlement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indemnifying
Party shall not be liable for any settlement effected without its consent
pursuant to this sentence if the Indemnifying Party is contesting, in good
faith, the request for reimbursement and shall have reimbursed all amounts not
so contested.
(d) CONTRIBUTION. If the indemnity and reimbursement
obligation provided for in any paragraph of this SECTION 6 is unavailable or
insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses (or
actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to therein, then the
Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the
Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses (or actions or proceedings in
respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the
other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just
and equitable if contributions pursuant to this paragraph were to be determined
by PRO RATA allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of
this
-17-
<PAGE>
paragraph. The amount paid by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Losses
referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to include
any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in
connection with investigating or defending any Loss which is the subject of this
paragraph.
No Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from the Indemnifying Party if the Indemnifying Party was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(e) OTHER INDEMNIFICATION. Indemnification similar to that
specified in the preceding paragraphs of this SECTION 6 (with appropriate
modifications) shall be given by the Company and each holder of Registrable
Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of
securities under any federal or state law or regulation of any governmental
authority other than the Securities Act. The provisions of this SECTION 6 shall
be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which an
Indemnified Party may have pursuant to law, equity, contract or otherwise.
(f) INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENTS. The indemnification required by
this SECTION 6 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during
the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or
Losses are incurred.
7. COVENANT RELATING TO RULE 144. If at any time the Company
is required to file reports in compliance with either Section 13 or Section
15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file reports in compliance with the
Exchange Act, will comply in all material respects with the rules and
regulations of the Commission applicable in connection with the use of Rule 144
and will take such other actions and furnish the holder of any Registrable
Securities with such other information as such holder may reasonably request in
order to avail itself of such rule or any other rule or regulation of the
Commission allowing such holder to sell any Registrable Securities without
registration. If at any time the Company is not required to file reports in
compliance with either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
Company at its expense will, forthwith upon the written request of the holder of
any Registrable Securities, make available adequate current public information
with respect to the Company within the meaning of paragraph (c)(2) of Rule 144.
8. OTHER REGISTRATION RIGHTS.
(a) NO EXISTING AGREEMENTS. The Company represents and
warrants to the Investor that there is not in effect on the date hereof any
agreement by the Company (other than this Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Company, the Guarantors
named therein and the Purchasers named therein relating to the Series A Notes
and the Common Stock Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof
by and among the Company and the Purchasers named therein) pursuant to which any
holders of securities of the Company have a right to cause the Company to
register or qualify such securities under the Securities Act or any securities
or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction.
-18-
<PAGE>
(b) FUTURE AGREEMENTS. The Company shall not hereafter agree
with the holder of any securities issued or to be issued by the Company to
register or qualify such securities under the Securities Act or any securities
or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction unless such agreement specifically provides
that (i) such holder may not participate in any Shelf Registration Statement
unless as otherwise agreed by the Company with the consent of the Investor,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; (ii) such holder may not
participate in any Requested Registration except as provided in SECTION 1(b);
(iii) such holder may not participate in any Piggyback Registration except as
provided in SECTION 2; and (iv) such securities may not be publicly offered or
sold for the period specified in SECTION 5(b)(y) under the circumstances
described in such Section.
(c) BEST REGISTRATION RIGHTS. If the Company grants to any
Person other than a holder of Registrable Securities (an "OTHER HOLDER") with
respect to any debt security or equity security, as the case may be, issued by
the Company registration rights that provide for terms that, taken as a whole,
are more favorable to the Other Holder than the terms granted to the holders of
the Registrable Equity Securities or Registrable Debt Securities, if any (or if
the Company amends or waives any provision of any agreement providing
registration rights to an Other Holder or takes any other action whatsoever to
provide for terms with respect to registration rights that in either case
results in the terms with respect to registration rights of an Other Holder,
taken as a whole, being materially more favorable to such Other Holder than the
terms provided to the holders of Registrable Securities), then the Company shall
promptly so notify the holders of Registrable Securities in writing. If the
holders of a majority of the Registrable Equity Securities shall notify the
Company not later than 30 days after their receipt of such notice from the
Company that such holders elect to amend this Agreement as hereinafter provided,
this Agreement shall as promptly as practicable thereafter be amended to conform
the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Registrable Equity Securities
as closely as practicable to the registration rights of such Other Holder. If
the holders of a majority of the Registrable Debt Securities, if any, shall
notify the Company not later than 30 days after their receipt of such notice
from the Company that such holders elect to amend this Agreement as hereinafter
provided, this Agreement shall as promptly as practicable thereafter be amended
to conform the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Registrable Debt
Securities as closely as practicable to the registration rights of such Other
Holder.
9. DEFINITIONS.
(a) Except as otherwise specifically indicated, the following
terms will have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:
"AGREEMENT" means this Registration Rights Agreement, as the
same shall be amended from time to time.
"BANKRUPTCY CASE" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
preamble.
-19-
<PAGE>
"BANKRUPTCY CODE" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
preamble.
"BANKRUPTCY COURT" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
preamble.
"BUSINESS DAY" means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or any
other day on which banks located in the State of New York are authorized or
obligated to close.
"COMMISSION" means the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission, or any successor governmental agency or authority.
"COMMON STOCK" means shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01
per share, of the Company, as constituted on the date hereof, and any stock into
which such Common Stock shall have been changed or any stock resulting from any
reclassification of such Common Stock.
"COMPANY" has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
"CONFIRMATION ORDER" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
preamble.
"CUTBACK REGISTRATION" means any Requested Registration or
Piggyback Registration to be effected as an underwritten Public Offering in
which the Managing Underwriter with respect thereto advises the Company and the
Requesting Holders in writing that, in its opinion, the number of securities
requested to be included in such registration (including securities of the
Company which are not Registrable Securities) exceed the number which can be
sold in such offering without a material reduction in the selling price
anticipated to be received for the securities to be sold in such Public
Offering.
"DEBT SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means a registration
statement of the Company in compliance with the provisions of SECTION 1(a)(ii)
of this Agreement which registers the continuous offer and sale of all of the
Registrable Debt Securities and, at the option of the Company, any Registrable
Equity Securities, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities
Act or any similar or successor rule that may be adopted by the Commission, and
all amendments to such registration statement, including post-effective
amendments, in each case including any prospectus contained therein and any
supplement to any such prospectus, all exhibits thereto and all information
incorporated by reference therein.
"EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Plan.
"EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD" means the period that begins on the
date on which a Requested Registration becomes effective and extends through the
date on which all the Registered Securities covered by such registration
statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of
disposition by the Requesting Holders set forth in such registration statement.
-20-
<PAGE>
"EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION" means, subject to the last sentence
of SECTION 1(g), any Shelf Registration Statement or a Requested Registration
which (a) has been declared or ordered effective in accordance with the rules of
the Commission, (b) has been kept effective for the period of time contemplated
by SECTION 3(b) and (c) has resulted in the Registrable Securities requested to
be included in such registration actually being sold (except by reason of some
act or omission on the part of the Requesting Holders); PROVIDED that a Cutback
Registration in which the number of Registrable Securities actually included in
such registration is not at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the number of
Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration shall not
be an Effective Registration for purposes of this Agreement.
"EQUITY SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means a registration
statement of the Company in compliance with the provisions of SECTION 1(a)(i) of
this Agreement which registers the continuous offer and sale of all of the
Registrable Equity Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the
Securities Act or any similar or successor rule that may be adopted by the
Commission, and all amendments to such registration statement, including
post-effective amendments, in each case including any prospectus contained
therein and any supplement to any such prospectus, all exhibits thereto and all
information incorporated by reference therein.
"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
"FORM S-4" means Form S-4 promulgated by the Commission under
the Securities Act, or any successor or similar registration statement.
"FORM S-8" means Form S-8 promulgated by the Commission under
the Securities Act, or any successor or similar registration statement.
"INDEMNIFIED PARTY" means a party entitled to indemnity in
accordance with SECTION 6.
"INDEMNIFYING PARTY" means a party obligated to provide
indemnity in accordance with SECTION 6.
"INSPECTORS" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 3(j).
"INVESTOR" has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
"LOSSES" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 6(a).
"MANAGING UNDERWRITER" means, with respect to any Public
Offering, the underwriter or underwriters managing such Public Offering.
"NASD" means the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc.
21
<PAGE>
"NOTICE OF PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION" has the meaning ascribed to
it in SECTION 2(a).
"NOTICE OF REQUESTED REGISTRATION" has the meaning ascribed to
it in SECTION 1(b).
"PERSON" means any natural person, corporation, general
partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, other business organization,
trust, union or association.
"PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION" means any registration of equity
securities of the Company under the Securities Act (other than a registration in
respect of a dividend reinvestment or similar plan for stockholders of the
Company or on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated by the Commission, or any
successor or similar forms thereto), whether for sale for the account of the
Company or for the account of any holder of securities of the Company (other
than Registrable Securities), including a registration by the Company under the
circumstances described in SECTION 1(g).
"PLAN" has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
"PUBLIC OFFERING" means any offering of Common Stock or
preferred stock to the public, either on behalf of the Company or any of its
securityholders, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act.
"RECORDS" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 3(j).
"REGISTRABLE DEBT SECURITIES" means the Series A Notes, any
additional debt securities issued under the Indenture, and any debt securities
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that may be purchased or acquired
after the date of this Agreement by the Investor or its affiliates and are
subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act or any other
applicable securities laws, including without limitation volume restrictions
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As to any particular Registrable
Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities
when (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities
shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall
have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (ii) they
shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (iii) they shall have ceased to be
outstanding.
"REGISTRABLE EQUITY SECURITIES" means (i) the Shares, (ii) the
Warrants, (iii) the shares of Common Stock for which such Warrants are
exercisable pursuant to their terms, and (iv) any additional shares of Common
Stock issued or distributed by way of a dividend, stock split, conversion, or
other distribution in respect of the Shares, or acquired by way of any rights
offering or similar offering made in respect of the Shares. As to any particular
Registrable Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be
Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect to the
sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and
such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration
statement, (ii) they shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (iii) they
shall have ceased to be outstanding.
-22-
<PAGE>
"REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means the Registrable Equity
Securities and the Registrable Debt Securities, if any.
"REGISTRATION EXPENSES" means all expenses incident to the
Company's performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Agreement
to effect the registration of Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration
Statement, a Requested Registration or a Piggyback Registration, including,
without limitation, all registration, filing, securities exchange listing and
NASD fees (including Nasdaq fees, if applicable), all registration, filing,
qualification and other fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue
sky laws, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and
delivery expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of
its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits
or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and
compliance, the reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel and single
firm of accountants retained by the holders of a majority of the Registrable
Securities being registered, premiums and other costs of policies of insurance
against liabilities arising out of the Public Offering of the Registrable
Securities being registered and any fees and disbursements of underwriters
customarily paid by issuers or holders of securities, but excluding underwriting
discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, in respect of Registrable
Securities, which shall be payable by each holder thereof, PROVIDED that, in any
case where Registration Expenses are not to be borne by the Company, such
expenses shall not include salaries of Company personnel or general overhead
expenses of the Company, auditing fees, premiums or other expenses relating to
liability insurance required by underwriters of the Company or other expenses
for the preparation of financial statements or other data normally prepared by
the Company in the ordinary course of its business or which the Company would
have incurred in any event.
"REQUESTING HOLDERS" means, with respect to any Requested
Registration or Piggyback Registration, the holders of Registrable Equity
Securities requesting to have Registrable Equity Securities included in such
registration in accordance with this Agreement or the holders of Registrable
Debt Securities requesting to have Registrable Debt Securities included in such
registration in accordance with this Agreement.
"REQUESTED REGISTRATION" means any registration of Registrable
Securities under the Securities Act effected in accordance with SECTION 1(b).
"RULE 144" means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under
the Securities Act, and any successor provision thereto.
"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
"SERIES A NOTES" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
preamble.
"SHARES" has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
-23-
<PAGE>
"SHELF REGISTRATION EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD" has the meaning
ascribed to it in SECTION 1(a).
"SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Equity Shelf
Registration Statement or the Debt Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable,
in each case including all amendments to such registration statement (including
post-effective amendments), any prospectus contained therein and any supplement
to any such prospectus, all exhibits thereto and all information incorporated by
reference therein.
"WARRANTS" has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble.
(b) Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires,
(i) words of any gender include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular
or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii)
the terms "hereof," "herein," "hereby" and derivative or similar words refer to
this entire Agreement; and (iv) the term "Section" refers to the specified
Section of this Agreement. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days,
such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified.
10. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) NOTICES. All notices, requests and other communications
hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if
delivered personally or by facsimile transmission or mailed (first class postage
prepaid) to the parties at the following addresses or facsimile numbers:
If to Investor, to:
Loomis, Sayles & Company L.P.
One Financial Center
Boston, MA 02111
Facsimile No.: (617) 261-7688
Attn: Frederick A. Vyn
Thomas H. Day
with a copy to:
Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, NY 10005
Facsimile No.: (212) 530-5219
Attn: Luc A. Despins, Esq.
Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.
-24-
<PAGE>
If to the Company, to:
Hvide Marine Incorporated
2200 Eller Drive
P.O. Box 13038
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33316
Attn: General Counsel
Telephone No.: (954) 524-2400, ext. 801
Facsimile No.: (954) 527-1772
With respect to any other holder of Registrable Securities, such notices,
requests and other communications shall be sent to the addresses set forth in
the stock transfer records regularly maintained by the Company. All such
notices, requests and other communications will (i) if delivered personally to
the address as provided in this Section, be deemed given upon delivery, (ii) if
delivered by facsimile transmission to the facsimile number as provided in this
Section, be deemed given upon receipt, and (iii) if delivered by mail in the
manner described above to the address as provided in this Section, be deemed
given upon receipt (in each case regardless of whether such notice, request or
other communication is received by any other Person to whom a copy of such
notice is to be delivered pursuant to this Section). Any party from time to time
may change its address, facsimile number or other information for the purpose of
notices to that party by giving notice specifying such change to the other
parties hereto.
(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement supersedes all prior
discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties
hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(c) AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or
modified only by a written instrument (which may be executed in any number of
counterparts) duly executed by or on behalf of each of the Company and Persons
owning fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Registrable Equity Securities and,
for so long as the Registrable Debt Securities, if any, are subject to
restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act or any other applicable
securities laws, Persons owning fifty-one percent (51%) in aggregate principal
amount or more of the Registrable Debt Securities.
(d) WAIVER. Subject to PARAGRAPH (e) of this Section, any term
or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is
entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless
set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the party
waiving such term or condition. No waiver by any party of any term or condition
of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or
construed as a waiver of the same term or condition of this Agreement on any
future occasion.
(e) CONSENTS AND WAIVERS BY HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES.
Any consent of the holders of Registrable Equity Securities or Registrable Debt
Securities, as the case may be,
25
<PAGE>
pursuant to this Agreement, and any waiver by such holders of any provision of
this Agreement, shall be in writing (which may be executed in any number of
counterparts) and may be given or taken by Persons owning more than fifty
percent (50%) of the Registrable Equity Securities or more than fifty percent
(50%) in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Debt Securities, as the
case may be, and any such consent or waiver so given or taken will be binding on
all the holders of such Registrable Equity Securities or Registrable Debt
Securities, respectively.
(f) NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. The terms and provisions of
this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto, their
respective successors or permitted assigns and any other holder of Registrable
Securities, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party
beneficiary rights upon any other Person other than any Person entitled to
indemnity under SECTION 6.
(g) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement is binding upon,
inures to the benefit of and is enforceable by the Company and the Investor (or
the investor or investors for which the Investor is acting as fiduciary or
agent, as the case may be) and their respective successors and assigns,
including all subsequent holders of the Registrable Securities; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer
or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms hereof,
the Securities Act or any securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction.
(h) HEADINGS. The headings used in this Agreement have been
inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the
provisions hereof.
(i) INVALID PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement is
held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law,
and if the rights or obligations of any party hereto under this Agreement will
not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (i) such provision will be
fully severable, (ii) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof
and (iii) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force
and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision or by its severance herefrom.
(j) REMEDIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided for
herein, no remedy conferred by any of the specific provisions of this Agreement
is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every remedy shall
be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. The
election of any one or more remedies by any party hereto shall not constitute a
waiver by any such party of the right to pursue any other available remedies.
Damages in the event of breach of this Agreement by a party
hereto or any other holder of Registrable Securities would be difficult, if not
impossible, to ascertain, and it is therefore agreed that each such Person, in
addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, will
have the right to an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of
competent jurisdiction, enjoining any such breach, and enforcing specifically
the terms and
-26-
<PAGE>
provisions hereof and the Company and each holder of Registrable Securities, by
its acquisition of such Registrable Securities, hereby waives any and all
defenses it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the
court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief. The existence of
this right will not preclude any such Person from pursuing any other rights and
remedies at law or in equity which such Person may have.
(k) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING
SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.
(l) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.
-27-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by the duly authorized officer of each party hereto as of the date first above
written.
LOOMIS, SAYLES & COMPANY L.P.
By: Loomis, Sayles & Company, Incorporated,
its General Partner
By:
---------------------------
Name:
Title:
HVIDE MARINE INCORPORATED
By:
--------------------------
Name:
Title:
